WO2008068961A1 - Optical film and polarizer and liquid-crystal display each employing the same - Google Patents

Optical film and polarizer and liquid-crystal display each employing the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008068961A1
WO2008068961A1 PCT/JP2007/070131 JP2007070131W WO2008068961A1 WO 2008068961 A1 WO2008068961 A1 WO 2008068961A1 JP 2007070131 W JP2007070131 W JP 2007070131W WO 2008068961 A1 WO2008068961 A1 WO 2008068961A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
film
group
cellulose ester
optical film
polarizing plate
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2007/070131
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Takatugu Suzuki
Takayuki Suzuki
Satomi Kawabe
Original Assignee
Konica Minolta Opto, Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Konica Minolta Opto, Inc. filed Critical Konica Minolta Opto, Inc.
Priority to KR1020097011267A priority Critical patent/KR101314030B1/en
Priority to JP2008548194A priority patent/JP5182098B2/en
Publication of WO2008068961A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008068961A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C48/00Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C48/25Component parts, details or accessories; Auxiliary operations
    • B29C48/88Thermal treatment of the stream of extruded material, e.g. cooling
    • B29C48/911Cooling
    • B29C48/9135Cooling of flat articles, e.g. using specially adapted supporting means
    • B29C48/915Cooling of flat articles, e.g. using specially adapted supporting means with means for improving the adhesion to the supporting means
    • B29C48/9155Pressure rollers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C48/00Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C48/03Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor characterised by the shape of the extruded material at extrusion
    • B29C48/07Flat, e.g. panels
    • B29C48/08Flat, e.g. panels flexible, e.g. films
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C48/00Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C48/25Component parts, details or accessories; Auxiliary operations
    • B29C48/88Thermal treatment of the stream of extruded material, e.g. cooling
    • B29C48/91Heating, e.g. for cross linking
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C48/00Extrusion moulding, i.e. expressing the moulding material through a die or nozzle which imparts the desired form; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C48/25Component parts, details or accessories; Auxiliary operations
    • B29C48/88Thermal treatment of the stream of extruded material, e.g. cooling
    • B29C48/911Cooling
    • B29C48/9135Cooling of flat articles, e.g. using specially adapted supporting means
    • B29C48/914Cooling of flat articles, e.g. using specially adapted supporting means cooling drums
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3016Polarising elements involving passive liquid crystal elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133528Polarisers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/13363Birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an optical film having a cellulose ester formed by a melt casting method, a polarizing plate using the same, and a liquid crystal display device.
  • An optical film having a cellulose ester (hereinafter also simply referred to as a cellulose ester film) is a photographic negative film because of its high transparency, low birefringence, and easy adhesion to a polarizer.
  • a polarizer used in a liquid crystal display device and a support used in a liquid crystal display device it has been widely used in polarizing plates and the like.
  • Other applications for liquid crystal display devices include various functional films such as retardation films, wide viewing angle films, antireflection films used in plasma displays, and various functional films used in organic EL displays. Etc. can also be used.
  • the solution casting method is a film-forming method in which a solution obtained by dissolving a cellulose ester in a solvent is cast to obtain a film shape, and then the solvent is evaporated and dried to obtain a film. Since a film formed by the solution casting method has high flatness, a high-quality liquid crystal display device without unevenness can be obtained using this film.
  • the force and shim solution casting method requires a large amount of an organic solvent, and has a large environmental load.
  • Cellulose ester films are formed using halogen-based solvents that have a large environmental impact because of their dissolution characteristics, and therefore reductions in the amount of solvent used are particularly required. Therefore, it has become difficult to increase the production of cellulose ester films by solution casting. For this reason, a film forming method that does not use an organic solvent, for example, a film forming method by heat melting is desired.
  • a cellulose esterenorefinoleum used as a protective film used for a polarizing plate of a liquid crystal display device conventional senorelose triacetate phenol is often used.
  • a polarizing plate has a structure in which both sides of a polarizing film made of polybulu alcohol alcohol or the like with iodine or dye adsorbed and oriented are laminated with a transparent resin layer, and the cellulose triacetate film is transparent. It has been often used as a flexible resin layer.
  • cell mouth triacetate which is commonly used in solution casting film formation, to melt film formation, cellulose triacetate has a melting start temperature higher than the decomposition start temperature. ! /, Because it is a cellulose ester, it is difficult to use for melt film formation.
  • the transparent resin film for the protective film for polarizing plate has been exclusively used with triacetyl cellulose.
  • One of the reasons why it is still not replaced with other films is a polyester film.
  • other polymer films such as polycarbonate film or cyclic polyolefin resin film did not have easy adhesion to the polarizer even after saponification treatment.
  • these cellulose ester films are usually wound around a winding core to form a film raw material, which is stored and transported. For this reason, if the film that has been melt-formed is stored for a long time in the state of the film roll wound on the core, the horse's spine failure or the core portion of the film roll may have a failure called core transfer or when winding starts. It has been found that there is a problem that the film tends to be wrinkled.
  • a horse's back failure is a failure in which the original film is deformed into a U-shape like a horse's back, and a belt-like convex part is formed at a pitch of about 2 to 3 cm near the center. Therefore, when processed into a polarizing plate, the surface appears distorted, which is a problem.
  • horse back failure has been reduced by lowering the coefficient of dynamic friction between the bases and adjusting the height of the knurling on both sides.
  • the core transfer is a failure due to film deformation caused by unevenness of the core or film.
  • Patent Document 1 Japanese Patent Publication No. 6-501040
  • Patent Document 2 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-352620
  • Patent Document 3 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-111796
  • Patent Document 4 Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-241428
  • Patent Document 5 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-111842
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and the object of the present invention is to form a melt film having excellent environmental suitability, good mechanical properties, optical properties, and good durability.
  • Optical film more specifically, optical film that does not cause deformation deformation of the film, such as horse back failure or convex failure, flatness, high saponification suitability, curl property, and variation in retardation
  • Equation (1) 25 ⁇ X ⁇ 1.43
  • X represents the degree of substitution with a acetyl group
  • represents the degree of substitution with a propionyl group.
  • optical film as described in 1 above which is 0 ° C. or higher.
  • the film forming material further comprises at least one phenol compound, at least one phosphorous compound, and at least one alkyl radical scavenger. Optical film.
  • alkyl radical scavenger is a compound represented by the following general formula (1) or a compound represented by the following general formula (2):
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms
  • R 1 to R each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R represents water.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • R is a substituent
  • R is 2
  • a polarizing plate comprising the optical film according to 1 to 11 above! /, Displacement force, and at least one surface of a polarizer.
  • a liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate described in 12 above on at least one surface of a liquid crystal cell.
  • an optical film that does not cause deformation failure of the original film such as a horse back failure or a convex failure
  • an optical film that has high flatness and suitability for saponification treatment and that has little variation in curling properties and retardation.
  • a polarizing plate having excellent durability over a long period of time using the optical film and a liquid crystal display device having high contrast can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flow sheet showing one embodiment of an apparatus for carrying out a method for producing a cellulose ester film according to the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is an enlarged flow sheet of a main part of the manufacturing apparatus of FIG.
  • FIG. 3 (a) is an external view of the main part of the casting die
  • FIG. 3 (b) is a sectional view of the main part of the casting die.
  • FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of the first embodiment of the pinching rotator.
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along a plane perpendicular to the rotation axis of the second embodiment of the pinching rotator.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view in a plane including a rotation axis of a second embodiment of the pinching rotator.
  • FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view schematically showing a configuration diagram of a liquid crystal display device.
  • FIG. 8 is a view showing a state of storage of a cellulose ester film original fabric. Extruder
  • Rotating support (first cooling roll) Clamping rotating body (touch roll) Rotating support (second cooling roll) Rotating support (third cooling roll) 11, 13, 14, 15 Transport roll 0 Inolem stretching machine
  • the present invention provides an optical film having good mechanical and optical properties and good durability.
  • a high-quality optical film such as a protective film for a polarizing plate, an antireflection film, a retardation film, and a liquid crystal display device having a high display quality. I can do it.
  • the present invention is characterized in that a cellulose ester film formed by melt casting is used as an optical film.
  • the film-forming material is heated to become a flowable state, and casting is defined as a melt casting method. .
  • the molding method for heating and melting can be further classified into a melt extrusion molding method, a press molding method, an inflation method, an injection molding method, a blow molding method, a stretch molding method, and the like. Among these, in order to obtain an optical film excellent in mechanical strength and surface accuracy, the melt extrusion method is excellent.
  • the film-forming material is heated to develop its fluidity, and then on the drum or A method of extrusion film formation on an endless belt is included in the melt casting method of the present invention as a melt casting film forming method.
  • the optical film of the present invention is obtained by melting a film-forming material containing at least one plasticizer and the following cellulose ester, preferably at a melting temperature of 200 ° C or higher and 270 ° C or lower. It is an optical film formed by a casting method.
  • the cellulose ester used in the melt casting method of the present invention is a cellulose ester that simultaneously satisfies the following formulas (1) to (4) when the substitution degree of the acetyl group is X and the substitution degree of the propionyl group is Y.
  • Such cellulose esters are usually referred to as cellulose acetate propionate. Note that satisfying any one, any two, or any three of the following formulas does not solve all of the above issues, but it is important to satisfy all four at the same time. is there.
  • Equation (1) 25 ⁇ X ⁇ 1.43
  • Equation (1) it is preferable to set 1 ⁇ 30 ⁇ 1.42.
  • equation (2) 1. 18 ⁇ 1.32
  • Equation (3) it is preferable to set 2.50 ⁇ + ⁇ 2.73.
  • Equation (4) 0 ⁇ 01 ⁇ - ⁇ 0.18 preferable.
  • Cellulose has a total of three hydroxyl groups, one at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions of 1 glucose unit.
  • the total degree of substitution is the number of acyl groups per 1 glucose unit on average. It is a numerical value that indicates whether they are combined. Therefore, the maximum degree of substitution is 3.00, and the portion not substituted with the acyl group is usually present as a hydroxyl group.
  • the 2nd and 3rd positions are secondary hydroxyl groups, and the 6th position is the primary hydroxyl group.
  • the higher-order structure of the cellulose ester depends on which position of the acetyl group and propionyl group is substituted at which ratio. Physical properties May vary slightly.
  • each of the substitution position and the ratio power of the acetylenol group and the propionyl group is a cellulose that simultaneously satisfies the conditions of the above formulas (1) to (4). If it is an ester, it can be preferably used.
  • the degree of substitution between the acetyl group and the propionyl group was determined by the method prescribed in ASTM D817-96.
  • the cellulose ester used in the present invention preferably has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 50000 to 150,000, preferably 55000 to 12000, and more preferably 6000 to 100,000. Most preferably, it has a number average molecular weight of
  • the cellulose ester used in the present invention preferably has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn) ratio of 1.3 to 5.5, particularly preferably 1.5.
  • the cellulose ester is preferably from 5.0 to 3.5, more preferably from 1.7 to 4.0, and even more preferably from 2.0 to 3.5.
  • Mn and Mw / Mn are as follows, and gel permeation chromatography.
  • the cellulose ester in the film-forming material in the range of 70% by mass to 99% by mass, an excellent melt flow can be obtained in the presence of additives such as a deterioration inhibitor, a plasticizer, and an ultraviolet absorber described later. It exhibits ductility and stability, and the resulting film can impart excellent performance as an optical film.
  • additives such as a deterioration inhibitor, a plasticizer, and an ultraviolet absorber described later. It exhibits ductility and stability, and the resulting film can impart excellent performance as an optical film.
  • the content of cellulose ester is 70% by mass or less This is not preferable because the additive bleeds out or the mechanical strength of the film decreases.
  • the amount of other additives required as an optical film is 1.0% by mass or less (the cellulose ester content is 99% or more), it is difficult to satisfy the required physical properties. More preferably, the cellulose ester content is 80 to 95% by mass.
  • the raw material cellulose of the cellulose ester used in the present invention may be wood pulp or cotton linter.
  • the wood pulp may be softwood or hardwood, but softwood is more preferable.
  • a cotton linter is preferably used from the viewpoint of peelability during film formation.
  • Cellulose esters made from these can be mixed as appropriate, or can be used alone.
  • the ratio of cellulose esters derived from cotton linter: cellulose esters derived from wood pulp (coniferous): cellulose esters derived from wood pulp (hardwood) is 100: 0: 0, 90: 10: 0, 85: 15: 0, 50 : 50: 0, 20: 80: 0, 10: 90: 0, 0: 100: 0, 0: 0: 100, 80:10:10, 85: 0: 15, 40:30:30 it can.
  • the cellulose ester of the present invention can be synthesized with reference to known methods.
  • the hydroxyl group of the raw material cellulose can be acetylated and propionated by acetic anhydride and propionic anhydride by a conventional method to replace the acetyl group and propionyl group.
  • the method for synthesizing such a cellulose ester is not particularly limited.
  • the cellulose ester can be synthesized with reference to the method described in JP-A-10-45804 or JP-A-6-501040. It should be noted that the amount of acetic anhydride and propionic anhydride to be used is appropriately changed to synthesize a cellulose ester that simultaneously satisfies the above formulas (1) to (4).
  • the alkaline earth metal content of the cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably in the range of! If it exceeds 50 ppm, lip adhesion stains will increase or breakage will easily occur at the slitting part during or after hot drawing. Even if it is less than lppm, it breaks easily, but the reason is not well understood. Furthermore, the range of 1-30 ppm is preferable.
  • the alkaline earth metal as used herein refers to the total content of Ca and Mg, and can be measured using an X-ray photoelectron spectrometer (XPS).
  • the residual sulfuric acid content in the cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.;! To 45 ppm in terms of elemental sulfur. These are thought to contain in the form of salt It is. If the residual sulfuric acid content exceeds 45 ppm, the deposit on the die lip during heat melting increases, which is not preferable. Further, it is not preferable because it easily breaks during hot stretching or slitting after hot stretching. Less is preferable, but if it is less than 0.1, it tends to break on the contrary, it is not preferable, but the reason is not well understood. Furthermore, the range of 1-30 ppm is preferable. Residual sulfuric acid content is measured by the force S measured by the method specified in ASTM D817-96.
  • the free acid content in the cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably! -500 ppm. If it exceeds 500ppm, the deposit on the die lip will increase and breakage will easily occur. Further, it is preferably in the range of 1 to 100 ppm, and it is more difficult to break. The range of! -70 ppm is particularly preferable.
  • the free acid content should be measured by the method specified in ASTM D817-96.
  • the residual alkaline earth metal content, the residual sulfuric acid content, and the residual acid content can be within the above range, which is preferable.
  • a poor solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or, as a result, a mixed solvent of a poor solvent and a good solvent can be used.
  • Low molecular organic impurities can be removed.
  • the cellulose ester is preferably washed in the presence of an anti-aging agent, which improves the heat resistance and film forming stability of the cellulose ester.
  • the degradation inhibitor used is not limited as long as it is a compound that inactivates radicals generated in the cellulose ester or suppresses degradation of the cellulose ester caused by the addition of oxygen to the radical generated in the cellulose ester. be able to.
  • the cellulose ester In order to improve the heat resistance, mechanical properties, optical properties, etc. of the cellulose ester, the cellulose ester is dissolved in a good solvent of cellulose ester, and then re-precipitated in a poor solvent and filtered. By stirring and suspending in the solution and filtering, low molecular weight components of cellulose ester and other impurities can be removed. At this time, it is preferable to carry out in the presence of a deterioration preventing agent as in the case of washing the cellulose ester described above!
  • the deterioration inhibitor used for washing the cellulose ester is cellulose ester after washing. You can remain in it. Residual amount (between 0.0;! And 2000 ppm, more preferably (between 0.05 and lOOOOppm. Further preferred ⁇ is 0 .;! And lOOppm.
  • polymer or a low molecular weight compound may be added after the re-precipitation treatment of the cellulose ester.
  • the cellulose ester used in the present invention preferably has few bright spot foreign matters when formed into a film.
  • Bright spot foreign matter means that two polarizing plates are placed orthogonally (crossed Nicols), a cellulose ester film is placed between them, light from the light source is applied from one side, and the cellulose ester film is placed from the other side. This is the point where the light from the light source appears to leak when observed.
  • the polarizing plate used for the evaluation at this time is preferably a glass plate used for protecting the polarizer, which is desirably composed of a protective film free from bright spot foreign matter.
  • One of the causes of bright spot foreign substances is considered to be cellulose with unacetylated or low acetylated degree contained in cellulose esters.
  • Use cellulose esters with few bright spot foreign substances (low dispersion of substitution degree! /, Cellulose ester And / or filtering the melted cellulose ester, or at least one of the process of late synthesis of cellulose ester and the process of obtaining precipitate It is also possible to remove bright spot foreign matter. Because the melted cellulose ester has a high viscosity! /, The latter method is more efficient! /.
  • the number of bright spot foreign materials per unit area decreases as the film thickness decreases, and the bright spot foreign materials tend to decrease as the cellulose ester content in the film decreases.
  • the diameter of 0.01 mm or more is preferably 200 pieces / cm 2 or less, more preferably 100 pieces / cm 2 or less, more preferably 50 pieces / cm 2 or less, more preferably 30 pieces or less. / cm 2 but that it is more preferable even more preferably fixture 10 / cm 2 or less is less, and most preferably none.
  • the bright spot of 0.005-0.01mm or less is 200 pieces / cm 2 or less, more preferably 100 pieces / cm 2 or less, more preferably 50 pieces / cm 2 or less. More preferably, the force is 30 pieces / cm 2 or less, more preferably 10 pieces / cm 2 or less, most preferably none.
  • the cellulose ester When removing bright spot foreign matter by melt filtration, the cellulose ester is melted alone. It is preferable to filter the cellulose ester composition to which a deterioration inhibitor, a plasticizer, and the like are added and mixed, rather than filtering the soaked product, because the removal efficiency of bright spot foreign matter is high. Of course, it can be dissolved in a solvent during the synthesis of cellulose ester and reduced by filtration. A mixture of UV absorber and other additives as appropriate can be filtered. Filtration is preferably performed when the viscosity of the melt containing cellulose ester is less than lOOOOPa's, more preferably less than 5000 Pa's, more preferably less than lOOOPa's and less than 500 Pa's.
  • the filter medium conventionally known materials such as glass fibers, cellulose fibers, filter paper, and fluorine resins such as tetrafluoroethylene resin are preferably used, particularly ceramics, metals and the like are preferably used.
  • the absolute filtration accuracy is preferably 50 in or less, more preferably 30 m or less, more preferably 10 m or less, and even more preferably 5 in or less. These can be used in appropriate combination.
  • the filter medium can be either a surface type or a depth type, but the depth type is preferably used because it is relatively clogged.
  • a cellulose ester obtained by dissolving the raw material cellulose ester at least once in a solvent and then drying the solvent may be used.
  • cellulose ester that has been dissolved in a solvent together with at least one of a deterioration inhibitor, a plasticizer, an ultraviolet absorber, and a matting agent and then dried is used.
  • a good solvent used in a solution casting method such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, or dioxolane can be used, and a poor solvent such as methanol, ethanol, or butanol may be used at the same time. In the course of dissolution, it may be cooled to 20 ° C or lower or heated to 80 ° C or higher. When such a cellulose ester is used, it may be possible to uniformly block each additive when melted and make the optical properties uniform.
  • the optical film of the present invention may be appropriately mixed with polymer components other than cellulose ester! /.
  • the polymer component to be mixed preferably has excellent compatibility with the cellulose ester, and the transmittance when it is made into a film is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and further preferably 92% or more. .
  • the cellulose ester of the present invention Since the cellulose ester of the present invention is used for melt film formation, the cellulose ester itself needs to be stable until it reaches heat-melting power film formation. In addition to the stability at the time of melt film formation, the cellulose ester film after melt film formation has a mechanical property, optical characteristics, and durability of 1% It was found that there is a relationship with the mass decrease temperature Td (l. 0). It should be noted that as long as the cell mouth sester satisfying the above formulas (1) to (4) according to the present invention is used, the force S, Td (l. 0) The higher Td (l.
  • Td (l. 0) of the cellulose ester is more preferably 270 ° C or higher, more preferably 280 ° C or higher, and most preferably 290 ° C or higher.
  • Td (l. 0) of the cellulose ester in the synthesis of the cellulose ester, in the operation of filtering and washing the cellulose ester at the time of the last removal, it is necessary to use enough water until the pH of the washing solution becomes neutral. Improve the power by washing.
  • mechanical properties such as being easily broken are deteriorated when washing is performed excessively.
  • Td (l. 0) 1% mass loss temperature under air is a force S that can be measured with a commercially available differential thermogravimetric analysis (TG-DTA) device, although cellulose ester is generally a small amount. Because it contains water, care must be taken during measurement. Specifically, hold the sample at 100 ° C for a while, confirm that the mass loss due to the volatilization of water has disappeared, and then measure the mass loss accompanying the temperature rise from that point. By the way, in consideration of avoiding an increase in the burden of the cellulose ester washing process, it is estimated that a higher upper limit is preferable for Td (l. 0). It is about 310 ° C.
  • the cellulose ester of the present invention has the ability to further improve the stability during heating by the combination with the deterioration inhibitor, and surprisingly, the combination with the deterioration inhibitor described below, Deformation failure of the original film such as failure or convex failure does not occur, flatness, suitability for saponification treatment, curlability, variability of retardation, and durability! It was found that an excellent cellulose ester film can be obtained.
  • a degradation inhibitor is a material that suppresses the decomposition of polymers by heat, oxygen, moisture, acid, etc., by a chemical action. Since the optical film of the present invention is molded particularly at a high temperature of 200 ° C. or higher, it is a system in which the polymer is easily decomposed and deteriorated, and it is preferable to contain a deterioration inhibitor in the film-forming material.
  • Examples of the degradation inhibitor include, but are not limited to, an antioxidant, a hindered amine light stabilizer, an acid scavenger, and a metal deactivator. These are described in JP-A-3-199201, JP-A-5-1907073, JP-A-5-194789, JP-A-5-271471, JP-A-6-107854 and the like. Among these, for the purpose of the present invention, it is preferable to contain an antioxidant as a deterioration preventing agent in the film forming material.
  • At least one or more kinds of deterioration preventing agents in the film-forming material used in the present invention can be selected, and the amount to be added is 0 with respect to the mass of the cellulose ester according to the present invention. More preferably, the content is from 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably from 0.1% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and still more preferably from 0.2% by mass to 2.0% by mass.
  • the addition amount of the deterioration inhibitor is larger than the above range, the transparency of the optical film may be lowered from the viewpoint of compatibility with the cellulose ester, and the finoleum may become brittle. Therefore, it is not preferable.
  • the film-forming material can be stored by dividing the material constituting the material into one kind or a plurality of kinds of pellets for the purpose of avoiding alteration of the material and hygroscopicity. Pelletization may improve the mixing or compatibility of the melt during heating, or may ensure optical uniformity of the resulting film.
  • the film-forming material is heat-melted, and when the heat-melted material is used in a post-process, or when used as a product under the consumer, the above-described deterioration preventive agent is present. This is superior in terms of reducing the strength based on the degradation and decomposition of the material and the degradation of optical transparency, or maintaining the strength inherent to the material.
  • the film-forming material is significantly deteriorated by heating, coloring may occur and it may become impossible to use as an optical film.
  • the force applied when the retardation applying step (stretching step) is performed after the casting step. May become brittle and may easily break during the stretching process, or the retardation value of the target optical compensation film may not be expressed.
  • deterioration of the film-forming material is not preferable because it may interfere with bonding with a polarizer.
  • the presence of the above-described deterioration preventing agent suppresses the generation of colored substances in the visible light region during heating and melting, or the material constituting the film during and after heating and melting.
  • This is also preferable for optical films such as transmittance and haze value reduction caused by volatile components generated by the decomposition of benzene, and is excellent in that it can suppress or eliminate deterioration.
  • the display image of the liquid crystal display device is affected when the haze value exceeds 1% when the optical film of the present invention is used. Therefore, the haze value is preferably less than 1%, more preferably 0. Less than 5%. Further, yellowness (Yellow Index, YI) can be used as an index of colorability, preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 1.0 or less. Yellowness can be measured according to JIS K7103.
  • deterioration reactions due to oxygen or moisture in the air may occur simultaneously.
  • reducing the humidity and oxygen concentration in the air can be preferably used in combination for realizing the present invention.
  • the optical film of the present invention is also used as a polarizing plate protective film.
  • the presence of the above-described deterioration preventing agent in the film-forming material also plays an important role from the viewpoint of improving the storage stability with time of the polarizing plate and the polarizer constituting the polarizing plate.
  • the temporal storage stability of the optical film is improved from the viewpoint of suppressing the above-mentioned deterioration and deterioration.
  • the optical compensation design can manifest its function over a long period of time in improving the display quality of liquid crystal display devices.
  • the optical film of the present invention preferably contains an antioxidant as a deterioration preventing agent.
  • the antioxidant useful in the present invention is a force S that can be used without limitation as long as it is a compound that suppresses the deterioration of the film-forming material due to oxygen, and in particular, a phenol compound, a phosphorus compound, a thio compound.
  • phenol compounds, phosphorus compounds, and alkyl radical scavengers are preferred, but it is more preferable to use a combination of the phenol compound and the phosphorus compound, the phenol compound, the phosphorus compound, and the alkyl. Most preferably, a triple combination of radical scavengers is used.
  • each of these compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more, and the blending amount thereof is appropriately selected within a range not impairing the object of the present invention, but the mass of the cellulose ester according to the present invention. Is more preferably 0.01% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.2% by mass or more and 2.0% by mass. It is as follows.
  • Phenolic compounds are known compounds and include alkyl group-substituted phenols such as para-t-butylphenol and para (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) phenol, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,839,405. Nos. 12 to 14; An enol derivative compound, a so-called hindered phenol compound, can be mentioned, and among these, a hindered phenol compound is preferable.
  • hindered phenolic compounds include: n-octadecyl 3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, n-octadecyl-3 mono (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) Acetate, n-octadecyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, n-hexyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl 4-hydroxyphenyl benzoate, n-dodecyl 3,5-di-butynolate 4-hidroxif Enilbenzoate, neododecyl 3- (3,5-di-tert-butylenoyl 4-hydroxyphenenole) propionate, dodecinole / 3 (3,5-di-tert-butyl 4-hydroxyphenenole) propionate, ethinore ⁇ - (4-hydroxy 3, 5—D
  • Examples of phosphorus compounds useful in the present invention include phosphite compounds and phosphonate compounds.
  • Specific examples of the phosphite compounds include triphenylphosphine urpheninole) phosphite, tris (dinouylfeninore) phosphite, tris (2,4 di-t-butylpheninole) phosphite, tris (2,4 di t-butyl-5-methylphenyl) phosphite, 10-(3,5 di-t-butyl 4-hydroxybenzyl) 9, 10 dihydro 9 oxa 10 phosphaphenanthrene 10 oxide, 6— [3— (3-t-butyl til 4 Hydroxy-1-5-methylphenol) propoxy] —2, 4, 8, 10 tetra-tert-butyldibenz [d, f] [l, 3, 2] dioxaphosphepine, tridecyl phosphite and other
  • the phosphite compounds of the above types are, for example, Sumitizer GP from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., ADK STAB PEP— 24G ”,“ ADK STAB PEP— 36 ”,“ ADK STAB 3010 ”,“ ADK ”from ADEKA Co., Ltd.
  • the phosphonite compound examples include dimethyl-phenyl phosphonite, di-t-butyl-phenyl phosphonite, diphenylphenyl phosphonite, di (4 pentenoyl phenyl) monophenyl phosphonite, di ( 2-t butyl monophenyl) monophenyl phosphonite, G (2 methyl-3 pentyl roofenyl) phenyl phosphonite, Gee (2 methyl -4-octyl roofenyl) phenyl phosphonite, Gee (3 butyl-4-methyl-phenyl) Phenyl phosphonite, di (3-hexyl 4-ethyl monophenyl) Phenyl phosphonite, G (2, 4, 6 Trimethylphenyl) Phenyl phosphonite, G (2, 3 dimethyl-4-ethylrofurenyl) ) Phenylphosphonite, G (2, 6 Jetyl-3-butylphenyl) Phenylphosphona Di (2,3 di
  • Phosphorus compounds of the above type are commercially available, for example, from Ciba 'Specialty' Chemikanorezu Co., Ltd. under the trade name “IRGAFOS®-EPQ” and from Sakai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. under the name “GSY-P 101”.
  • phosphorus compounds useful in the present invention even though phosphonite compounds are preferred, tetrakis (2, 4-di-tert-butylphenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, etc.
  • a particularly preferred one in which the two-range phosphonite compound is preferred is tetrakis (2,4 di-t-butyl-5-methylphenyl) -1,4 ′ A'-biphenyl di-phosphonate.
  • alkyl radical scavenger means a compound having a group in which an alkyl radical can react rapidly and giving a stable product in which no subsequent reaction occurs after reaction with the alkyl radical.
  • Preferred alkyl radical scavengers in the present invention include compounds represented by the general formula (1) and compounds represented by the general formula (2). [0087] Hereinafter, the power to explain the compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention in specific examples The present invention is not limited to these.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. Or it is a methyl group.
  • R and R each independently represent an alkyl group having from 8 to 8 carbon atoms
  • R and R preferably include quaternary carbon
  • R is more preferably a tert butyl group, a tert amino group
  • R is more preferably a tert butyl group, a tert amyl group or a tert ota group.
  • R 1 to Ri are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R and R may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4, and when n is 1, R
  • R 16 11 represents a substituent, and when n is an integer of 2 to 4, R represents a divalent to tetravalent linking group.
  • R 1 to R 4 represent a substituent
  • the substituent is not particularly limited.
  • Group for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, pentynole group, hexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group, trifluoromethyl group, etc.
  • cycloalkyl group for example, cyclopentyl group
  • aryl group for example, phenyl group, naphthyl group, etc.
  • isylamino group for example, acetylamino group, benzoylamino group, etc.
  • alkylthio group for example, methylthio group, ethylthio group, etc.
  • arylthio Group for example, phenylthio group, naphthylthio group, etc.
  • alkenyl group for example, butyl group, 2-propenyl group, 3-buturyl group, 1-methyl-3-propeny
  • Cyclohexylaminocarbonyl group phenyl Aminocarbonyl group, 2-pyridylaminocarbonyl group, etc.
  • sulfamoyl group eg, aminosulfonyl group, methylaminosulfonyl group, dimethylaminosulfonyl group, butylaminosulfonyl group, hexylaminosulfonyl group, cyclohexyl.
  • Aminosulfonyl group octylaminosulfonyl group, dodecylaminosulfonyl group, phenylaminosulfonyl group, naphthylaminosulfonyl group, 2-pyridylaminosulfonyl group, etc.
  • sulfonamide groups for example, methanesulfonamide group, benzenesulfonamide
  • cyano group for example, methanesulfonamide group, benzenesulfonamide
  • alkoxy group e.g. methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group etc.
  • arylenoxy group e.g.
  • phenoxy group, naphthinoreoxy group etc. heterocyclic oxy group, siloxy group, acyloxy group (e.g. Asechiruo Xy group, benzoyl group, etc.), sulfonic acid group, sulfonic acid salt, aminocarbonyloxy group, amino group (eg, amino group, ethylamino group, dimethylamino group, butylamino group, cyclopentylamino group, 2-ethylhexylamino group) Group, dodecylamino group, etc.), anilino group (for example, phenylamino group, black-mouthed phenylamino group, toluidino group, anisidino group, naphthylamino group, 2-pyridylamino group, etc.), imide group, ureido group (for example, methylureido group, Ethylureido group, pentylureido group
  • R 1 to R 5 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • R is hydrogen
  • n is a force S representing an integer of 1 to 4, and when n is 1, R is a substitution
  • substituent 11 represents a group, and examples of the substituent include the same groups as the substituents represented by R 1 to R 4.
  • R 1 correspondingly represents a divalent to tetravalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group may have, for example, a substituent.
  • Examples thereof include a divalent alkylene group, a divalent arylene group which may have a substituent, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or a combination of these linking groups.
  • Examples of the trivalent linking group include, for example, a trivalent alkylene group which may have a substituent, a trivalent arylene group which may have a substituent, a nitrogen atom, or a group of these linking groups. It is possible to raise combinations, and as a tetravalent linking group, for example, a tetravalent alkylene group that may have a substituent, a tetravalent arylene group that may have a substituent, or a combination thereof. A combination of groups can be mentioned.
  • n is preferably 1, and then R is a substituted or unsubstituted phenotype.
  • Preferred substituents for the phenyl group include alkyl groups having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably alkoxy groups having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and carbon atoms 1 No! /, And 8 alkoxy groups are more preferred! /.
  • antioxidants include dilauryl 3,3-thiodipropionate, dimyristyl 3,3'-thiodipropionate, distearyl 3,3-thiodipropionate, lauryl stearyl 3,3— Thiodipropionate, pentaerythritol-tetrax (/ 3 lauryl thiopropionate), 3, 9 bis (2 dodecylthioethyl) 2, 4, 8, 10-tetraoxaspiro [5, 5] undecane And the like compounds.
  • the compounds of the above type are commercially available, for example, from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • a hindered amine light stabilizer (as a deterioration preventing agent for heat-melting of a film-forming material and a deterioration preventing agent against external light exposed as a polarizer protective film after production or light from a backlight of a liquid crystal display) HALS) compounds, which are known compounds, such as US Pat. No. 4,619,956, column 5 to 11; and US Pat. No. 4,839,405, no. As described in columns 3-5, 2, 2, 6, 6-tetraalkylpiperidine compounds, or their acid addition salts or complexes of them with metal compounds are included.
  • hindered amine light stabilizers include bis (2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) succinate, bis (1, 2, 2 , 6, 6-Pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (N oxytoxic 2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (N benzyloxy 2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis ( N cyclohexyloxy 2, 2, 6, 6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (1, 2, 2, 6, 6 pentamethyl-4-piperidinole) 2— (3,5 di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzenole) 2 Butyl malonate, bis (1-acroyl-2,2,6,6 tetramethyl-4-piperidinole) 2,2 bis (3,5 di-tert-butyl
  • N, N ', N ", N"' Tetrakis [4, 6 bis [butyl (N methyl-2, 2, 6, 6 tetra Methylpiperidine—4-yl) amino] -triazine—2-yl] —4,7 diazadecane—1,10 diamine, dibutylamine and 1, 3,5 triazine N, N ′ bis (2, 2, 6, 6 Tetramethyl 4-piperidyl) -1, 6 Hexamethylenediamine and N— (2, 2, 6, 6 Tetramethyl 4-piperidyl) butyramine polycondensate, dibutylamine, 1, 3, 5-triazine and N , N 'Polycondensate with bis (2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) butyramine, poly [ ⁇ (1, 1, 3, 3 tetramethylbutyl) amino 1, 3, 5, triazine 1, 2, 4 Dil ⁇ ⁇ (2,
  • Mn number average molecular weight
  • Hinderdamine compounds of the above type are commercially available from, for example, Chino 'Specialty' Chemicals, "TINUVIN144" and “TINUVIN770", and ADEKA Co., Ltd. as "ADK STAB LA-52"! ! /
  • the hindered amine light stabilizer is preferably added in an amount of 0.2 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5% by mass based on the mass of the cellulose ester according to the present invention.
  • Addition power S is preferable, and it is more preferable to add 0.5 to 2% by mass. Two or more of these may be used in combination.
  • the optical film of the present invention preferably contains an acid scavenger as a deterioration inhibitor.
  • an acid scavenger useful in the present invention any compound that reacts with an acid to inactivate the acid can be used without limitation, and particularly described in US Pat. No. 4,137,201.
  • a compound having an epoxy group is preferred.
  • Epoxy compounds as such acid scavengers are known in the art and are derived by condensation of diglycidyl ethers of various polyglycols, especially about 8-40 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of polyglycol.
  • Polyglycols diglycidyl ethers of dalycerol, etc., metal epoxy compounds (for example, those conventionally used in and together with chlorinated polymer compositions), epoxidized ether condensation products, bis Phenolic A diglycidyl etherate (ie 4, 4'-dihydroxydiphenyldimethylmethane), epoxidized unsaturated fatty acid ester (especially about 4 to 2 carbon atoms of fatty acids of 2 to 22 carbon atoms) Esters of alkyl (eg, butyl epoxy stearate), and Epoxidized vegetable oils and other unsaturated natural oils, which are sometimes represented by the composition of various epoxidized long chain fatty acid triglycerides and the like (eg, epoxidized soybean oil, epoxidized linseed oil, etc.) Natural fatty glycerides or unsaturated fatty acids, and these fatty acids generally contain from 12 to 22 carbon atoms).
  • epoxy compounds for example, those
  • acid scavengers that can be used in addition to the above include oxetane compounds, oxazoline compounds, alkaline earth metal organic acid salts and acetylacetonate complexes, and JP-A-5-194788. Including those described in paragraphs 68-105.
  • the acid scavenger it is preferable to add the acid scavenger to the mass of the cellulose ester according to the present invention in an amount of 0.;! To 10% by mass. It is preferable to add 5% by mass, and it is more preferable to add 0.5-2% by mass. Two or more of these may be used in combination.
  • the acid scavenger can be used as an acid scavenger, an acid scavenger, an acid catcher or the like in the present invention.
  • a metal deactivator means a metal ion deactivating compound that acts as an initiator or catalyst in an oxidation reaction, and includes hydrazide compounds, oxalic acid diamide compounds, triazole compounds, and the like. , N'-bis [3- (3, (5-, 5-tert-butyl 4-hydroxyphenenole) propioninole] hydrazine, 2-hydroxyethyl oxalic acid diamide, 2-hydroxy-one N- (1H— 1, 2 , 4-triazole-1-3-inole) benzamide, N- (5-yert-butyl-2-ethoxyphenyl) -1-N, 1- (2-ethylphenyl) succinamide, and the like.
  • metal deactivators for the mass of the cellulose ester of the present invention, from 0.0002 to 2 mass 0/0 that mosquito preferably be added Caro, further from 0.0005 to 2 mass 0 / Addition force of 0 S is preferable, more preferably 0.00;! To 1% by mass is added. Two or more of these may be used in combination.
  • the plasticizer is a force that is an additive having an effect of improving brittleness or imparting flexibility, generally by adding it to a polymer.
  • An additive that lowers the melting temperature of the film, or at the same temperature! Used as an additive to lower the viscosity.
  • any material having such an effect can be used as a plasticizer without limitation.
  • Use power S Such a melting point lowering effect / viscosity lowering effect is more likely to be obtained when a plasticizer to be added has a melting point or glass transition temperature lower than the glass transition temperature of cellulose ester.
  • a plasticizer may improve the mechanical properties of the cellulose ester film, improve the tearing strength, impart water resistance, and reduce moisture permeability. It is more preferable to use a material having an effect as a plasticizer.
  • the plasticizer also has the effect of suppressing deterioration of the cellulose ester in the hot-melting process by addition as described above, but the effect is due to the physical effect and is attributed to the chemical effect. Therefore, it is not classified as an anti-degradation agent in the present invention.
  • Plasticizers that satisfy the above-described conditions and are used in the present invention include, for example, phosphate ester plasticizers, polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers (ethylene glycol ester plasticizers, glycerin ester plasticizers). Agents, diglycerin ester plasticizers, etc.), polyvalent rubonic acid ester plasticizers, carbohydrate ester plasticizers, polymer plasticizers and the like. Of these, polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers and polyhydric carboxylic acid ester plasticizers are preferred, and polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers are more preferred.
  • the plasticizer may be liquid or solid, and is preferably colorless because of restrictions on the composition.
  • the addition amount is good as long as it does not adversely affect the optical properties and mechanical properties, and the blending amount is appropriately selected within a range not impairing the object of the present invention, and preferably 1 to 25 with respect to the mass of the cellulose ester according to the present invention.
  • mass 0/0 is a cellulose ester fill beam, characterized by containing. If the amount is less than 1% by mass, the effect of improving the flatness is not observed. If the amount is more than 25% by mass, bleeding out tends to occur and the stability of the film with time deteriorates. More preferably a cellulose ester fill beam contains a plasticizer from 3 to 20 weight 0/0, a cellulose ester film containing more preferably 5-15 wt%.
  • an ester plasticizer comprising a polyhydric alcohol and a monovalent carboxylic acid
  • an ester plasticizer comprising a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a monohydric alcohol
  • the ester plasticizer consisting of the preferred polyhydric alcohol and monovalent carboxylic acid is particularly preferred because it has a higher affinity with cellulose ester.
  • the polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer refers to a compound obtained by condensing a compound having a plurality of hydroxyl groups in one molecule and a monovalent organic acid as a polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer.
  • the polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizer is a compound obtained by condensing a compound having a plurality of carboxylic acid groups in one molecule and a plurality of monovalent alcohols or phenols. Called.
  • ethylene glycol, glycerin, and trimethylolpropane 1,6-
  • Examples of preferable organic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, bivalic acid, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, benzoic acid, annic acid, 3, 4, 5— Trimethoxybenzoic acid, toluic acid, tert-butylbenzoic acid, naphthoic acid, picolinic acid, etc. Powerful effect of reducing the moisture permeability of cellulose ester! /, Unsaturation power Polycarboxylic acid, for example, aromatic carboxylic acid Forming an alcohol ester It is preferable.
  • the organic acid used in the polyhydric alcohol ester may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds. Also, all OH groups in polyhydric alcohols may be esterified, or some of them may be left as OH groups! /.
  • ethylene glycol ester plasticizer which is one of the polyhydric alcohol esters
  • ethylene glycol alkyl ester plasticizers such as ethylene glycol diacetate and ethylene glycol dibutylate.
  • Ethylene glycol cycloalkyl ester plasticizers such as ethylene glycol di-cyclocarboxylate and ethylene glycol dicyclohexylcarboxylate, ethylene glycol dibenzoate, ethylene glycoloresin ethylene glycolo such as 4-methinolevenzoate
  • Examples include rare-ester plasticizers.
  • These alkylate groups, cycloalkylate groups, and arylate groups may be the same or different, and may be further substituted.
  • ethylene glycol part may be substituted, and the partial structural strength of ethylene glycol ester S, part of the polymer, or may be regularly pendant, antioxidants, acid scavengers, UV absorbers Introduced into part of the molecular structure of additives such as! /
  • glycerol such as triacetin, tributyrin, glycerol diacetate caprylate, glycerol carboxylate, and glycerol tricyclohexylcarboxylate.
  • Diglycerin cycloalkyl esters such as cycloalkyl esters, glycerol tribenzoates, glycerol 4-methylbenzoates, etc., diglycerin acetate tricaprylate, diglycerin tetralaurate, etc.
  • diglycerin cycloalkyl esters examples thereof include diglycerin aryl esters such as benzoate and diglycerin 3-methinolevenzoate.
  • These alkylate groups, cycloalkylcarboxy The rate group and arylate group may be the same or different, and may be further substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of alkylate group, cycloalkyl carboxylate group and arylate group, and these substituents may be bonded by a covalent bond.
  • the glycerin ester and diglycerin part may be substituted glycerin ester, and the diglycerin ester partial structure may be part of the polymer or regularly pendant. May be introduced into a part of the molecular structure of additives such as an agent and an ultraviolet absorber.
  • polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers include the polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers described in paragraphs 30 to 33 of JP-A-2003-12823.
  • alkylate group, cycloalkyl carboxylate group and arylate group may be the same or different, and may be further substituted.
  • a mixture of alkylate group, cycloalkylcarboxylate group and arylate group may be used, and these substituents may be bonded by a covalent bond.
  • the polyhydric alcohol part may be substituted! /, Or the partial structural power of the polyhydric alcohol may be a part of the polymer or may be regularly pendant.
  • the antioxidant, the acid scavenger, the ultraviolet ray It may be introduced into a part of the molecular structure of an additive such as an absorbent.
  • the alkyl polyhydric alcohol aryl ester is preferred.
  • the ethylene glycol dibenzoate and the glycerin tribe are preferred.
  • Alkyl dicarboxylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as dicyclopentyl succinate, dicyclohexyl adipate, etc.
  • Alkyl dicarboxylic succinate, diphenyl succinate, alkyl dicarboxylic acid aryl such as di-4-methylphenyl daltalate, etc.
  • Ester plasticizers dihexyl, 1,4-cyclohexane dicarboxylate, didecylbicyclo [2.2.1] heptane 2,3 dicarboxylate
  • Cycloalkyldicarboxylic acid alkyl ester plasticizers such as dicyclohexyl-1,2-cyclobutanedicarboxylate, dicyclopropyl 1,2-cyclohexyl dicarboxylate, etc.
  • Plasticizers such as diphenyl-1,1-cyclopropyldicarboxylate, di-2-naphthyl-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylate, etc., cycloalkyldicarboxylic acid aryl ester plasticizer, jetyl phthalate, Alyl dicarboxylic acid alkenyl ester plasticizers such as dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate and di-2-ethyl hexyl phthalate, and aryl carboxylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as dicyclopropyl phthalate and dicyclohexyl phthalate Tellurium plasticizers, diaryl phthalates, di-4-methylphenyl phthalates, etc.
  • diaryl dicarboxylic acid aryl ester plasticizers acid ester plasticizers, acetyl trimethyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate, Examples thereof include citrate-based plasticizers such as acetyl butyl acetate.
  • These alkoxy groups and cycloalkoxy groups may be the same or different, and these substituents, which may be mono-substituted, may be further substituted.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group may be mixed, and these substituents may be bonded by a covalent bond.
  • the aromatic ring of phthalic acid may be substituted and a multimer such as a dimer, trimer or tetramer may be used.
  • additives such as antioxidants, acid scavengers and UV absorbers that may be regularly pendant to the polymer Introduced! /
  • polyvalent carboxylic acid ester plasticizers examples include alkyl polyvalent carboxylic acid alkyl ester plasticizers such as tridodecyl tri-force ruvalate and tributyl-meso butane 1, 2, 3, 4 tetracarboxylate.
  • Alkyl polycarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester type plasticizers such as tricyclohexyl tri-force ruvalate, tricyclopropyl-2-hydroxy 1,2,3-propane tricarboxylate, triphenyl 2-hydroxy 1, 2 , 3-propanetricarboxylate, tetra-3-methylphenyltetrahydrofuran 2, 3, 4, 5
  • Alkyl polycarboxylic acid arylene plasticizers such as tetracarboxylate, tetrahexyl, 1, 2, 3, 4 Cyclobutane tetracarboxylate
  • Cycloalkyl polycarboxylic acid alkyl ester plasticizers such as tetrapentyl 1, 2, 3, 4 cyclopentane tetracarboxylate, tetracyclopropyl 1, 2, 3, 4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylate, tricyclohexyl 1 , 3,5-Cyclohexylolene
  • Aryl polyvalent carboxylic acid aryl ester plasticizers such as 3,5-tetracarboxylate, hex-4-methylphenylbenzene 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 hexacarboxylate and the like can be mentioned.
  • These alkoxy groups and cycloalkoxy groups may be the same or different, and these substituents, which may be mono-substituted, may be further substituted.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group may be mixed, or these substituents may be bonded by a covalent bond.
  • the aromatic ring of phthalic acid may be substituted and a multimer such as dimer, trimer or tetramer may be used.
  • the partial structure of phthalate ester is part of the polymer, or part of the molecular structure of additives such as antioxidants, acid scavengers, and UV absorbers that may be regularly pendant to the polymer. It may be introduced.
  • ester plasticizers composed of the polyvalent carboxylic acid and the monohydric alcohol
  • alkyl dicarboxylic acid alkyl esters are preferred. Specific examples include the dioctyl adipates.
  • plasticizers used in the present invention include phosphate ester plasticizers, carbohydrate ester plasticizers, and polymer plasticizers.
  • phosphate ester plasticizers include phosphoric acid alkyl esters such as triacetyl phosphate and tributyl phosphate, tricyclobenzyl phosphate, cyclohexane and the like.
  • Phosphoric acid cycloalkyl esters such as hexyl phosphate, triphenyl phosphate, tricresino rephosphate, credinole renin rephosphate, otachinoresi refineno rephosphate, diphen relevino reno phosphate, trioctino rephosphate, tri Examples include phosphate aryl esters such as butinorephosphate, trinaphthyl phosphate, trixylyl phosphate, trisorthobiphenyl phosphate. These substituents may be the same or different, and may be further substituted. Further, it may be a mix of an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group, and the substituents may be covalently bonded.
  • phosphate esters such as arylene bis (diaryl phosphate) such as arylene bis (dialkyl phosphate), phenylene bis (diphenyl phosphate), and naphthylene bis (ditolyl phosphate). These substituents may be the same or different, and may be further substituted. A mixture of an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group may be used, and substituents may be covalently bonded.
  • the partial structural strength of phosphate ester is a part of the polymer, or may be regularly pendant, and the molecular structure of additives such as antioxidants, acid scavengers, UV absorbers, etc. May be introduced to the part.
  • additives such as antioxidants, acid scavengers, UV absorbers, etc. May be introduced to the part.
  • aryl ester phosphate and arylene bis (diaryl phosphate) are preferred.
  • triphenyl phosphate and phenyl bis (diphenyl phosphate) are preferred!
  • the carbohydrate means a monosaccharide, a disaccharide or a trisaccharide in which the saccharide is present in the form of a pyranose, a furanose half-membered ring or a five-membered ring.
  • Non-limiting examples of carbohydrates include glucose, saccharose, ratatoose, cellobiose, mannose, xylose, ribose, galactose, arabinose, fructose, sorbose, cellotriose and raffinose.
  • Carbohydrate ester refers to an ester compound formed by dehydration condensation of a hydroxyl group of a carbohydrate and a carboxylic acid, and more specifically, an aliphatic carboxylic acid ester of a carbohydrate or an aromatic Means carboxylic acid ester;
  • Examples of the aliphatic carboxylic acid include acetic acid and propionic acid, and examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid include benzoic acid, toluic acid, and anilic acid.
  • Carbohydrates have a number of hydroxyl groups depending on their type
  • carbohydrate ester plasticizer examples include glucose pentaacetate, dalcose pentapropionate, gnolecose pentabtylate, saccharose octacetate, saccharose octabenzoate and the like. Of these, saccharose succinate benzoate is more preferred, and saccharose succinate benzoate is particularly preferred.
  • Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd. sells the above types of carbohydrate ester plasticizers under the trade names “Monopet SB” and “Monopet SOA”.
  • polymer plasticizer examples include aliphatic hydrocarbon polymers, alicyclic hydrocarbon polymers, polyethyl acrylate, polymethyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxy methacrylate. Copolymers with ethyl, acrylic polymers such as methyl methacrylate, methyl acrylate and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, polybutyl isobutyl ether, poly N butyl pyrrolidone and other butyl polymers, polystyrene, Examples thereof include styrene polymers such as poly-4-hydroxystyrene, polyesters such as polybutylene succinate, polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate, polyethers such as polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide, polyamides, polyurethanes, and polyureas.
  • the number average molecular weight is preferably about 1,000 to 500,000, particularly preferably 500 to 200,000. If it is less than 1000, there will be problems with volatilization, and if it exceeds 500,000, the aging ability will be reduced and the mechanical properties of the cellulose ester film will be adversely affected.
  • These polymer plasticizers may be a homopolymer composed of one type of repeating unit or a copolymer having a plurality of repeating structures. Further, two or more of the above polymers may be used in combination.
  • a polyhydric alcohol and a monovalent carbon It is preferable to contain 1 to 25% by mass of an ester plasticizer comprising an acid, a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a monohydric alcohol or a tellurium plasticizer, but it may be used in combination with other plasticizers.
  • an ester plasticizer comprising a polyhydric alcohol and a monovalent carboxylic acid is more preferred, but an ester plasticizer comprising a trivalent or higher alcohol and a monovalent carboxylic acid.
  • an ester plasticizer comprising a trivalent or higher alcohol and a monovalent carboxylic acid.
  • the film-forming material strength further contains an ultraviolet absorber from the viewpoint of improving durability.
  • Ultraviolet absorbers are excellent in the ability to absorb ultraviolet rays with a wavelength of 370 nm or less from the viewpoint of preventing deterioration of polarizers and display devices with respect to ultraviolet rays, and from the viewpoint of liquid crystal display properties, they absorb little visible light with wavelengths of 400 nm or more. Those are preferred.
  • the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention include oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, nickel complex compounds, and triazine compounds.
  • UV absorbers described in JP-A-10-182621 and 8-337574, and polymer UV absorbers described in JP-A-6-148430 and JP-A-2003-113317 may be used. ,.
  • benzotriazole compounds include 2- (2'-hydroxy 5'-methylphenol) benzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di-tert-butinolephenol) benzo Triazole, 2— (2 ′ —hydroxyl 3 ′ —tert butyl 5 ′ —methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2— (2 ′ —hydroxy 3 ′, 5 ′ di-tert butylphenyl) Benzotriazole, 2— (2 ′ —Hydroxyl 3 ′ — (3 ”, 4”, 5 ”, et al.
  • TINUVIN 326 TINUVIN 109, TINUVIN 171, TINUVIN 900, TINUVIN 928, TINUVIN 928, TINUVIN 360 (V, deviation) are commercially available.
  • Chino 'Specialty' Chemicals LA31 (A DEKA), Sumisorb250 (Sumitomo Chemical), and RUVA-100 (Otsuka Chemical).
  • benzophenone compounds include 2, 4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2, 2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-1-sulfo benzophenone, bis (2-methoxy-4-hydroxy) 1) Benzylphenylmethane) and the like S, but is not limited thereto.
  • the ultraviolet absorber is preferably a benzotriazole compound.
  • the UV absorber is added in an amount of 0.;! To 10% by mass based on the mass of the cellulose ester according to the present invention. It is preferable to add 5% by mass, and it is preferable to add 0.5 to 3% by mass. Two or more of these may be used in combination.
  • benzotriazole structure and triazine structural strength are part of the polymer, or other additives such as plasticizers, antioxidants and acid scavengers that may be regularly pendant to the polymer. Introduced into part of the additive's molecular structure!
  • the conventionally known UV-absorbing polymer is not particularly limited.
  • RUVA RUVA
  • Examples include a polymer obtained by homopolymerizing 93 (manufactured by Otsuka Chemical Co., Ltd.) and a polymer obtained by copolymerizing RUVA-93 with other monomers. Specifically, PUVA copolymerized with RUVA-93 and methyl methacrylate in a 3: 7 ratio (mass ratio) —30M, PUVA copolymerized with a ratio of 5: 5 (mass ratio) — 50M etc. are mentioned. Furthermore, the polymers described in JP-A-2003-113317 can be mentioned.
  • the cellulose ester can contain various additives in addition to the deterioration inhibitor, the plasticizer and the ultraviolet absorber.
  • various additives for example, matting agents, fillers, silica silicates and other inorganic compounds, dyes, pigments, phosphors, dichroic dyes, retardation control agents, refractive index regulators, gas permeation inhibitors, antibacterial agents, biodegradation Examples include a property-imparting agent.
  • an additive not classified into this can also be used if it has the said function.
  • the respective materials are mixed in a solid or liquid state, heated and melted and kneaded to obtain a uniform melt, and then cast. Even in the method of forming an optical film, all materials are dissolved in advance using a solvent to obtain a uniform solution, and then the solvent is removed to form a mixture of an additive and a cellulose ester. It may be melted by heating and cast to form an optical film.
  • the film according to the present invention can be applied with a matting agent in order to impart slipperiness, optical and mechanical functions.
  • a matting agent examples include inorganic compound fine particles and organic compound fine particles.
  • the shape of the matting agent is preferably a spherical shape, a rod shape, a needle shape, a layer shape, a flat plate shape or the like.
  • matting agents include metals such as silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate, and calcium phosphate. It is possible to cite inorganic fine particles such as oxides, phosphates, silicates and carbonates and crosslinked polymer fine particles. Among these, silicon dioxide is preferable because it can reduce the haze of the film. These fine particles are preferably surface-treated with an organic substance and can reduce the haze of the film.
  • the surface treatment is preferably performed with halosilanes, alkoxysilanes, silazane, siloxane, or the like.
  • the larger the average particle size of the fine particles the greater the sliding effect. On the other hand, the smaller the average particle size, the better the transparency.
  • the average primary particle size of the fine particles is in the range of 0.01 to 1.0 am.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the preferred fine particles is preferably 550 nm, more preferably 714 nm. These fine particles are preferably used for generating irregularities of 0.01 to 1.0 m on the surface of the cellulose ester film.
  • silicon dioxide fine particles examples include Aerosil (AEROSIL) 200 200V 300 R972 R972V R974 R202 R812 0X50 TT600 NA X50 manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd. KE— P10 KE— P30 KE— manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. P100 KE-P150 and the like can be used, and preferably, Aerosil 200V R972V NAX50 KE-P30 KE P100. Two or more of these fine particles may be used in combination.
  • Aerosil AEROSIL
  • P100 KE-P150 and the like can be used, and preferably, Aerosil 200V R972V NAX50 KE-P30 KE
  • Fine particles having different average particle diameters and materials for example, Aerosil 200V and R972V can be used in a mass ratio of 0 ⁇ 1: 99. 9 99. 9: 0.1.
  • the matting agent is preferably added by kneading.
  • a matting agent dispersed in advance in a solvent and a cellulose ester and / or a plasticizer and / or an antioxidant and / or an ultraviolet absorber are mixed and dispersed, and then the solid is obtained by volatilizing or precipitating the solvent. Power and use of this in the manufacturing process of the cellulose ester melt S, preferable from the viewpoint that the matting agent can be uniformly dispersed in the cellulose ester
  • the matting agent may be added to improve the mechanical, electrical, and optical properties of the film.
  • the content is preferably 0.00; more preferably 5% by mass. Preferably it is 0.005 1% by mass, more preferably 0.01-0.5% by mass.
  • the haze value is preferably less than 1.0%, more preferably 0.5. Less than%.
  • the haze value can be measured based on JIS-K7136.
  • the effect of reducing the oxygen concentration in the air can be used together with the stabilizing action of the additive in realizing the present invention.
  • the optical film is a functional film used in various display devices such as a liquid crystal display, a plasma display, and an organic EL display, and more specifically, a polarizing plate for a liquid crystal display device.
  • a cellulose ester resin in addition to the cellulose ester according to the present invention, a cellulose ester resin, a cellulose ether resin, a bull resin (polyacetate bull resin, polybull alcohol) not related to the present invention
  • Olefin resin norbornene resin, monocyclic cyclic olefin resin, cyclic conjugated gen resin, vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon resin, etc.
  • polyester resin aromatic polyester
  • acrylic resins including copolymers
  • polycarbonate resins polystyrene resins, polysulfone resins, polyarylate resins, and the like.
  • the content of the resin other than the cellulose ester is preferably 0.
  • the optical film according to the present invention includes a polarizing plate protective film, a retardation film, and an optical compensation film. It is preferably used for a film, and particularly preferably for a polarizing plate protective film.
  • the optical film according to the present invention is manufactured by melt casting as described above.
  • the molding method by melt casting that is heated and melted without using the solvent used in the solution casting method is more specifically, melt extrusion molding method, press molding method, inflation method, They can be classified into injection molding methods, blow molding methods, stretch molding methods, and the like. Among these, in order to obtain a polarizing plate protective film having excellent mechanical strength and surface accuracy, the melt extrusion molding method is excellent.
  • the film-forming material is required to have little or no volatile component during the melting and film-forming process. This is for foaming during heating and melting to reduce or avoid deterioration of the planarity of the defects inside the film.
  • the content of the volatile component when the film-forming material is melted is 1% by mass or less, preferably 0.5% by mass or less, more preferably 0.2% by mass or less, and even more preferably 0. It is desired to be 1% by mass or less.
  • a differential thermogravimetric measuring device TG / DTA200 manufactured by Seiko Denshi Kogyo Co., Ltd.
  • the heating loss from 30 ° C. to the temperature corresponding to the melt casting is obtained, and the amount is contained in the volatile component Amount.
  • the film-forming material to be used preferably removes volatile components typified by the moisture and the solvent before the film is formed or during heating.
  • a known drying method can be applied to the removal method, and it can be performed by a heating method, a decompression method, a heating decompression method, or the like, or even in an atmosphere in which nitrogen is selected as the inert gas. Yo! / When these known drying methods are performed, it is preferable in terms of film quality that the film forming material is not decomposed in a temperature range.
  • the drying temperature is preferably 70 ° C or higher.
  • a material having a glass transition temperature exists in the material to be dried, heating to a drying temperature higher than the glass transition temperature may cause the material to melt and be difficult to handle. Below the transition temperature It is preferable.
  • the glass transition temperature with the lower glass transition temperature is used as a reference. More preferably, it is 70 ° C. or higher and (glass transition temperature ⁇ 5) ° C. or lower, more preferably 110 ° C.
  • the drying time is preferably 0.5 to 24 hours, more preferably 1 to; 18 hours, and further preferably 1.5 to 12 hours. If the drying temperature is too low, the removal rate of volatile components will be low, and it will take too much time to dry.
  • the drying process may be divided into two or more stages. For example, the drying process includes a preliminary drying process for storing materials, and a immediately preceding drying process performed immediately before film formation to one week before. Also good.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic flow sheet showing the overall configuration of an apparatus for carrying out the method for producing a cellulose ester film according to the present invention
  • FIG. 2 is an enlarged view of a cooling roll portion from a casting die.
  • the method for producing a cellulose ester film according to the present invention is performed by mixing film materials such as cellulose resin and then using an extruder 1 to the first cooling roll 5 from the casting die 4. It is melt-extruded on top and circumscribed on the first cooling roll 5, and further circumscribed on the three cooling rolls in total, the second cooling roll 7 and the third cooling roll 8, and then cooled and solidified to form a film 10. .
  • the film 10 peeled off by the peeling roll 9 is then stretched in the width direction by holding both ends of the film by the stretching device 12 and then wound by the winding device 16.
  • a touch roll 6 for pressing the molten film on the surface of the first cooling roll 5 is provided.
  • the touch roll 6 has an elastic surface and forms a two-piece with the first cooling roll 5. Details of Touch roll 6 will be described later.
  • the conditions for melt extrusion can be carried out in the same manner as the conditions used for other thermoplastic resins such as polyester.
  • the material is preferably dried beforehand.
  • the moisture should be dried to lOOOppm or less, preferably 200ppm or less using a vacuum or vacuum dryer or dehumidifying hot air dryer. That's right.
  • the cellulose ester dried under hot air, vacuum, or reduced pressure is melted at an extrusion temperature of about 200 to 300 ° C using an extruder 1, and filtered through a leaf disk type filter 2 to remove foreign matters. To do.
  • additives such as a plasticizer
  • they may be kneaded in the middle of the extruder.
  • a mixing apparatus such as Static Mixer 3.
  • the cellulose ester and other additives such as an anti-degradation agent added as necessary are preferably mixed before melting, and the cellulose ester and the additive are mixed before heating. More preferably. Mixing may be performed by a mixer or the like, or may be performed in the cellulose resin preparation process as described above. When a mixer is used, a general mixer such as a V-type mixer, a conical screw type mixer, a horizontal cylindrical type mixer, a Henschel mixer, or a ribbon mixer can be used.
  • the mixture may be directly melted and formed into a film using the extruder 1, but once the film-forming material is pelletized, The pellets may be melted by the extruder 1 to form a film.
  • the film-forming material includes a plurality of materials having different melting points, a so-called braided semi-melt is once produced at a temperature at which only the material having a low melting point is melted, and the semi-melt is extruded 1 It is also possible to form a film by throwing it into the film. Easily thermally decomposed into film-forming materials! / If the material contains a material, it is possible to directly form a film without producing pellets in order to reduce the number of melting times, The method of making a film and making a film is preferred.
  • Extruder 1 can use various commercially available extruders. Melt kneading
  • the extruder 1 may be a single-screw extruder or a twin-screw extruder, which is preferable for an extruder.
  • a twin-screw extruder When forming a film directly without producing pellets from a film-forming material, it is preferable to use a twin-screw extruder because an appropriate degree of kneading is required, but even with a single-screw extruder, the screw shape is Moderate kneading by changing to a kneading type screw such as mold, unimelt type, dull mage, etc. Can be used.
  • pellets or braided semi-melts are used as film forming materials, they can be used with either single-screw extruders or twin-screw extruders.
  • the oxygen concentration is preferably lowered by substituting with an inert gas such as nitrogen gas or reducing the pressure.
  • the melting temperature of the film-forming material in the extruder 1 has different conditions depending on the viscosity and discharge amount of the film-forming material, the thickness of the sheet to be manufactured, etc. On the other hand, it is Tg or more and Tg + 130 ° C or less, preferably Tg + 10 ° C or more and Tg + 120 ° C or less.
  • the temperature at the time of melt extrusion of the present invention is preferably in the range of 200 ° C to 270 ° C. Furthermore, it is preferable to be in the range of 230-260 ° C!
  • the melt viscosity at the time of extrusion is 1 to 10,000 Pa-s, preferably 10 to lOOOPa's.
  • a shorter residence time of the film forming material in the extruder 1 is preferably within 5 minutes, preferably within 3 minutes, and more preferably within 2 minutes.
  • the residence time depends on the type of extruder 1 and the extrusion conditions, but it can be shortened by adjusting the material supply rate, L / D, screw rotation speed, screw groove depth, etc. Is possible.
  • the shape, rotation speed, and the like of the screw of the extruder 1 are appropriately selected depending on the viscosity, discharge amount, and the like of the film-forming material.
  • the shear rate in the extruder 1 is 1 / second to 1000 / second, preferably 5 / second to 1000 / second, more preferably 10 / second to 100 / second.
  • the extruder 1 that can be used in the present invention is generally available as a plastic molding machine.
  • the film forming material extruded from the extruder 1 is sent to the casting die 4 and extruded from the slit of the casting die 4 into a film shape.
  • the casting die 4 is not particularly limited as long as it is used for producing a sheet or a film.
  • hard chromium, chromium carbide, chromium nitride, titanium carbide, titanium carbonitride, titanium nitride, super steel, ceramic (tungsten carbide, aluminum oxide, chromium oxide), etc. are sprayed or plated.
  • a preferred material for the rip portion of the casting die 4 is the same as that of the casting die 4.
  • the surface accuracy of the lip is preferably 0.5S or less, more preferably 0.2S or less.
  • the slit of the casting die 4 is configured such that the gap can be adjusted. This is shown in Fig. 3. Of the pair of lips forming the slit 32 of the casting die 4, one is a flexible lip 33 having low rigidity and easily deformed, and the other is a fixed lip 34. A large number of heat bolts 35 are arranged with a constant pitch in the width direction of the casting die 4, that is, in the length direction of the slit 32. Each heat bolt 5 is provided with a block 36 having an embedded electric heater 37 and a cooling medium passage, and each heat bolt 35 penetrates each block 36 vertically. The base of the heat bolt 35 is fixed to the die body 31 and the tip is in contact with the outer surface of the flexible lip 33.
  • the input to the embedded electric heater 37 is increased or decreased to increase or decrease the temperature of the block 36, thereby causing the heat bolt 35 to thermally expand and contract, thereby displacing the flexible lip 33 and the film thickness. Adjust.
  • a thickness gauge is installed at the required location in the wake of the die, and the web thickness information detected by this is fed back to the control device, and this thickness information is compared with the set thickness information by the control device. It is also possible to control the power or the ON rate of the heat bolt heating element by the signal of the correction control amount that comes.
  • the heat bolt preferably has a length of 20 to 40 cm and a diameter of 7 to 14 mm, and a plurality of, for example, several tens of heat bolts are preferably arranged at a pitch of 20 to 40 mm.
  • a gap adjustment member mainly composed of a bolt that adjusts the slit gap by moving it back and forth in the axial direction manually can be provided.
  • the slit gap adjusted by the gap adjusting member is usually 200 to 1000 m, preferably 300 to 800 ⁇ m, more preferably 400 to 600 ⁇ 111.
  • the first to third cooling rolls are made of seamless steel pipe with a wall thickness of about 20 to 30 mm, and the surface is mirror finished. Inside, a pipe for flowing the coolant is arranged, and it is configured so that heat can be absorbed from the film on the roll by the coolant flowing through the pipe.
  • the first cooling roll 5 corresponds to the rotating support of the present invention.
  • the touch roll 6 in contact with the first cooling roll 5 has an elastic surface and the first cooling roll 5
  • the pressing force applied to the roll 5 deforms along the surface of the first cooling roll 5 to form a two-pipe between the first roll 5 and the first cooling roll 5. That is, the touch roll 6 corresponds to the clamping rotary body of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic cross section of one embodiment of the touch roll 6 (hereinafter, touch roll A).
  • touch roll A has an elastic roller 42 disposed inside a flexible metal sleeve 41.
  • the metal sleeve 41 is made of stainless steel having a thickness of 0.3 mm and has flexibility. If the metal sleeve 41 is too thin, the strength will be insufficient, and if it is too thick, the elasticity will be insufficient.
  • the thickness of the metal sleeve 41 is preferably 0.;! To 1.5 mm.
  • the elastic roller 42 is a roll formed by providing a rubber 44 on the surface of a metal inner cylinder 43 that is rotatable through a bearing. When the touch roll A is pressed toward the first cooling roll 5, the elastic roller 42 presses the metal sleeve 41 against the first cooling roll 5, and the metal sleep 41 and the elastic roller 42 form the shape of the first cooling roll 5. It deforms while conforming to the familiar shape, and forms a two-pipe with the first cooling roll. Cooling water 45 flows in a space formed between the metal sleeve 41 and the elastic roller 42.
  • the touch roll B includes a flexible, seamless stainless steel pipe (thickness 4 mm) outer cylinder 51, and a high-rigidity metal inner cylinder 52 arranged coaxially inside the outer cylinder 51. It is roughly composed of A coolant 54 flows in a space 53 between the outer cylinder 51 and the inner cylinder 52.
  • outer cylinder support flanges 56a and 56b are attached to the rotating shafts 55a and 55b at both ends, and a thin metal outer cylinder 51 is attached between the outer peripheral portions of the both outer cylinder support flanges 56a and 56b. It has been.
  • a fluid supply pipe 59 is arranged in the same axial center in a fluid discharge hole 58 formed in the axial center portion of one rotary shaft 55a and forming a fluid return passage 57, and the fluid supply pipe 59 is
  • the thin metal outer cylinder 51 is connected and fixed to the fluid shaft cylinder 60 arranged at the shaft center portion.
  • Inner cylinder support flanges 61a and 61b are attached to both ends of the fluid shaft cylinder 60, respectively, and approximately 15 to 20 mm from the outer peripheral part of the inner cylinder support flanges 61a and 61b to the outer cylinder support flange 56b on the other end side.
  • a metal inner cylinder 52 having a certain thickness is attached.
  • an inflow space 53 is formed, and in the vicinity of both ends of the metal inner tube 52, an outflow port 52a and an inflow port 52b that connect the inflow passage 53 and the intermediate passages 62a, 62b outside the inner tube support flanges 61a, 61b. Are formed! /
  • the outer cylinder 51 is designed to be thin as long as the thin cylinder theory of elastodynamics can be applied in order to have flexibility, flexibility, and resilience close to rubber elasticity.
  • the flexibility evaluated by this thin-walled cylinder theory is expressed by the thickness t / roll radius r, and the smaller the t / r, the higher the flexibility.
  • flexibility is the optimal condition when t / r ⁇ 0.03.
  • the outer cylinder 51 and the cooling roll have the same spring constant by setting the thickness of the outer cylinder 51 to 3 mm compared to the rubber roll of the same shape.
  • the two-pipe width k in the roll rotation direction is about 9mm, which is almost the same as the rubber roll's nip width of about 12mm, and can be pinched under similar conditions. It should be noted that the amount of deflection at the two-pipe width k is about 0.05 to 0.1 mm.
  • the touch rolls A and B are urged toward the first cooling roll by urging means (not shown).
  • the urging force of the urging means is F
  • the value F / W (linear pressure) of the film in the nip excluding the width W in the direction along the rotation axis of the first cooling roll 5 is 9.8 to 147N Set to / cm.
  • the nip between the touch rolls A and B and the first cooling roll 5 Is formed, and the flatness may be corrected while the film passes through the nip.
  • the film is sandwiched for a long time with a small linear pressure compared to the case where the touch roll is made of a rigid body and no ep is formed between the first cooling roll and the flatness can be more reliably corrected. Can do. In other words, if the linear pressure is less than 9.8 N / cm, the die line cannot be sufficiently eliminated. On the other hand, if the linear pressure is higher than 147 N / cm, the finoleum will not easily pass through the nip, resulting in unevenness in place of the film thickness.
  • the surfaces of the touch rolls A and B are made of metal, the surfaces of the touch rolls A and B can be made smoother than when the surfaces of the touch rolls are rubber, so a film with high smoothness can be obtained. Obtainable.
  • ethylene propylene rubber, neoprene rubber, silicon rubber or the like can be used as a material of the elastic body 44 of the elastic roller 42.
  • the present inventor assumes that when the glass transition temperature of the cell mouth ester film is Tg, the temperature T of the film immediately before the film is sandwiched between the touch rolls 6 satisfies Tg ⁇ T ⁇ Tg + 110 ° C. It was found that this should be set. If the film temperature is lower than T force STg, the viscosity of the film is too high and the die line cannot be corrected. On the other hand, if the temperature T force of the film is higher than STg + 110 ° C, the film surface and the roll do not adhere uniformly, and the die line cannot be corrected.
  • Ji Ding ⁇ + 10 ° ⁇ Ding 2 ⁇ Ding ⁇ + 90 ° is Tg + 20 ° C ⁇ T2 rather Tg + 7 0 ° C.
  • the melt extruded from the casting die 4 comes into contact with the first cooling hole 5 from the position P1 to the first.
  • the length L of the nip between the cooling roll 5 and the touch roll 6 along the rotation direction of the first cooling roll 5 may be adjusted.
  • preferred materials for the first roll 5 and the second roll 6 include carbon steel, stainless steel, resin, and the like. Also, it is preferable to increase the surface accuracy, and the surface roughness should be 0 3S or less, more preferably 0.01S or less.
  • the suction device is preferably subjected to a treatment such as heating with a heater so that the device itself does not become a place where the sublimate adheres. In the present invention, if the suction pressure is too small, the sublimate cannot be sucked effectively, so it is necessary to set the suction pressure to an appropriate value.
  • the film-like cellulose ester in a molten state is transferred from the T die 4 to the first roll (first cooling roll) 5, the second cooling roll 7, and the third cooling roll 8.
  • the film is cooled and solidified while being brought into close contact with each other, and an unstretched cell mouth ester film 10 is obtained.
  • the cooled and solidified unstretched film 10 separated from the third cooling roll 8 by the peeling roll 9 is provided with a dancer roll (film tension adjusting tool) 11. Then, the film is guided to a stretching machine 12, where the film 10 is stretched in the transverse direction (width direction). By this stretching, the molecules in the film are oriented.
  • a known tenter or the like can be preferably used as a method of stretching the film in the width direction.
  • the slow axis of the cellulose ester film made of the cellulose ester film becomes the width direction.
  • the transmission axis of the polarizing film is also usually in the width direction.
  • a polarizing plate that is laminated so that the transmission axis of the polarizing film and the slow axis of the optical film are parallel, the display contrast of the liquid crystal display device can be increased and good A great viewing angle can be obtained.
  • the glass transition temperature Tg of the film-forming material can be controlled by varying the material type constituting the film and the ratio of the constituting material.
  • Tg is preferably 120 ° C or higher, and more preferably 135 ° C or higher.
  • the temperature of the device itself in the image display state changes due to the rise, for example, the temperature rise from the light source.
  • the retardation value derived from the orientation state of the molecules fixed inside the film by stretching and the dimensional shape as the film are greatly changed.
  • Tg is preferably 250 ° C or lower.
  • the stretching step may be appropriately adjusted so as to have the characteristics required for the target optical film, which may be subjected to known heat setting conditions, cooling, and relaxation treatment.
  • the stretching step and the heat setting treatment are appropriately selected and performed.
  • the heating and pressing process is performed before the stretching process and the heat setting process.
  • the refractive index can be controlled by a stretching operation.
  • a stretching operation is a preferred method. The stretching method is described below!
  • nx is the refractive index in the slow axis direction in the film plane
  • ny is the refractive index in the fast axis direction in the film plane
  • nz is the refractive index in the thickness direction of the film
  • reffractive index is 23 ° C, 55 (Measured at a wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of% RH)
  • d represents the film thickness (nm).
  • the refractive index of the optical film was measured using an Abbe refractometer (4T), and the thickness of the film was Using a micrometer, the retardation value can be measured using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21AD H (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments) or the like.
  • Stretching can be performed sequentially or simultaneously, for example, in the longitudinal direction of the film and in the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the film, that is, in the width direction. At this time, if the stretching ratio in at least one direction is too small, a sufficient phase difference cannot be obtained, and if it is too large, stretching may become difficult and film breakage may occur.
  • the shrinkage in the width direction if the shrinkage in the width direction is too large, the value of nz becomes too large. In this case, it can be improved by suppressing the width shrinkage of the film or stretching in the width direction.
  • the refractive index may be distributed in the width direction. This distribution may appear when the tenter method is used.
  • a shrinkage force is generated at the center of the film and the end is fixed. It is thought to be called the Boeing phenomenon. Even in this case, by stretching in the casting direction, the bowing phenomenon can be suppressed and the distribution of phase difference in the width direction can be reduced.
  • the film thickness variation of the cellulose ester film is preferably in the range of ⁇ 3%, more preferably ⁇ 1%.
  • the method of stretching in the biaxial directions perpendicular to each other is effective, and the stretching ratio in the biaxial directions perpendicular to each other is finally 1.0 to 2.0 times in the casting direction.
  • the width direction it is preferable to be in the range of 1.01-2.5 times in the casting direction 1.001 ⁇ ; 1.5 times in the width direction, 1.05-2. It is more preferable to obtain the required retardation value.
  • the transmission axis of the polarizer coincides with the width direction.
  • the slow axis of the retardation film can be imparted in the width direction by stretching in the width direction from the above-described configuration. wear.
  • the edge of the film was slit into a product width by slitter 13 and cut off, and then knurled (embavoding) by a knurling device consisting of embossing ring 14 and back roll 15 at both ends of the film. It is applied to the part and wound by the winder 16 to prevent sticking in the cellulose ester film (original winding) F and generation of scratches.
  • the method of knurling can force a metal ring having an uneven pattern on its side surface by heating or pressing. Note that the clip grips at both ends of the film are usually deformed and cannot be used as film products, so they are cut out and reused as raw materials.
  • the film is wound while the shortest distance between the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical wound film and the outer peripheral surface of the mobile transport roll immediately before this is kept constant. It is intended to be wound around.
  • a means such as a static elimination blower for removing or reducing the surface potential of the film is provided.
  • the winder relating to the production of the optical film of the present invention is generally used, such as a constant tension method, a constant torque method, a taper tension method, a program tension control method with a constant internal stress, etc. It can be wound up by a winding method. It is preferable that the initial winding tension when winding the optical film is 90.2 to 30.8 N / m.
  • the film is preferably wound under environmental conditions of a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C and a humidity of 20 to 60% RH.
  • a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C and a humidity of 20 to 60% RH.
  • the temperature in the winding step is less than 20 ° C, it will be unfavorable because it will cause scratches and will not be practically used due to deterioration in film winding quality. If the temperature and force in the film winding process exceeds 00 ° C, it is not preferable because it causes a crack and cannot be practically used due to deterioration in film winding quality.
  • the humidity in the film winding process is less than 20% RH, it is not preferable because the film winding quality is easily deteriorated and the film winding quality is not practical. If the humidity in the film winding process exceeds 60% RH, the winding quality, sticking failure, and transportability deteriorate, which is not preferable.
  • the winding core may be of any material as long as it is a cylindrical core, but is preferably a hollow plastic core and is made of plastic.
  • the material may be any heat-resistant plastic that can withstand the heat treatment temperature, and examples thereof include resins such as phenol resin, xylene resin, melamine resin, polyester resin, and epoxy resin.
  • a thermosetting resin reinforced with a filler such as glass fiber is preferred.
  • a hollow plastic core a wound core made of FRP with an outer diameter of 6 inches (hereinafter, inch represents 2.54 cm) and an inner diameter of 5 inches is used.
  • the number of windings around these winding cores is preferably 100 windings or more, more preferably 500 windings or more, and the winding thickness is preferably 5 cm or more.
  • the width is preferably 80 cm or more, particularly preferably lm or more.
  • the film thickness of the optical film according to the present invention varies depending on the intended use.
  • the lower limit is 20 ⁇ m or more, preferably 35 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is 150 111 or less, preferably 120 m or less.
  • a particularly preferred range is 25 to 90 m.
  • ⁇ 1 is 1;! To + 1 °, preferably 1 ⁇ 5 to + 0 ⁇ 5 °
  • This ⁇ 1 can be defined as an orientation angle, and ⁇ 1 can be measured using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21AD ⁇ (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments). [0248] Each of ⁇ 1 satisfying the above relationship contributes to obtaining high luminance in a display image, suppressing or preventing light leakage, and contributing to faithful color reproduction in a color liquid crystal display device.
  • the retardation film is used in the multi-domain VA mode
  • the retardation film is arranged in the above-mentioned region with the retardation film's fast axis as ⁇ 1, thereby improving the display image quality.
  • the configuration shown in FIG. 7 can be taken.
  • Figure 7 The direction of the transmission axis of the polarizer, 26a and 26b are polarizing plates, 27 is a liquid crystal cell, and 29 is a liquid crystal display device.
  • the retardation Ro distribution in the in-plane direction of the cellulose ester film is preferably adjusted to 5% or less, more preferably 2% or less, and particularly preferably 1.5% or less. Further, it is preferable to adjust the retardation Rt distribution in the thickness direction of the film to 10% or less, more preferably 2% or less, and particularly preferably 1.5% or less.
  • the retardation film is adjusted to have a retardation value suitable for improving the display quality of the VA mode or TN mode liquid crystal cell, and is divided into the above multi-domain as the VA mode, and the MVA mode is obtained.
  • it is required to adjust the in-plane retardation Ro to a value greater than 30 nm and 95 nm or less, and the thickness direction retardation Rt to a value greater than 70 nm and 400 nm or less.
  • the above in-plane retardation Ro is a method of the display surface when the two polarizing plates are arranged in crossed Nicols and the liquid crystal cell is arranged between the polarizing plates, for example, in the configuration shown in FIG.
  • the polarizing plate When observed in a crossed Nicol state relative to when observed from the line direction, when observed obliquely from the normal of the display surface, the polarizing plate deviates from the crossed Nicol state, and this causes light leakage, which is the main factor.
  • Retardation in the thickness direction is the above TN mode or VA mode.
  • the liquid crystal cell when the liquid crystal cell is in the black display state in the MVA mode, it contributes mainly to compensate for the birefringence of the liquid crystal cell that is also observed when viewed from an oblique direction.
  • 22a and 22b in the figure represent the distribution of the thickness direction retardation Rt. It is preferable that the total value of both of the thickness direction retardation Rt is larger than 140 nm and 500 nm or less. In this case, the in-plane retardation Ro and the thickness direction retardation Rt of 22a and 22b are preferably the same for improving the productivity of the industrial polarizing plate.
  • the in-plane retardation Ro is greater than 35 nm and less than or equal to 65 nm, and the thickness direction retardation Rt is greater than 90 nm and less than or equal to 180 nm, and is applied to an MVA mode liquid crystal cell with the configuration of FIG. is there.
  • the polarizing film placed on the other polarizing plate for example, the phase difference placed on 22a in FIG.
  • Use of a film having a thickness direction retardation Rt greater than 140 nm and not greater than 95 nm and not greater than 140 nm and not greater than 400 nm is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the display quality and film production.
  • the clip gripping portions at both ends of the cut film are pulverized or granulated as necessary, and then used as raw materials for the same type of film or for different types of film. It is preferable to reuse it as a raw material.
  • an antistatic layer In producing the optical film of the present invention, before and / or after stretching, an antistatic layer, a transparent conductive layer, a hard coat layer, an antireflection layer, an antifouling layer, a slippery layer, an easy adhesion layer, an antiglare layer, a gas Functional layers such as a noria layer and an optical compensation layer may be provided.
  • corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, chemical treatment, etc. Surface treatment can be applied as necessary.
  • the preparation methods of a polarizing plate are not specifically limited, It can produce by a general method.
  • the backside of the optical film of the present invention is subjected to alkali saponification treatment, and the treated optical film is immersed in an iodine solution and stretched on at least one surface of a polarizing film, and is completely saponified polybular alcohol. It is preferable to bond together using an aqueous solution.
  • the optical film of the present invention may be used on the other side, or another polarizing plate protective film may be used. With respect to the optical film of the present invention, a commercially available cellulose ester film can be used as the polarizing plate protective film used on the other side.
  • cellulose ester films include KC8UX2M, KC4UX, KC5UX, KC4UY, KC8UY, KC12UR, KC8UCR-3, KC8UCR-4, KC4FR-1, KC8UY—HA, KC8UX—RHA (above, Konica Minoltobu Co., Ltd.) Etc. are preferably used.
  • a polarizing plate protective film that also serves as an optical compensation film having an optically anisotropic layer formed by aligning liquid crystal compounds such as discotic liquid crystal, rod-shaped liquid crystal, and cholesteric liquid crystal.
  • the optically anisotropic layer can be formed by the method described in JP-A-2003-98348. By using it in combination with the optical film of the present invention, a polarizing plate having excellent flatness and a stable viewing angle expansion effect can be obtained.
  • a film such as a cyclic olefin resin other than cellulose ester film, acrylic resin, polyester, polycarbonate, etc. may be used as a polarizing plate protective film on the other side.
  • a polarizing film which is the main component of a polarizing plate, is an element that allows only light with a plane of polarization in a certain direction to pass through.
  • a typical polarizing film that is currently known is a polybulualcohol-based polarizing film.
  • polybutalol-based films dyed with iodine and dichroic dyes.
  • the polarizing film is formed by forming a polybulualcohol aqueous solution, uniaxially stretching it and dyeing it, and uniaxially stretching after dyeing, and preferably having been subjected to a durability treatment with a boron compound. Yes.
  • the thickness of the polarizing film is 5-40 111, preferably It is 5-30 111, Most preferably, it is 5-20 111.
  • one side of the cellulose ester film of the present invention is bonded to form a polarizing plate.
  • it is bonded with a water-based adhesive mainly composed of completely saponified polybulal alcohol.
  • the stretching direction (usually the longitudinal direction) shrinks, and the stretching and the perpendicular direction (usually normal Extends in the width direction).
  • the stretching direction of the polarizing film is bonded to the casting direction (MD direction) of the polarizing plate protective film.
  • the stretching rate in the casting direction can be suppressed. is important. Since the optical film of the present invention is extremely excellent in dimensional stability, it is preferably used as such a polarizing plate protective film.
  • the optical film of the present invention may be a polarizing plate having an optical compensation film on the back surface side, in which wavy unevenness does not increase even by a durability test under conditions of 60 ° C and 90% RH.
  • the polarizing plate is composed of a polarizer and protective films for protecting both sides of the polarizer, and further comprises a protective film on one surface of the polarizing plate and a separate film on the other surface. I can do it.
  • the protective film and separate film are used for the purpose of protecting the polarizing plate at the time of shipping the polarizing plate and at the time of product inspection.
  • the protective film is bonded for the purpose of protecting the surface of the polarizing plate, and is used on the side opposite to the surface where the polarizing plate is bonded to the liquid crystal plate.
  • the separate film is used for the purpose of covering the adhesive layer to be bonded to the liquid crystal plate, and is used on the surface side to bond the polarizing plate to the liquid crystal cell.
  • a polarizing plate including a polarizing plate protective film (including a case where it also serves as a retardation film) using the optical film of the present invention is high in comparison with a normal polarizing plate and can exhibit display quality.
  • a domain type liquid crystal display device more preferably a multi-domain type liquid crystal display device by a birefringence mode.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention includes MVA (Multi-domein Vertical Alignment) mode, PV A (Patterned Vertical Alignment) mode, CPA (Continuous Pinwheel Alignment) mode, OCB (Optical Compensated Bend) mode, IPS (In Plane Switching mode, etc., and is not limited to a specific liquid crystal mode or the arrangement of polarizing plates.
  • MVA Multi-domein Vertical Alignment
  • PV A Powerned Vertical Alignment
  • CPA Continuous Pinwheel Alignment
  • OCB Optical Compensated Bend
  • IPS In Plane Switching mode, etc., and is not limited to a specific liquid crystal mode or the arrangement of polarizing plates.
  • Liquid crystal display devices are also being applied as devices for colorization and moving image display, and display quality has been improved by the present invention, and contrast has been improved and resistance to polarizing plates has been improved, resulting in less fatigue. A faithful moving image display becomes possible.
  • one polarizing plate including the polarizing plate protective film as the optical film of the present invention is disposed with respect to the liquid crystal cell, or the liquid crystal Place two on each side of the cell.
  • the polarizing plate protective film side included in the polarizing plate so as to face the liquid crystal cell of the liquid crystal display device, the display quality can be improved.
  • the films 22a and 22b face the liquid crystal cell of the liquid crystal display device.
  • the polarizing plate protective film as the optical film of the present invention can optically compensate the liquid crystal cell.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, at least one of the polarizing plates of the liquid crystal display device may be the polarizing plate of the present invention.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device with improved display quality and excellent viewing angle characteristics.
  • a polarizing plate protective film of a cellulose derivative is used on the surface opposite to the polarizing plate protective film as the optical film of the present invention as viewed from the polarizer, and a general-purpose TAC film or the like is used. Can be used.
  • the polarizing plate protective film located on the side far from the liquid crystal cell can be provided with another functional layer in order to improve the quality of the display device.
  • a film containing a known functional layer as a display for the purpose of antireflection, antiglare, scratch resistance, dust adhesion prevention and luminance improvement, or the surface of the polarizing plate of the present invention This is not limited to these.
  • the retardation film has little fluctuation in the above-mentioned retardation Ro or Rt! Are required to obtain stable optical characteristics.
  • these fluctuations may cause image unevenness.
  • the long polarizing plate protective film produced by the melt casting film formation method according to the present invention is mainly composed of a cellulose ester, and therefore, an alkali treatment step utilizing saponification inherent to cellulose ester. Can be utilized. This can be bonded to the polarizing plate protective film using a completely saponified polybulal alcohol aqueous solution in the same manner as a conventional polarizing plate protective film when the resin constituting the polarizer is polybulal alcohol. For this reason, the present invention is excellent in that a conventional polarizing plate processing method can be applied, and particularly in that a long roll polarizing plate can be obtained.
  • the production effect obtained by the present invention becomes more prominent particularly in a long roll of 100 m or more, and the longer the length is 1500 m, 2500 m, or 5000 m, the more the production effect of polarizing plate production is obtained.
  • the roll length is 10 to 5000 m, preferably 50 to 4500 m, considering the productivity and transportability.
  • the width of the film at this time is The width of the polarizer and the width suitable for the production line can be selected.
  • a film having a width of 0.5 to 4. Om, preferably 0.6 to 3. Om is manufactured, wound into a roll, and subjected to polarizing plate processing. After being manufactured and wound on a roll, it may be cut to obtain a roll having a desired width, and such a roll may be used for polarizing plate processing.
  • polarizing plate protective film In the production of the polarizing plate protective film, functional layers such as an antistatic layer, a hard coat layer, a slippery layer, an adhesive layer, an antiglare layer, and a single layer of noble layer are applied before and / or after stretching. May be. At this time, various surface treatments such as corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, and chemical treatment can be performed as necessary.
  • a cellulose ester film having a laminated structure can also be produced by coextruding compositions containing cellulose esters having different additive concentrations such as the above-mentioned plasticizer, ultraviolet absorber and matting agent.
  • a cellulose ester film having a structure of skin layer / core layer / skin layer can be produced.
  • the matting agent can be included in the skin layer more or only in the skin layer.
  • Plasticizers and UV absorbers can be included in the core layer more than the skin layer, and may be included only in the core layer.
  • the core layer and skin layer are plasticizers, ultraviolet The type of the line absorber can also be changed.
  • the skin layer contains a low-volatile plasticizer and / or an ultraviolet absorber, and the core layer has an excellent plasticizer or an ultraviolet absorber.
  • An ultraviolet absorber can also be added.
  • the glass transition temperature of the core layer is preferably lower than the glass transition temperature of the skin layer, which may be different between the skin layer and the core layer. At this time, the glass transition temperatures of both the skin and the core are measured, and an average value calculated from these volume fractions is defined as the glass transition temperature Tg, which can be similarly obtained.
  • the viscosity of the melt containing the cellulose ester during melt casting may be different between the skin layer and the core layer.
  • the viscosity of the skin layer may be greater than the viscosity of the core layer or the viscosity of the core layer ⁇ the viscosity of the skin layer. .
  • the cellulose ester film according to the present invention has a dimensional stability at a temperature of 80 ° C and 90% RH, based on the size of the film left for 24 hours at 23 ° C and 55% RH.
  • the variation value is less than ⁇ 2.0%, preferably less than 1.0%, and more preferably less than 0.5%.
  • the cellulose ester film according to the present invention is used as a retardation film for a polarizing plate protective film, if the retardation film itself is within the above range, the absolute value of the retardation as a polarizing plate Since the initial setting of the value and the orientation angle does not deviate from each other, it is preferable because it does not cause a decrease in display quality improvement ability or a deterioration in display quality.
  • the retardation film itself is within the above range, the absolute value of the retardation as a polarizing plate Since the initial setting of the value and the orientation angle does not deviate from each other, it is preferable because it does not cause a decrease in display quality improvement ability or a deterioration in display quality.
  • acetic acid and 30 g of propionic acid were added to 30 g of cellulose (dissolved pulp manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.) and stirred at 54 ° C. for 30 minutes.
  • esterification was carried out by adding 7 g of acetic anhydride, 120 g of propionic anhydride, and 1.2 g of sulfuric acid cooled in an ice bath. Stirring was carried out for 150 minutes while adjusting the esterification so that it did not exceed 40 ° C.
  • a mixture of 30 g of acetic acid and 10 g of water was added dropwise over 20 minutes to hydrolyze excess anhydride.
  • the number average molecular weight determined by gel permeation chromatography under the above-mentioned conditions is 66000. Furthermore, using a differential thermogravimetric analyzer, 1% mass reduction temperature Td (l. ) was measured and found to be 292 ° C.
  • comparative cellulose esters 16 to 23 were synthesized in the same manner as cellulose ester 1 except that the amounts of acetic acid, acetic anhydride, propionic acid, and propionic anhydride were changed with respect to the synthesis of cellulose ester 1. Synthesized by performing the operation.
  • the comparative cellulose esters 24 and 25 are the same as the synthesis of cellulose ester 1 except that a combination of acetic acid, acetic anhydride, butyric acid, and butyric anhydride was used, and the amounts used were further changed. The same synthesis operation was performed.
  • the cell mouth ester film 1-1 of the present invention was produced by melt casting using the synthesized cellulose ester and various additives.
  • IRGANOX1010 manufactured by Chinoku 'Specialty' Chemicals
  • GSY—P101 manufactured by Sakai Chemical Industry
  • the pellets were melted at 250 ° C in a nitrogen atmosphere and extruded from the casting die 4 onto the first cooling hole 5, and a film was formed between the first cooling roll 5 and the touch roll 6. Formed by pinching. Also, from the hopper opening in the middle of the extruder 1, silica particles as a slip agent, 0.22 parts by weight of Aerosil NAX50 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.), and 0.02 mass of KE-P100 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.) It added so that it might become a part.
  • Aerosil NAX50 manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.
  • KE-P100 manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.
  • the heat bolt was adjusted so that the gap width of the casting die 4 was 0.5 mm within 30 mm from the end in the width direction of the film, and lmm at other locations.
  • touch roll touch roll A was used, and 80 ° C water was poured into it as cooling water.
  • the temperature T was 141 ° C.
  • the linear pressure of the touch roll 6 against the first cooling roll 5 was 14.7 N / cm. Furthermore, it was introduced into the tenter, stretched 1.3 times at 160 ° C in the width direction, cooled to 30 ° C while relaxing 3% in the width direction, then released from the clip, and the clip gripping part was cut off, Both ends of the film were knurled with a width of 10 mm and a height of 5 m, and wound on a core with a winding tension of 220 N / m and a taper of 40%.
  • the extrusion amount and the take-up speed were adjusted so that the film had a thickness of 80 m, and the finished film width was slit and wound so that the width was 1430 mm.
  • the winding core had an inner diameter of 152 mm, an outer diameter of 165 to 180 mm, and a length of 1550 mm.
  • glass fiber and carbon fiber impregnated with prepreg Resin was used as this core material.
  • the core surface was coated with epoxy conductive resin, and the surface was polished to a surface roughness Ra of 0.3111.
  • the roll length was 2500 m.
  • This film original fabric sample of the present invention is referred to as cellulose ester film original fabric 1-1. Further, a part of the cellulose ester film is cut out from the original film sample, and this is designated as the cellulose ester film 1-1 of the present invention.
  • the cellulose ester film original 12- of the present invention In the production of the cellulose ester film original 1-1, except that the type of cellulose ester was changed as shown in Table 1, in the same manner, the cellulose ester film original 12- of the present invention; 15 and comparative cellulose ester film stock 116-125 were prepared. The amount of cellulose ester added in place of cellulose ester 1 used was the same mass part as cellulose ester 1.
  • the cellulose ester film raw material of the present invention as described above 12! A part of cellulose ester film is cut out from 15 and comparative cellulose ester film stock 16-16-25, and each of them is cell mouth ester film 12- of the present invention; 1 and 15 for the comparison of the cell mouths, and the numbers are 16 to;
  • plasticizer A IRGANOX1010, GSY-P101, SumilizerGS, and TINUVIN928 used in Example 1 are as follows.
  • the original film was wound around the core, and when it became defective due to the occurrence of a wrinkle at the beginning of the winding, the original film was removed from the core and then wound again. The number of defects at this time was counted. This work was averaged 10 times and ranked to the following levels.
  • 1 or more and less than 3
  • Curvature radius 1 / radius of a circle with a curve that matches the sample (1 / m)
  • ⁇ and ⁇ are easy to handle, but below ⁇ are extremely difficult to handle.
  • Retardation was measured at lcm intervals in the width direction of the cellulose ester film, and expressed by the coefficient of variation (CV) of the retardation obtained from the following formula.
  • CV coefficient of variation
  • an automatic birefringence meter KOBURA.21ADH manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.
  • the dimensional double refractive index was measured and the measured value was substituted into the following equation.
  • Thickness direction retardation Rt ((nx + ny) / 2— nz) X d
  • d is the thickness of the film (nm)
  • refractive index nx the maximum refractive index in the plane of the film, also referred to as the refractive index in the slow axis direction
  • ny the direction perpendicular to the slow axis in the film plane
  • Nz the direction perpendicular to the slow axis in the film plane
  • Variation (CV) is 1.5% or more and less than 5%
  • Variation (CV) is 5% or more and less than 10%
  • a 120 ⁇ m-thick polybulal alcohol film is immersed in an aqueous solution containing 1 part by mass of iodine, 2 parts by mass of potassium iodide, and 4 parts by mass of boric acid, and stretched 4 times at 50 ° C to produce a polarizer. It was.
  • the cellulose ester film sample was alkali-treated with a 2.5N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution at 40 ° C. for 60 seconds, further washed with water and dried to saponify the surface.
  • the polarizing plate for evaluation was prepared by adhering the alkali-treated surface of the cellulose ester film on both surfaces of the polarizer from both sides using a completely saponified polybular alcohol 5% aqueous solution as an adhesive, and adhering a protective film.
  • this polarizing plate for evaluation was treated at 80 ° C. and 90% RH for 1200 hours, and the state of bonding between the polarizer and the protective film was observed and ranked according to the following criteria.
  • White outline is less than 5%
  • Edge blank is 5% or more and less than 10%
  • White edge of edge is 10% or more and less than 20%
  • the cellulose ester film original samples 11 to 115 of the present invention are stored for a long period of time compared to the cellulose ester film original samples 1-16 to 1-25 of the comparative example. Even with this, it can be seen that this is a cellulose ester film that is less prone to deformation failures of the original film, such as a horse back failure and a winding start sheet with little core transfer.
  • the cell mouth ester film itself cut out from the raw fabric the cell mouth ester film of the present invention has a high flatness and suitability for saponification treatment, and has a curling property and a small change in retardation. It turns out that it is an ester film.
  • the polarizing plate produced using the cellulose ester film of the present invention has good durability and is an optical film excellent in practical use.
  • the structures of Specialty Chemicals), Sumisorb250 (Sumitomo Chemical), and LA31 (ADEK A) are as follows.
  • composition ratio weight average molecular weight see below
  • Composition ratio: p / q / r 80/10/10 weight average molecular weight : 8,000
  • the cellulose ester film original fabric sample of the present invention 2 18 shows the deformation of the original film of the film, such as a winding start sheet with less horse back failure and less core transfer even when stored for a long period of time, compared to the cellulose ester film original samples 2-19 and 2-20 of the comparative example. It turns out that it is a cellulose-ester film which is hard to generate
  • the cell mouth ester film of the present invention has a high flatness and suitability for saponification treatment, and has a curling property and a small change in retardation. It turns out that it is an ester film.
  • the polarizing plate produced using the cellulose ester film of the present invention has good durability and is an optical film excellent in practical use.
  • the same example is used, except that the exemplified compound (2) -8 is replaced by the same part by mass of the exemplified compound (2) -3.
  • the results were as good as those of each sample No. 2-1 in Table 4.
  • Exemplified Compound (2) -8 was replaced with Exemplified Compound (2) -45 having the same parts by mass as described above, good results were obtained.
  • GSY-P 101 was mixed with the same part by weight of tetrakis (2,4-di-tert-butyl-phenyl) in film 2-5, film sample 2-5, and polarizing plate sample 2-5.
  • tetrakis (2,4-di-tert-butyl-phenyl) in film 2-5, film sample 2-5, and polarizing plate sample 2-5.
  • A'-Bifue Two Range Phosphonite was replaced with the same evaluation, and each sample No. 2-5 in Table 4 except that the evaluation result of white spots changed from ⁇ to ⁇ As well as good results.
  • IRGANOX1010 is mixed with the same parts by weight of 1, 1, 1-trimethylolethane trisone in the original film sample 2-7, film sample 2-7, and polarizing plate sample 2-7 [3- (3 , 5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], the same evaluation was performed. As a result, each sample No. 2-7 in Table 4 showed good results.
  • Example 3
  • Example 2 The same procedure as in Example 1 was conducted except that the extrusion amount, the take-up speed, and the draw ratio were adjusted using a cellulose ester and various additives as described below so that the thickness force of the film was 0 ⁇ m.
  • the cellulose ester film raw fabric 3-1 of the present invention was prepared, the cellulose is less likely to cause deformation failure of the film original fabric such as a horse back failure, winding start sheet with less winding core transfer even if stored for a long period of time. It was a component that it was an ester film.
  • the cellulose ester film had high flatness and suitability for saponification treatment, and curl and retardation fluctuations were small. It was found that the polarizing plate produced using the cellulose ester film had good durability and was an optical film excellent in practical use.
  • IRGANOX1010 (Chinoku 'Specialty' Chemicals) 0 ⁇ 50 parts by mass
  • Illustrative compound (2)-8 0. 30 parts by mass
  • TINUVIN928 (Chinoku 'Specialty' Chemicals) 2 ⁇ 25 parts by weight
  • a polarizing plate 31 was prepared using the ester film 31 in the same manner as the polarizing plate 11. 1 was cut according to the size of the liquid crystal cell.
  • the two polarizing plates produced as described above were pasted so that the polarizing axes of the polarizing plates were not perpendicular to each other so as to sandwich the liquid crystal cell, and a 32 type VA type color liquid crystal display was produced, and the cellulose ester film The properties of the polarizing plate were evaluated.
  • the liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate 1 of the present invention ! ⁇ 1 15, 2 — ;! ⁇ 2-18, 3-1 was a comparative polarizing plate 1 16.
  • a comparative polarizing plate 1 16 Compared with liquid crystal display devices using ⁇ 125, 2-19, and 2-20, they exhibited excellent display properties with high contrast and no color unevenness. As a result, it was confirmed that it is excellent as a polarizing plate for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

An optical film which is free from film web deformation failures such as ridge failures and protrusion failures, has high flatness and high suitability for saponification, and is reduced in curling and retardation fluctuation; and a polarizer having satisfactory durability over long and a liquid-crystal display having a high contrast which both employ the optical film. The optical film is a film obtained by thermally melting a film-forming material comprising at least one plasticizer and a cellulose ester and forming the melt into a film by melt casting. It is characterized in that the cellulose ester used satisfies all of the following requirements (1) to (4) concerning the kinds of substituents and the degrees of substitution with these. Relationship (1) 1.25≤X≤1.43 Relationship (2) 1.15≤Y≤1.33 Relationship (3) 2.40≤X+Y<2.75 Relationship (4) -0.05≤X-Y<0.20 [X represents the degree of substitution with acetyl and Y represents the degree of substitution with propionyl.]

Description

明 細 書  Specification
光学フィルム、及びそれを用いた偏光板及び液晶表示装置  Optical film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] 本発明は溶融流延法により形成されたセルロースエステルを有してなる光学フィル ム、それを用いた偏光板、及び液晶表示装置に関する。  [0001] The present invention relates to an optical film having a cellulose ester formed by a melt casting method, a polarizing plate using the same, and a liquid crystal display device.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] セルロースエステルを有してなる光学フィルム(以下、単にセルロースエステルフィ ルムとも称する。)は、その高い透明性 ·低複屈折性 ·偏光子との易接着性などから、 写真用ネガフィルムの支持体や、液晶表示装置に用いられる偏光子を保護する光学 フィルムとして、偏光板などに多く用いられてきた。また、液晶表示装置に対するその 他の用途として、位相差フィルム、視野角拡大フィルム、プラズマディスプレイに用い られる反射防止フィルム等の各種機能フィルム、更には、有機 ELディスプレイ等で使 用される各種機能フィルム等にも利用することができる。  An optical film having a cellulose ester (hereinafter also simply referred to as a cellulose ester film) is a photographic negative film because of its high transparency, low birefringence, and easy adhesion to a polarizer. As an optical film for protecting a polarizer used in a liquid crystal display device and a support used in a liquid crystal display device, it has been widely used in polarizing plates and the like. Other applications for liquid crystal display devices include various functional films such as retardation films, wide viewing angle films, antireflection films used in plasma displays, and various functional films used in organic EL displays. Etc. can also be used.
[0003] 液晶表示装置は、その奥行きの薄さ、軽さから近年大幅に生産量が増大しており、 需要が高くなつている。また液晶表示装置を用いたテレビは、薄く軽いという特徴を 有し、ブラウン管を用いたテレビでは達成されなかったような大型のテレビが生産され るようになっており、それに伴って液晶表示装置を構成する偏光子、偏光板保護フィ ルムの需要が増大してきて!/、る。偏光板保護フィルムとしてはその光学特性の優秀さ から、一般にセルロースエステルフィルムが用いられて!/、る。  [0003] The production volume of liquid crystal display devices has greatly increased in recent years due to the thinness and lightness of the depth, and the demand is increasing. In addition, televisions using liquid crystal display devices are characterized by being thin and light, and large-scale television sets that have not been achieved with televisions using cathode ray tubes have been produced. Demand for constituent polarizers and polarizing plate protection films is increasing! As a polarizing plate protective film, a cellulose ester film is generally used because of its excellent optical properties!
[0004] これらのセルロースエステルフィルムは、これまで、専ら溶液流延法によって製造さ れてきた。溶液流延法とは、セルロースエステルを溶媒に溶解した溶液を流延してフ イルム形状を得た後、溶媒を蒸発 ·乾燥させてフィルムを得るとレ、つた製膜方法であ る。溶液流延法で製膜したフィルムは平面性が高いため、これを用いてムラのない高 画質な液晶表示装置を得ることが出来る。  [0004] Until now, these cellulose ester films have been produced exclusively by the solution casting method. The solution casting method is a film-forming method in which a solution obtained by dissolving a cellulose ester in a solvent is cast to obtain a film shape, and then the solvent is evaporated and dried to obtain a film. Since a film formed by the solution casting method has high flatness, a high-quality liquid crystal display device without unevenness can be obtained using this film.
[0005] し力、し溶液流延法は多量の有機溶媒を必要とし、環境負荷が大きいことも課題とな つている。セルロースエステルフィルムは、その溶解特性から、環境負荷の大きいハ ロゲン系溶媒を用いて製膜されているため、特に溶剤使用量の削減が求められてお り、溶液流延製膜によってセルロースエステルフィルムを増産することは困難となって きている。このため、有機溶媒を使用しない製膜方法、例えば、加熱溶融により製膜 方法が望まれている。 [0005] The force and shim solution casting method requires a large amount of an organic solvent, and has a large environmental load. Cellulose ester films are formed using halogen-based solvents that have a large environmental impact because of their dissolution characteristics, and therefore reductions in the amount of solvent used are particularly required. Therefore, it has become difficult to increase the production of cellulose ester films by solution casting. For this reason, a film forming method that does not use an organic solvent, for example, a film forming method by heat melting is desired.
[0006] 一方、液晶表示装置の偏光板に用いられる保護フィルムとして用いられているセル ロースエステノレフイノレムは、従来セノレローストリアセテートフイノレムがよく用いられて!/ヽ る。偏光板は、一般に、ヨウ素や染料を吸着配向させたポリビュルアルコールフィノレ ム等からなる偏光フィルムの表裏両側を、透明な樹脂層で積層した構成を有しており 、セルローストリアセテートフィルムがこの透明な樹脂層として良く使われてきた。しか しながら、溶液流延製膜で一般に用いられてレ、るセル口ースエステルであるセル口一 ストリアセテートを溶融製膜に適用しょうとした場合、セルローストリアセテートは溶融 開始温度が分解開始温度より高!/、セルロースエステルであるため、溶融製膜に用い ることは難しい。  [0006] On the other hand, as a cellulose esterenorefinoleum used as a protective film used for a polarizing plate of a liquid crystal display device, conventional senorelose triacetate phenol is often used. In general, a polarizing plate has a structure in which both sides of a polarizing film made of polybulu alcohol alcohol or the like with iodine or dye adsorbed and oriented are laminated with a transparent resin layer, and the cellulose triacetate film is transparent. It has been often used as a flexible resin layer. However, when trying to apply cell mouth triacetate, which is commonly used in solution casting film formation, to melt film formation, cellulose triacetate has a melting start temperature higher than the decomposition start temperature. ! /, Because it is a cellulose ester, it is difficult to use for melt film formation.
[0007] 近年、セルロースエステルをァセチル基だけでなく特定の割合のプロピオ二ル基ゃ プチリル基で置換することによって、銀塩写真用(例えば、特許文献 1参照。)或いは 偏光板保護フィルム用(例えば、特許文献 2、 3参照。)として、このようなセルロース エステルを溶融製膜する試みが行われてレ、る。プロピオニル基ゃブチリル基の置換 度が高いと溶融時の粘度が小さくなるため、溶融製膜には有利であるが、反面、製膜 後のフィルムとしての機械的強度が劣り、銀塩写真用、偏光板保護フィルム用とも機 能を果たさないといった課題を有していることが判明した。一方、プロピオニル基ゃブ チリル基の置換度が低いと機械的強度は増す力 反面、溶融時の粘度が高くなり、 ダイスから押出し、冷却ドラムまたは冷却ベルト上にキャスティングしてもレべリングし 難ぐ形状ムラ、圧力ムラが生じやすい。その結果、得られるフィルムの物理特性であ る平面性やカール性が劣るといった課題、更には、光学特性であるリタ一デーシヨン の変動が大きレ、とレ、つた課題を有して!/、ることが判明した。  [0007] In recent years, by replacing the cellulose ester not only with a acetyl group but also with a specific proportion of a propionyl group or a propylyl group, for silver salt photography (for example, see Patent Document 1) or for a polarizing plate protective film ( For example, as described in Patent Documents 2 and 3, an attempt is made to melt film-form such a cellulose ester. A high substitution degree of propionyl group or butyryl group is advantageous for melt film formation because the viscosity at the time of melting is small, but on the other hand, the mechanical strength as a film after film formation is inferior, for silver salt photography, It has been found that there is a problem that the polarizing plate protective film does not function. On the other hand, if the substitution degree of propionyl group or butyryl group is low, the mechanical strength increases. On the other hand, the viscosity at the time of melting increases, and it is difficult to level even if it is extruded from a die and cast on a cooling drum or cooling belt. The shape unevenness and the pressure unevenness are likely to occur. As a result, there are problems such as inferior flatness and curl properties, which are physical properties of the obtained film, and further, there is a large variation in retardation of the optical properties! /, Turned out to be.
[0008] セルロースエステルを溶融製膜するに際し、特定の劣化防止剤を添加することが知 られている(例えば、特許文献 4参照。)。劣化防止剤を添加することによって、高分 子材料の化学特性の劣化(着色、分子量の低下)を防止することはよく知られている 力 高分子材料と劣化防止剤の組み合わせが適切でないと逆効果、つまり、高分子 材料をかえって劣化させてしまうことが課題である。ところで、化学特性の劣化はない ものの、光学特性を劣化させることがある。このような場合、セルロースエステルを光 学用途に用いる場合は致命的であり、高分子材料に対してそれにあった適切な劣化 防止剤を選択することが課題である。一方、溶融製膜されるセルロースエステルは溶 融製膜時の安定性のみならず、溶融製膜後の安定性も重要である。つまり、セル口 ースエステルを用いて何らかの製品を組み立てる期間、製品が消費者に渡り、それ を使用している期間、何等支障もないことが重要である。従来公知の技術では、溶融 製膜時と溶融製膜後の長期間の安定性の両立には課題があり、より高度な安定化技 術の構築が望まれていた。 [0008] It is known to add a specific deterioration inhibitor when melt-forming a cellulose ester (see, for example, Patent Document 4). It is well known to prevent deterioration of chemical properties (coloring and molecular weight) of high molecular weight materials by adding deterioration inhibitors. Reversely, the combination of polymer materials and deterioration inhibitors is not appropriate. Effect, ie polymer The problem is that the material is deteriorated instead. By the way, although there is no degradation of chemical properties, it may degrade optical properties. In such a case, when cellulose ester is used for optical applications, it is fatal, and it is a problem to select an appropriate degradation inhibitor suitable for the polymer material. On the other hand, not only the stability at the time of melt film formation, but also the stability after melt film formation is important for the cellulose ester formed by melt film formation. In other words, it is important that there is no problem during the period of assembling any product using cell mouth ester, the period during which the product is delivered to consumers, and is being used. In the conventionally known technology, there is a problem in achieving both long-term stability during melt film formation and after melt film formation, and it has been desired to construct a more advanced stabilization technique.
[0009] ところで、保護フィルムと偏光子を貼り合わせて偏光板を作製する際、水溶性の接 着剤を塗りやすくするため、前記トリァセチルセルロースフィルムを高温、高濃度のァ ルカリ液に浸潰して、所謂ケン化処理してフィルム表面を親水化して力 接着剤を塗 布し偏光子と貼り合わせてレ、る。  [0009] By the way, when a polarizing plate is produced by laminating a protective film and a polarizer, the triacetyl cellulose film is immersed in a high-temperature, high-concentration alkaline solution in order to make it easy to apply a water-soluble adhesive. Then, a so-called saponification treatment is performed to make the film surface hydrophilic, apply a force adhesive, and bond it to a polarizer.
[0010] 上記偏光子との易接着性から、偏光板保護フィルム用透明樹脂フィルムはもっぱら トリァセチルセルロースが使われてきたカ、未だに他のフィルムに置き換わらない理 由の一つとして、ポリエステルフィルム、ポリカーボネートフィルム、または環状ォレフ イン樹脂フィルム等他のポリマーフィルムはケン化処理をしても偏光子との易接着性 が得られな!/、とレ、う理由があった。  [0010] Because of the easy adhesion to the polarizer, the transparent resin film for the protective film for polarizing plate has been exclusively used with triacetyl cellulose. One of the reasons why it is still not replaced with other films is a polyester film. However, other polymer films such as polycarbonate film or cyclic polyolefin resin film did not have easy adhesion to the polarizer even after saponification treatment.
[0011] セルロースエステルのァシル基、例えば、ァセチル基、プロピオニル基、或いはブ チリル基というような脂肪酸の置換度を規定することによって、セルロースエステルフ イルムの種々の性能を改良する試みが行われている(例えば、特許文献 5参照。)。こ のようなァセチル基だけでなく特定の割合のプロピオニル基ゃブチリル基が置換した セルロースエステルフィルムは、セルロースエステル以外のポリマーフィルムと比べて 易接着性ではあるものの、プロピオニル基ゃブチリル基の置換度があまり高すぎると 、ケン化処理が進行しに《なり、その結果、接着性が劣ってしまうという課題を有して いること、及び機械特性、光学特性に関しても不十分であることが判明した。特にプロ ピオニル基とブチリル基を比べると、炭素数にして 1個だけの違いであるにもかかわら ず、プチリル基が結合することによって機械特性、光学特性が大きく劣化することが 判明した。 [0011] Attempts have been made to improve various performances of cellulose ester films by defining the degree of substitution of fatty acids such as the acyl groups of cellulose esters, such as acetyl groups, propionyl groups, or butyryl groups. (For example, see Patent Document 5). A cellulose ester film substituted with a specific proportion of propionyl group or butyryl group in addition to such a acetyl group is more adhesive than polymer films other than cellulose ester, but the degree of substitution of propionyl group or butyryl group Is too high, the saponification process proceeds, and as a result, it has been found that there is a problem that the adhesiveness is inferior, and that mechanical properties and optical properties are also insufficient. . In particular, when propionyl and butyryl groups are compared, the mechanical and optical properties can be greatly degraded by the bonding of petityl groups despite the difference in carbon number. found.
[0012] 従って、溶液流延法によって製膜されたトリアセチルセルロースフィルムに代わり、 優れた環境適性を有し、平面性、ケン化処理適性が高ぐカール性、リターデーショ ンの変動が小さぐ更には長期にわたって耐久性が良好な溶融製膜された光学フィ ルムの出現が待たれている状況にある。  [0012] Therefore, instead of the triacetylcellulose film formed by the solution casting method, it has excellent environmental suitability, flatness, high curability for saponification treatment, and small variation in retardation. Is waiting for the emergence of melt-formed optical films with good durability over a long period of time.
[0013] ところで、これらのセルロースエステルフィルムは通常巻芯に巻かれてフィルム原反 となり、保存、輸送されている。このため、溶融製膜されたフィルムを巻芯に巻いたフ イルム原反の状態で長期間保存すると、馬の背故障やフィルム原反の巻芯部分には 巻芯転写と呼ばれる故障及び巻始めるときにフィルムにシヮが発生しやすい問題が あることが判明した。  By the way, these cellulose ester films are usually wound around a winding core to form a film raw material, which is stored and transported. For this reason, if the film that has been melt-formed is stored for a long time in the state of the film roll wound on the core, the horse's spine failure or the core portion of the film roll may have a failure called core transfer or when winding starts. It has been found that there is a problem that the film tends to be wrinkled.
[0014] 馬の背故障とは、馬の背中のようにフィルム原反が U字型に変形し、中央部付近に 2〜3cm程度のピッチで帯状の凸部ができる故障で、フィルムに変形が残ってしまう ため、偏光板に加工すると表面が歪んで見えてしまうため問題である。今まで、馬の 背故障はベース同士の動摩擦係数を低くしたり、両サイドにあるナーリング加工 (ェン ボス加工)の高さを調節することによって発生を低減させてきた。  [0014] A horse's back failure is a failure in which the original film is deformed into a U-shape like a horse's back, and a belt-like convex part is formed at a pitch of about 2 to 3 cm near the center. Therefore, when processed into a polarizing plate, the surface appears distorted, which is a problem. Until now, horse back failure has been reduced by lowering the coefficient of dynamic friction between the bases and adjusting the height of the knurling on both sides.
[0015] また、巻芯転写は、巻芯やフィルムの凹凸よるフィルム変形による故障である。 [0015] Further, the core transfer is a failure due to film deformation caused by unevenness of the core or film.
[0016] 従来の溶液流延で作製したフィルムではこれらの故障は、大きな問題にならなかつ た力 溶融製膜で作製したフィルムでは、フィルムの平面性が低いため大きな問題と なることが分力、つた。 [0016] The force that does not cause these problems to become a major problem in films produced by conventional solution casting. A film produced by melt film formation is a major problem because the flatness of the film is low. I got it.
[0017] 特に、近年、大型画面化に伴って、フィルム原反の幅は広ぐ巻長は長くすることが 要望されている。そのため、フィルム原反は幅広となり、フィルム原反荷重は増加する 傾向にあり、これらの故障がより発生しやすい状況のため、改良が望まれている。 特許文献 1 :特表平 6— 501040号公報  [0017] In particular, with the recent increase in size of screens, it is desired to increase the width of the film and increase the winding length. For this reason, the original film becomes wider and the original film load tends to increase, and these faults are more likely to occur, so improvement is desired. Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Publication No. 6-501040
特許文献 2:特開 2000— 352620号公報  Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-352620
特許文献 3:特開 2006 - 111796号公報  Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-111796
特許文献 4 :特開 2006— 241428号公報  Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-241428
特許文献 5:特開 2006 - 111842号公報  Patent Document 5: Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-111842
発明の開示 発明が解決しょうとする課題 Disclosure of the invention Problems to be solved by the invention
[0018] 本発明は、上記課題に鑑みなされたものであり、本発明の目的は、優れた環境適 性、良好な機械特性、光学特性を有し、耐久性が良好な溶融製膜された光学フィル ム、詳しくは、馬の背故障や凸状故障等のフィルム原反の変形故障が発生しない光 学フィルム、平面性、ケン化処理適性が高ぐかつ、カール性、リタ一デーシヨンの変 動が小さい光学フィルム、及び、該光学フィルムを用いて長期にわたって耐久性が良 好な偏光板及び高いコントラストが達成された液晶表示装置を提供することにある。 課題を解決するための手段  [0018] The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and the object of the present invention is to form a melt film having excellent environmental suitability, good mechanical properties, optical properties, and good durability. Optical film, more specifically, optical film that does not cause deformation deformation of the film, such as horse back failure or convex failure, flatness, high saponification suitability, curl property, and variation in retardation It is an object of the present invention to provide a small optical film, a polarizing plate having excellent durability over a long period of time using the optical film, and a liquid crystal display device in which high contrast is achieved. Means for solving the problem
[0019] 本発明者らは、上記の課題解決のために鋭意検討した結果、ある特定の置換基の 種類と量を有するセルロースエステルによって溶融製膜されたフィルムを用いること によって、すべての課題が解決できること見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。  [0019] As a result of intensive investigations for solving the above-mentioned problems, the present inventors have found that all the problems are solved by using a film formed by melting a cellulose ester having a specific kind and amount of a specific substituent. The inventors have found that it can be solved and have completed the present invention.
[0020] すなわち、本発明の上記課題は以下の構成により達成される。  That is, the above-described problem of the present invention is achieved by the following configuration.
[0021] 1.少なくとも 1種の可塑剤及びセルロースエステルを含有するフィルム形成材料を 加熱溶融し、溶融流延法によって製膜した光学フィルムにおいて、該セルロースエス テルの置換基の種類とその置換度が下記式(1)〜(4)の条件を同時に満たすセル口 ースエステルを用いて製膜したことを特徴とする光学フィルム。  [0021] 1. In an optical film obtained by heating and melting a film-forming material containing at least one plasticizer and a cellulose ester to form a film by a melt casting method, the types of substituents of the cellulose ester and the degree of substitution thereof An optical film formed by using a cell mouth ester that simultaneously satisfies the following formulas (1) to (4).
[0022] 式(1) 1. 25≤X≤1. 43  [0022] Equation (1) 1. 25≤X≤1.43
式(2) 1. 15≤Y≤1. 33  Formula (2) 1. 15≤Y≤1. 33
式(3) 2. 40≤Χ + Υ< 2. 75  Equation (3) 2. 40≤Χ + Υ <2. 75
式(4) -0. 05≤Χ-Υ< 0. 20  Formula (4) -0. 05≤Χ-Υ <0. 20
〔式中、 Xはァセチル基による置換度を表し、 Υはプロピオニル基による置換度を表 す。〕  [In the formula, X represents the degree of substitution with a acetyl group, and Υ represents the degree of substitution with a propionyl group. ]
2.前記セルロースエステルの空気下における 1 %質量減少温度 Td (l . 0)が、 27 2. 1% mass loss temperature Td (l. 0) of the cellulose ester in air is 27
0°C以上であることを特徴とする前記 1に記載の光学フィルム。 2. The optical film as described in 1 above, which is 0 ° C. or higher.
[0023] 3.前記フィルム形成材料が、更にフエノール系化合物の少なくとも 1種を含有する ことを特徴とする前記 1または 2に記載の光学フィルム。 [0023] 3. The optical film as described in 1 or 2 above, wherein the film-forming material further contains at least one phenol-based compound.
[0024] 4.前記フィルム形成材料が、更にリン系化合物の少なくとも 1種を含有することを特 徴とする前記;!〜 3のいずれか 1項に記載の光学フィルム。 5.前記フィルム形成材料が、更にアルキルラジカル捕捉剤の少なくとも 1種を含有す ることを特徴とする前記 1〜4のいずれか 1項に記載の光学フィルム。 [0024] 4. The optical film described in any one of the above !! to 3, characterized in that the film-forming material further contains at least one phosphorous compound. 5. The optical film as described in any one of 1 to 4, wherein the film-forming material further contains at least one alkyl radical scavenger.
6.前記フィルム形成材料が、更にフエノール系化合物の少なくとも 1種、及びリン系 化合物の少なくとも 1種、及びアルキルラジカル捕捉剤の少なくとも 1種を含有するこ とを特徴とする前記 1または 2に記載の光学フィルム。  6. The film forming material further comprises at least one phenol compound, at least one phosphorous compound, and at least one alkyl radical scavenger. Optical film.
7.前記フエノール系化合物が、ヒンダードフエノール系化合物であることを特徴とす る前記 3〜6のいずれ力、 1項に記載の光学フィルム。  7. The optical film as described in any one of 3 to 6 above, wherein the phenolic compound is a hindered phenolic compound.
8.前記リン系化合物が、ホスホナイト系化合物であることを特徴とする前記 4〜7のい ずれか 1項に記載の光学フィルム。  8. The optical film as described in any one of 4 to 7 above, wherein the phosphorus compound is a phosphonite compound.
9.前記アルキルラジカル捕捉剤が、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物または下記一 般式(2)で表される化合物であることを特徴とする前記 5〜8のいずれか 1項に記載 の光学フィルム。  9. In any one of 5 to 8 above, wherein the alkyl radical scavenger is a compound represented by the following general formula (1) or a compound represented by the following general formula (2): The optical film as described.
[0025] [化 1]  [0025] [Chemical 1]
Figure imgf000007_0001
Figure imgf000007_0001
[0026] 〔式中、 Rは水素原子または炭素数 1〜; 10のアルキル基を表し、 Rおよび Rは、そ [In the formula, R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms;
1 2 3 れぞれ独立して炭素数;!〜 8のアルキル基を表す。〕  1 2 3 each independently represents an alkyl group having! To 8 carbon atoms. ]
[0027] [化 2] [0027] [Chemical 2]
'殺式 {2} 'Killing ceremony {2}
Figure imgf000007_0002
[0028] 〔式中、 R 〜R はおのおの互いに独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、 R は水
Figure imgf000007_0002
[Wherein, R 1 to R each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R represents water.
12 15 16 素原子または置換基を表し、 nは 1〜4の整数を表す。 nが 1であるとき、 R は置換基 12 15 16 represents a primary atom or a substituent, and n represents an integer of 1 to 4. When n is 1, R is a substituent
11 を表し、 nが 2〜4の整数であるとき、 R は 2  11 and when n is an integer from 2 to 4, R is 2
11 〜4価の連結基を表す。〕  Represents an 11 to 4 valent linking group. ]
10.前記可塑剤が、多価アルコールエステルであることを特徴とする前記 1〜9のい ずれか 1項に記載の光学フィルム。  10. The optical film as described in any one of 1 to 9 above, wherein the plasticizer is a polyhydric alcohol ester.
11.前記フィルム形成材料が、更にべンゾトリアゾール系化合物を含有することを特 徴とする前記 1〜; 10のいずれか 1項に記載の光学フィルム。  11. The optical film as described in any one of 1 to 10 above, wherein the film-forming material further contains a benzotriazole compound.
12.前記 1〜 11の!/、ずれ力、 1項に記載の光学フィルムを偏光子の少なくとも一方の 面に有することを特徴とする偏光板。  12. A polarizing plate comprising the optical film according to 1 to 11 above! /, Displacement force, and at least one surface of a polarizer.
13.前記 12に記載の偏光板を液晶セルの少なくとも一方の面に用いることを特徴と する液晶表示装置。  13. A liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate described in 12 above on at least one surface of a liquid crystal cell.
発明の効果  The invention's effect
[0029] 本発明により、馬の背故障や凸状故障等のフィルム原反の変形故障が発生しない 光学フィルム、平面性、ケン化処理適性が高ぐかつ、カール性、リタ一デーシヨンの 変動が小さい光学フィルム、及び、該光学フィルムを用いて長期にわたって耐久性が 良好な偏光板及び高いコントラストが達成された液晶表示装置を提供することができ 図面の簡単な説明  [0029] According to the present invention, an optical film that does not cause deformation failure of the original film, such as a horse back failure or a convex failure, an optical film that has high flatness and suitability for saponification treatment, and that has little variation in curling properties and retardation. A polarizing plate having excellent durability over a long period of time using the optical film and a liquid crystal display device having high contrast can be provided.
[0030] [図 1]本発明に係るセルロースエステルフィルムの製造方法を実施する装置の 1つの 実施形態を示す概略フローシートである。  [0030] FIG. 1 is a schematic flow sheet showing one embodiment of an apparatus for carrying out a method for producing a cellulose ester film according to the present invention.
[図 2]図 1の製造装置の要部拡大フローシートである。  FIG. 2 is an enlarged flow sheet of a main part of the manufacturing apparatus of FIG.
[図 3]図 3 (a)は流延ダイの要部の外観図、図 3 (b)は流延ダイの要部の断面図である [FIG. 3] FIG. 3 (a) is an external view of the main part of the casting die, and FIG. 3 (b) is a sectional view of the main part of the casting die.
Yes
[図 4]挟圧回転体の第 1実施形態の断面図である。  FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view of the first embodiment of the pinching rotator.
[図 5]挟圧回転体の第 2実施形態の回転軸に垂直な平面での断面図である。  FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view taken along a plane perpendicular to the rotation axis of the second embodiment of the pinching rotator.
[図 6]挟圧回転体の第 2実施形態の回転軸を含む平面での断面図である。  FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view in a plane including a rotation axis of a second embodiment of the pinching rotator.
[図 7]液晶表示装置の構成図の概略を示す分解斜視図である。  FIG. 7 is an exploded perspective view schematically showing a configuration diagram of a liquid crystal display device.
[図 8]セルロースエステルフィルム原反の保管の状態を示す図である。 押出し機 FIG. 8 is a view showing a state of storage of a cellulose ester film original fabric. Extruder
フィルター  filter
スタチックミキサー  Static mixer
流延ダイ  Casting die
回転支持体(第 1冷却ロール) 挟圧回転体(タツチロール) 回転支持体(第 2冷却ロール) 回転支持体(第 3冷却ロール) 、 11、 13、 14、 15 搬送ロール0 セノレロースァシレートフイノレム 延伸機 Rotating support (first cooling roll) Clamping rotating body (touch roll) Rotating support (second cooling roll) Rotating support (third cooling roll) 11, 13, 14, 15 Transport roll 0 Inolem stretching machine
6 巻取り装置6 Winding device
1a, 21b 保護フィルム1a, 21b Protective film
2a, 22b 位相差フィルム3a, 23b フィルムの遅相軸方向4a, 24b 偏光子の透過軸方向5a, 25b 偏光子2a, 22b Phase difference film 3a, 23b Film slow axis direction 4a, 24b Polarizer transmission axis direction 5a, 25b Polarizer
6a, 26b 偏光板6a, 26b Polarizer
7 液晶セル7 LCD cell
9 液晶表示装置9 Liquid crystal display
1 ダイ本体1 Die body
2 スリット2 Slit
1 金属スリーブ1 Metal sleeve
2 弾性ローラ2 Elastic roller
3 金属製の内筒 3 Metal inner cylinder
ゴム Rubber
5 冷却水5 Cooling water
1 外筒 52 内筒 1 outer cylinder 52 inner cylinder
53 空間  53 space
54 冷却液  54 Coolant
55a, 55b 回転軸  55a, 55b Rotating shaft
56a、 56b 外筒支持フランジ  56a, 56b Flange support flange
60 流体軸筒  60 Fluid shaft cylinder
61a, 61b 内筒支持フランジ  61a, 61b Inner cylinder support flange
62a, 62b 中間通路  62a, 62b Intermediate passage
110 巻芯本体  110 Core body
117 支え板  117 Support plate
118 架台  118 frame
120 セルロースエステルフィルム原反  120 Cellulose ester film
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0032] 以下本発明を実施するための最良の形態について詳細に説明するが、本発明はこ れらに限定されるものではない。 [0032] The best mode for carrying out the present invention will be described in detail below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
[0033] 本発明は、良好な機械特性、光学特性を有し、耐久性が良好な光学フィルムを得 るものである。このような光学フィルムを用いることで、高品質の偏光板用保護フィル ム、反射防止フィルム、位相差フィルム等の光学フィルムを得ることが出来、さらには 表示品質の高い液晶表示装置を得ることが出来る。 [0033] The present invention provides an optical film having good mechanical and optical properties and good durability. By using such an optical film, it is possible to obtain a high-quality optical film such as a protective film for a polarizing plate, an antireflection film, a retardation film, and a liquid crystal display device having a high display quality. I can do it.
[0034] 本発明は、溶融流延によって形成されたセルロースエステルフィルムを光学フィル ムとして用いることを特徴とする。本発明において、溶液流延のようにフィルム形成材 料を溶媒に溶解させることなしに、該フィルム形成材料を加熱することにより流動可能 な状態とし、流延することを溶融流延法として定義する。 [0034] The present invention is characterized in that a cellulose ester film formed by melt casting is used as an optical film. In the present invention, without dissolving the film-forming material in a solvent as in the case of solution casting, the film-forming material is heated to become a flowable state, and casting is defined as a melt casting method. .
[0035] 加熱溶融する成形法は、更に詳細には、溶融押出成形法、プレス成形法、インフレ ーシヨン法、射出成形法、ブロー成形法、延伸成形法などに分類できる。これらの中 で、機械的強度及び表面精度などに優れる光学フィルムを得るためには、溶融押出 し法が優れている。 [0035] The molding method for heating and melting can be further classified into a melt extrusion molding method, a press molding method, an inflation method, an injection molding method, a blow molding method, a stretch molding method, and the like. Among these, in order to obtain an optical film excellent in mechanical strength and surface accuracy, the melt extrusion method is excellent.
[0036] ここでフィルム形成材料が加熱されて、その流動性を発現させた後ドラム上または エンドレスベルト上に押出し製膜する方法が溶融流延製膜法として本発明の溶融流 延法に含まれる。 [0036] Here, the film-forming material is heated to develop its fluidity, and then on the drum or A method of extrusion film formation on an endless belt is included in the melt casting method of the present invention as a melt casting film forming method.
[0037] そして、本発明の光学フィルムは、少なくとも 1種の可塑剤、及び下記のセルロース エステルを含むフィルム形成材料を、好ましくは 200°C以上 270°C以下の溶融温度 に加熱溶融し、溶融流延法により形成された光学フィルムであることが特徴である。  [0037] The optical film of the present invention is obtained by melting a film-forming material containing at least one plasticizer and the following cellulose ester, preferably at a melting temperature of 200 ° C or higher and 270 ° C or lower. It is an optical film formed by a casting method.
[0038] 以下、各フィルム形成材料について説明する。 [0038] Hereinafter, each film forming material will be described.
[0039] 《セルロースエステル》 [0039] <Cellulose ester>
本発明の溶融流延法に用いるセルロースエステルは、ァセチル基の置換度を Xとし 、プロピオニル基の置換度を Yとしたとき、下記式(1)〜(4)を同時に満たすセルロー スエステルである。このようなセルロースエステルは、通常、セルロースアセテートプロ ピオネートと呼ばれる。なお、下記式の何れか一つ、何れか二つ、あるいは何れか三 つを満たしているだけでは上記課題のすべての解決にはならず、四つすベてを同時 に満たすことが重要である。  The cellulose ester used in the melt casting method of the present invention is a cellulose ester that simultaneously satisfies the following formulas (1) to (4) when the substitution degree of the acetyl group is X and the substitution degree of the propionyl group is Y. Such cellulose esters are usually referred to as cellulose acetate propionate. Note that satisfying any one, any two, or any three of the following formulas does not solve all of the above issues, but it is important to satisfy all four at the same time. is there.
[0040] 式(1) 1. 25≤X≤1. 43 [0040] Equation (1) 1. 25≤X≤1.43
式(2) 1. 15≤Y≤1. 33  Formula (2) 1. 15≤Y≤1. 33
式(3) 2. 40≤Χ + Υ< 2. 75  Equation (3) 2. 40≤Χ + Υ <2. 75
式(4) -0. 05≤Χ-Υ< 0. 20  Formula (4) -0. 05≤Χ-Υ <0. 20
中でも、式(1)に対しては 1 · 30≤Χ≤1. 42とするのが好ましぐ式(2)に対しては 1. 18≤Υ≤1. 32とするの力《好ましく、式(3)に対しては 2. 50≤Χ + Υ≤2. 73とす るのが好ましぐ式 (4)に対しては 0· 01≤Χ-Υ≤0. 18とすることが好ましい。  In particular, for equation (1) it is preferable to set 1 · 30≤Χ≤1.42. For equation (2), 1. 18≤Υ≤1.32 For Equation (3), it is preferable to set 2.50≤Χ + Υ≤2.73. For Equation (4), 0 · 01≤Χ-Υ≤0.18 preferable.
[0041] 次に、本発明に用いられるセルロースエステルのァシル基(ァセチル基とプロピオ ニル基)の置換度について詳細に説明する。  [0041] Next, the degree of substitution of the acyl group (acetyl group and propionyl group) of the cellulose ester used in the present invention will be described in detail.
[0042] セルロースには、 1グルコース単位の 2位、 3位、 6位に 1個ずつ、計 3個の水酸基が あり、総置換度とは、平均して 1グルコース単位にいくつのァシル基が結合しているか を示す数値である。従って、最大の置換度は 3. 00であり、上記ァシル基で置換され ていない部分は通常水酸基として存在しているものである。また、 2位と 3位は 2級の 水酸基、 6位は 1級の水酸基であり、ァセチル基とプロピオニル基がそれぞれどの位 置をどのような割合で置換するかによってセルロースエステルの高次構造や物性が 多少変化することがある。し力もながら、本発明の光学フィルムにおいては、ァセチノレ 基とプロピオニル基のそれぞれの置換位置と割合力^、かなるものであっても、上記式 (1)〜(4)の条件を同時に満たすセルロースエステルであれば、好ましく用いることが できる。なお、ァセチル基とプロピオニル基の置換度は、 ASTM D817— 96に規定 の方法により求めたものである。 [0042] Cellulose has a total of three hydroxyl groups, one at the 2nd, 3rd and 6th positions of 1 glucose unit. The total degree of substitution is the number of acyl groups per 1 glucose unit on average. It is a numerical value that indicates whether they are combined. Therefore, the maximum degree of substitution is 3.00, and the portion not substituted with the acyl group is usually present as a hydroxyl group. In addition, the 2nd and 3rd positions are secondary hydroxyl groups, and the 6th position is the primary hydroxyl group. The higher-order structure of the cellulose ester depends on which position of the acetyl group and propionyl group is substituted at which ratio. Physical properties May vary slightly. However, in the optical film of the present invention, each of the substitution position and the ratio power of the acetylenol group and the propionyl group is a cellulose that simultaneously satisfies the conditions of the above formulas (1) to (4). If it is an ester, it can be preferably used. The degree of substitution between the acetyl group and the propionyl group was determined by the method prescribed in ASTM D817-96.
[0043] 本発明に用いられるセルロースエステルは、 50000〜; 150000の数平均分子量( Mn)を有することが好ましぐ 55000〜; 120000の数平均分子量を有すること力 S更に 好ましぐ 60000〜100000の数平均分子量を有することが最も好ましい。 [0043] The cellulose ester used in the present invention preferably has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 50000 to 150,000, preferably 55000 to 12000, and more preferably 6000 to 100,000. Most preferably, it has a number average molecular weight of
[0044] 更に、本発明に用いられるセルロースエステルは、重量平均分子量(Mw) /数平 均分子量(Mn)比が 1. 3〜5. 5のものが好ましく用いられ、特に好ましくは 1. 5〜5. 0であり、更に好ましくは 1. 7〜4· 0であり、更に好ましくは 2· 0〜3. 5のセルロース エステルが好ましく用いられる。 Furthermore, the cellulose ester used in the present invention preferably has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn) ratio of 1.3 to 5.5, particularly preferably 1.5. The cellulose ester is preferably from 5.0 to 3.5, more preferably from 1.7 to 4.0, and even more preferably from 2.0 to 3.5.
[0045] なお、 Mn及び Mw/Mnは下記の要領で、ゲルパーミエーシヨンクロマトグラフィー [0045] Mn and Mw / Mn are as follows, and gel permeation chromatography.
(GPC)により算出できる。  (GPC).
[0046] 測定条件は以下の通りである。 [0046] The measurement conditions are as follows.
[0047] 溶媒 :テトヒドロフラン [0047] Solvent: Tetohydrofuran
装置 : HLC— 8220 (東ソー(株)製)  Equipment: HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
カラム : TSKgel SuperHM— M (東ソ一(株)製)  Column: TSKgel SuperHM—M (manufactured by Tosohichi Corporation)
カラム温度: 40°C  Column temperature: 40 ° C
試料濃度 :0. 1質量%  Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
注入量 :10 1  Injection volume: 10 1
流直 : 0. 6ml/ min  Direct flow: 0.6 ml / min
校正曲線 :標準ポリスチレン: PS— 1 (Polymer Laboratories社製) Mw= 2, 5 60, 000〜580までの 9サンプノレ ίこよる校正曲泉を使用した。  Calibration curve: Standard polystyrene: PS-1 (manufactured by Polymer Laboratories) Mw = 2, 5 60,000 to 580.
[0048] フィルム形成材料中のセルロースエステルは 70質量%〜99質量%の範囲とするこ とにより、後述する劣化防止剤、可塑剤および紫外線吸収剤等の添加剤の存在下で 優れた溶融流延性と安定性を示し、得られたフィルムは光学フィルムとしての優れた 性能を付与することができる。セルロースエステルの含有量が 70質量%以下であると 、添加剤がブリードアウトしたり、フィルムの機械強度が小さくなつてしまうために好ま しくない。また光学フィルムとして必要な他の添加剤の添加量が 1.0質量%以下であ ると(セルロースエステルの含有量が 99%以上であると)、要求される物性を満たすこ と力難しい。より好ましくはセルロースエステルの含有量は 80〜95質量%である。 [0048] By setting the cellulose ester in the film-forming material in the range of 70% by mass to 99% by mass, an excellent melt flow can be obtained in the presence of additives such as a deterioration inhibitor, a plasticizer, and an ultraviolet absorber described later. It exhibits ductility and stability, and the resulting film can impart excellent performance as an optical film. When the content of cellulose ester is 70% by mass or less This is not preferable because the additive bleeds out or the mechanical strength of the film decreases. Further, when the amount of other additives required as an optical film is 1.0% by mass or less (the cellulose ester content is 99% or more), it is difficult to satisfy the required physical properties. More preferably, the cellulose ester content is 80 to 95% by mass.
[0049] 本発明で用いられるセルロースエステルの原料セルロースは、木材パルプでも綿花 リンターでもよぐ木材パルプは針葉樹でも広葉樹でもよいが、針葉樹の方がより好ま しい。製膜の際の剥離性の点からは綿花リンターが好ましく用いられる。これらから作 られたセルロースエステルは適宜混合して、或!/、は単独で使用することができる。  [0049] The raw material cellulose of the cellulose ester used in the present invention may be wood pulp or cotton linter. The wood pulp may be softwood or hardwood, but softwood is more preferable. A cotton linter is preferably used from the viewpoint of peelability during film formation. Cellulose esters made from these can be mixed as appropriate, or can be used alone.
[0050] 例えば、綿花リンター由来セルロースエステル:木材パルプ (針葉樹)由来セルロー スエステル:木材パルプ(広葉樹)由来セルロースエステルの比率が 100: 0: 0、 90: 10:0、 85:15:0、 50:50:0、 20:80:0、 10:90:0、 0:100:0、 0:0:100、 80:10 :10、 85:0:15、 40 :30 :30で用いることができる。  [0050] For example, the ratio of cellulose esters derived from cotton linter: cellulose esters derived from wood pulp (coniferous): cellulose esters derived from wood pulp (hardwood) is 100: 0: 0, 90: 10: 0, 85: 15: 0, 50 : 50: 0, 20: 80: 0, 10: 90: 0, 0: 100: 0, 0: 0: 100, 80:10:10, 85: 0: 15, 40:30:30 it can.
[0051] 本発明のセルロースエステルは、公知の方法を参考にして合成することができる。  [0051] The cellulose ester of the present invention can be synthesized with reference to known methods.
例えば、原料セルロースの水酸基を無水酢酸、及び無水プロピオン酸を用いて常法 によりァセチル化、及びプロピオニル化し、ァセチル基、プロピオ二ル基を置換させる こと力 Sできる。このようなセルロースエステルの合成方法は、特に限定はないが、例え ば、特開平 10— 45804号或いは特表平 6— 501040号に記載の方法を参考にして 合成することができる。なお、用いる無水酢酸、及び無水プロピオン酸の使用量を適 宜変化させることによって、前記式( 1 )〜(4)を同時に満たすセル口ースエステルを 合成すること力でさる。  For example, the hydroxyl group of the raw material cellulose can be acetylated and propionated by acetic anhydride and propionic anhydride by a conventional method to replace the acetyl group and propionyl group. The method for synthesizing such a cellulose ester is not particularly limited. For example, the cellulose ester can be synthesized with reference to the method described in JP-A-10-45804 or JP-A-6-501040. It should be noted that the amount of acetic anhydride and propionic anhydride to be used is appropriately changed to synthesize a cellulose ester that simultaneously satisfies the above formulas (1) to (4).
[0052] 本発明に用いられるセルロースエステルのアルカリ土類金属含有量は、;!〜 50pp mの範囲であることが好ましい。 50ppmを超えるとリップ付着汚れが増加或いは熱延 伸時や熱延伸後でのスリツティング部で破断しやすくなる。 lppm未満でも破断しや すくなるがその理由はよく分かっていない。更に l〜30ppmの範囲が好ましい。ここ でいうアルカリ土類金属とは Ca、 Mgの総含有量のことであり、 X線光電子分光分析 装置 (XPS)を用いて測定することができる。  [0052] The alkaline earth metal content of the cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably in the range of! If it exceeds 50 ppm, lip adhesion stains will increase or breakage will easily occur at the slitting part during or after hot drawing. Even if it is less than lppm, it breaks easily, but the reason is not well understood. Furthermore, the range of 1-30 ppm is preferable. The alkaline earth metal as used herein refers to the total content of Ca and Mg, and can be measured using an X-ray photoelectron spectrometer (XPS).
[0053] 本発明に用いられるセルロースエステル中の残留硫酸含有量は、硫黄元素換算で 0. ;!〜 45ppmの範囲であることが好ましい。これらは塩の形で含有していると考えら れる。残留硫酸含有量が 45ppmを超えると熱溶融時のダイリップ部の付着物が増加 するため好ましくない。また、熱延伸時や熱延伸後でのスリツティングの際に破断しや すくなるため好ましくない。少ない方が好ましいが、 0. 1未満とすると、逆に破断しや すくなることがあり好ましくないが、その理由はよく分かっていない。更に l〜30ppm の範囲が好ましい。残留硫酸含有量は、 ASTM D817— 96に規定の方法により測 定すること力 Sでさる。 [0053] The residual sulfuric acid content in the cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.;! To 45 ppm in terms of elemental sulfur. These are thought to contain in the form of salt It is. If the residual sulfuric acid content exceeds 45 ppm, the deposit on the die lip during heat melting increases, which is not preferable. Further, it is not preferable because it easily breaks during hot stretching or slitting after hot stretching. Less is preferable, but if it is less than 0.1, it tends to break on the contrary, it is not preferable, but the reason is not well understood. Furthermore, the range of 1-30 ppm is preferable. Residual sulfuric acid content is measured by the force S measured by the method specified in ASTM D817-96.
[0054] 本発明に用いられるセルロースエステル中の遊離酸含有量は、;!〜 500ppmであ ること力 S好ましい。 500ppmを超えるとダイリップ部の付着物が増加し、また破断しや すくなる。更に l〜100ppmの範囲であることが好ましぐ更に破断しにくくなる。特に ;!〜 70ppmの範囲が好ましい。遊離酸含有量は ASTM D817— 96に規定の方法 により測定することカでさる。  [0054] The free acid content in the cellulose ester used in the present invention is preferably! -500 ppm. If it exceeds 500ppm, the deposit on the die lip will increase and breakage will easily occur. Further, it is preferably in the range of 1 to 100 ppm, and it is more difficult to break. The range of! -70 ppm is particularly preferable. The free acid content should be measured by the method specified in ASTM D817-96.
[0055] 合成したセルロースエステルの洗浄を、溶液流延法に用いられる場合に比べて、更 に十分に行うことによって、残留アルカリ土類金属含有量、残留硫酸含有量、及び残 留酸含有量を上記の範囲とすることができ好ましい。また、セルロースエステルの洗 浄は、水に加えて、メタノール、エタノールのような貧溶媒、或いは結果として貧溶媒 であれば貧溶媒と良溶媒の混合溶媒を用いることができ、残留酸以外の無機物、低 分子の有機不純物を除去することができる。更に、セルロースエステルの洗浄は、劣 化防止剤の存在下で行うことも好ましぐセルロースエステルの耐熱性、製膜安定性 が向上する。使用される劣化防止剤は、セルロースエステルに発生したラジカルを不 活性化する、或いはセルロースエステルに発生したラジカルに酸素が付加したことが 起因のセルロースエステルの劣化を抑制する化合物であれば制限なく用いることが できる。  [0055] By washing the synthesized cellulose ester more thoroughly than when used in the solution casting method, the residual alkaline earth metal content, the residual sulfuric acid content, and the residual acid content Can be within the above range, which is preferable. For washing the cellulose ester, in addition to water, a poor solvent such as methanol or ethanol, or, as a result, a mixed solvent of a poor solvent and a good solvent can be used. , Low molecular organic impurities can be removed. Further, the cellulose ester is preferably washed in the presence of an anti-aging agent, which improves the heat resistance and film forming stability of the cellulose ester. The degradation inhibitor used is not limited as long as it is a compound that inactivates radicals generated in the cellulose ester or suppresses degradation of the cellulose ester caused by the addition of oxygen to the radical generated in the cellulose ester. be able to.
[0056] また、セルロースエステルの耐熱性、機械特性、光学特性等を向上させるため、セ ルロースエステルの良溶媒に溶解後、貧溶媒中に再沈殿、濾過することによって、或 いは、貧溶媒中に撹拌懸濁させ、濾過することによって、セルロースエステルの低分 子量成分、その他不純物を除去することができる。この時、前述のセルロースエステ ルの洗浄同様に、劣化防止剤の存在下で行うことが好まし!/、。  [0056] In order to improve the heat resistance, mechanical properties, optical properties, etc. of the cellulose ester, the cellulose ester is dissolved in a good solvent of cellulose ester, and then re-precipitated in a poor solvent and filtered. By stirring and suspending in the solution and filtering, low molecular weight components of cellulose ester and other impurities can be removed. At this time, it is preferable to carry out in the presence of a deterioration preventing agent as in the case of washing the cellulose ester described above!
[0057] セルロースエステルの洗浄に使用する劣化防止剤は、洗浄後セルロースエステル 中に残存してレヽてもよレヽ。残存量 (ま 0. 0;!〜 2000ppmカよく、より好ましく (ま 0. 05〜 lOOOppmである。更に好まし <は 0. ;!〜 lOOppmである。 [0057] The deterioration inhibitor used for washing the cellulose ester is cellulose ester after washing. You can remain in it. Residual amount (between 0.0;! And 2000 ppm, more preferably (between 0.05 and lOOOOppm. Further preferred <is 0 .;! And lOOppm.
[0058] 更に、セルロースエステルの再沈殿処理の後、別のポリマー或いは低分子化合物 を添加してもよい。 [0058] Further, another polymer or a low molecular weight compound may be added after the re-precipitation treatment of the cellulose ester.
[0059] また、本発明で用いられるセルロースエステルはフィルムにした時の輝点異物が少 ないものであることが好ましい。輝点異物とは、 2枚の偏光板を直交に配置し(クロス ニコル)、この間にセルロースエステルフィルムを配置して、一方の面から光源の光を 当てて、もう一方の面からセルロースエステルフィルムを観察した時に、光源の光が 漏れて見える点のことである。このとき評価に用いる偏光板は輝点異物がない保護フ イルムで構成されたものであることが望ましぐ偏光子の保護にガラス板を使用したも のが好ましく用いられる。輝点異物はセルロースエステルに含まれる未酢化もしくは 低酢化度のセルロースがその原因の 1つと考えられ、輝点異物の少ないセルロース エステルを用いる(置換度の分散の小さ!/、セルロースエステルを用いる)ことと、溶融 したセルロースエステルを濾過すること、或!/、はセルロースエステルの合成後期の過 程や沈殿物を得る過程の少なくともいずれかにおいて、一度溶液状態として同様に 濾過工程を経由して輝点異物を除去することもできる。溶融セルロースエステルは粘 度が高!/、ため、後者の方法の方が効率がよ!/、。  [0059] In addition, the cellulose ester used in the present invention preferably has few bright spot foreign matters when formed into a film. Bright spot foreign matter means that two polarizing plates are placed orthogonally (crossed Nicols), a cellulose ester film is placed between them, light from the light source is applied from one side, and the cellulose ester film is placed from the other side. This is the point where the light from the light source appears to leak when observed. The polarizing plate used for the evaluation at this time is preferably a glass plate used for protecting the polarizer, which is desirably composed of a protective film free from bright spot foreign matter. One of the causes of bright spot foreign substances is considered to be cellulose with unacetylated or low acetylated degree contained in cellulose esters. Use cellulose esters with few bright spot foreign substances (low dispersion of substitution degree! /, Cellulose ester And / or filtering the melted cellulose ester, or at least one of the process of late synthesis of cellulose ester and the process of obtaining precipitate It is also possible to remove bright spot foreign matter. Because the melted cellulose ester has a high viscosity! /, The latter method is more efficient! /.
[0060] フィルム膜厚が薄くなるほど単位面積当たりの輝点異物数は少なくなり、フィルムに 含まれるセルロースエステルの含有量が少なくなるほど輝点異物は少なくなる傾向が ある力 輝点異物は、輝点の直径 0. 01mm以上が 200個/ cm2以下であることが好 ましぐ 100個/ cm2以下であることがより好ましぐ 50個/ cm2以下であることが更に 好ましぐ 30個/ cm2以下であることがさらにより好ましぐ 10個/ cm2以下であること が更に好ましいが、皆無であることが最も好ましい。また、 0. 005-0. 01mm以下の 輝点についても 200個/ cm2以下であることが好ましぐ 100個/ cm2以下であること がより好ましぐ 50個/ cm2以下であることがさらにより好ましぐ 30個/ cm2以下であ ること力 S更に好ましく、 10個/ cm2以下であることが更に好ましいが、皆無であること が最も好ましい。 [0060] The number of bright spot foreign materials per unit area decreases as the film thickness decreases, and the bright spot foreign materials tend to decrease as the cellulose ester content in the film decreases. The diameter of 0.01 mm or more is preferably 200 pieces / cm 2 or less, more preferably 100 pieces / cm 2 or less, more preferably 50 pieces / cm 2 or less, more preferably 30 pieces or less. / cm 2 but that it is more preferable even more preferably fixture 10 / cm 2 or less is less, and most preferably none. In addition, it is preferable that the bright spot of 0.005-0.01mm or less is 200 pieces / cm 2 or less, more preferably 100 pieces / cm 2 or less, more preferably 50 pieces / cm 2 or less. More preferably, the force is 30 pieces / cm 2 or less, more preferably 10 pieces / cm 2 or less, most preferably none.
[0061] 輝点異物を溶融濾過によって除去する場合、セルロースエステルを単独で溶融さ せたものを濾過するよりも劣化防止剤、可塑剤等を添加混合したセルロースエステル 組成物を濾過することが輝点異物の除去効率が高く好ましい。もちろん、セルロース エステルの合成の際に溶媒に溶解させて濾過により低減させてもょレ、。紫外線吸収 剤、その他の添加物も適宜混合したものを濾過することができる。濾過はセルロース エステルを含む溶融物の粘度が lOOOOPa ' s以下で濾過されることが好ましぐ 5000 Pa ' s以下がより好ましぐ lOOOPa' s以下が更に好ましぐ 500Pa ' s以下であること 力さらにより好ましい。濾材としては、ガラス繊維、セルロース繊維、濾紙、四フッ化工 チレン樹脂等の弗素樹脂等の従来公知のものが好ましく用いられるカ、特にセラミツ タス、金属等が好ましく用いられる。絶対濾過精度としては 50 in以下のものが好ま しく用いられ、 30 m以下のものがより好ましぐ 10 m以下のものがさらにより好ま しぐ 5 in以下のものが更に好ましく用いられる。これらは適宜組み合わせて使用す ることもできる。濾材はサーフェースタイプでもデプスタイプでも用いることができるが 、デプスタイプの方が比較的目詰まりしに《好ましく用いられる。 [0061] When removing bright spot foreign matter by melt filtration, the cellulose ester is melted alone. It is preferable to filter the cellulose ester composition to which a deterioration inhibitor, a plasticizer, and the like are added and mixed, rather than filtering the soaked product, because the removal efficiency of bright spot foreign matter is high. Of course, it can be dissolved in a solvent during the synthesis of cellulose ester and reduced by filtration. A mixture of UV absorber and other additives as appropriate can be filtered. Filtration is preferably performed when the viscosity of the melt containing cellulose ester is less than lOOOOPa's, more preferably less than 5000 Pa's, more preferably less than lOOOPa's and less than 500 Pa's. Even more preferred. As the filter medium, conventionally known materials such as glass fibers, cellulose fibers, filter paper, and fluorine resins such as tetrafluoroethylene resin are preferably used, particularly ceramics, metals and the like are preferably used. The absolute filtration accuracy is preferably 50 in or less, more preferably 30 m or less, more preferably 10 m or less, and even more preferably 5 in or less. These can be used in appropriate combination. The filter medium can be either a surface type or a depth type, but the depth type is preferably used because it is relatively clogged.
[0062] 別の実施態様では、原料のセルロースエステルは少なくとも一度溶媒に溶解させた 後、溶媒を乾燥させたセルロースエステルを用いてもよい。その際には劣化防止剤、 可塑剤、紫外線吸収剤、及びマット剤の少なくとも 1つ以上と共に溶媒に溶解させた 後、乾燥させたセルロースエステルを用いる。溶媒としては、メチレンクロライド、酢酸 メチル、ジォキソラン等の溶液流延法で用いられる良溶媒を用いることができ、同時 にメタノール、エタノール、ブタノール等の貧溶媒を用いてもよい。溶解の過程で 2 0°C以下に冷却したり、 80°C以上に加熱したりしてもよい。このようなセルロースエス テルを用いると、溶融状態にした時の各添加物を均一にしゃすぐ光学特性を均一 にできることがある。 [0062] In another embodiment, a cellulose ester obtained by dissolving the raw material cellulose ester at least once in a solvent and then drying the solvent may be used. In that case, cellulose ester that has been dissolved in a solvent together with at least one of a deterioration inhibitor, a plasticizer, an ultraviolet absorber, and a matting agent and then dried is used. As the solvent, a good solvent used in a solution casting method such as methylene chloride, methyl acetate, or dioxolane can be used, and a poor solvent such as methanol, ethanol, or butanol may be used at the same time. In the course of dissolution, it may be cooled to 20 ° C or lower or heated to 80 ° C or higher. When such a cellulose ester is used, it may be possible to uniformly block each additive when melted and make the optical properties uniform.
[0063] 本発明の光学フィルムはセルロースエステル以外の高分子成分を適宜混合したも のでもよ!/、。混合される高分子成分はセルロースエステルと相溶性に優れるものが好 ましぐフィルムにした時の透過率が 80%以上、更に好ましくは 90%以上、更に好ま しくは 92%以上であることが好ましい。  [0063] The optical film of the present invention may be appropriately mixed with polymer components other than cellulose ester! /. The polymer component to be mixed preferably has excellent compatibility with the cellulose ester, and the transmittance when it is made into a film is preferably 80% or more, more preferably 90% or more, and further preferably 92% or more. .
[0064] 本発明のセルロースエステルは溶融製膜に用いられることから、セルロースエステ ル自体が加熱溶融力 製膜に至るまで安定であることが必要である力 S、本発明者ら は、このような溶融製膜時の安定性のみならず、溶融製膜後のセルロースエステルフ イルムの機械特性、光学特性、及び耐久性に関して、加熱溶融前のセルロースエス テルの空気下における 1 %質量減少温度 Td (l . 0)と関連性があることを見出した。 なお、本発明に係る前記の式( 1 )〜(4)を同時に満たすセル口ースエステルを用レ、 る限りにおいては、前記課題を解決することは可能である力 S、Td (l . 0)は高い方が 課題解決のためには好ましぐ Td (l . 0)は 270°C以上がより好ましぐ 280°C以上が 更に好ましぐ 290°C以上が最も好ましい。セルロースエステルの Td (l . 0)を高める ためには、セルロースエステルの合成において、最後の取り出しの際のセルロースェ ステルを濾過、洗浄する作業に当たって、洗浄液の pHが中性になるまで十分水で 洗浄することによって向上させること力 Sできる。ところで、詳細な理由は良く分かって いないが、セルロースエステルの種類によっては、洗浄を過度に行うと、破断しやすく なる等の機械特性が劣化してしまうものがある力 S、本発明に係る前記の式(1)〜(4) を同時に満たすセルロースエステルに関しては、洗浄に伴う機械特性の劣化が生じ ないことが判明した。なお、空気下における 1 %質量減少温度 Td (l . 0)は、市販の 示差熱重量分析 (TG— DTA)装置で測定することができる力 S、一般にセルロースェ ステルはわずかな量ではあるが水分を含有しているため、測定の際には注意が必要 である。具体的には、試料を 100°Cでしばらく保持し、水分の揮発による質量減少が なくなつたことを確認した後、その時点からの温度上昇に伴う質量減少を測定する方 法をとる。ところで、 Td (l . 0)には上限は無ぐ高い程好ましいと推定している力 セ ルロースエステルの洗浄工程の負担が大きくなるのを避けることを考慮すると、現実 的な上限値は 300〜310°C程度である。 [0064] Since the cellulose ester of the present invention is used for melt film formation, the cellulose ester itself needs to be stable until it reaches heat-melting power film formation. In addition to the stability at the time of melt film formation, the cellulose ester film after melt film formation has a mechanical property, optical characteristics, and durability of 1% It was found that there is a relationship with the mass decrease temperature Td (l. 0). It should be noted that as long as the cell mouth sester satisfying the above formulas (1) to (4) according to the present invention is used, the force S, Td (l. 0) The higher Td (l. 0), which is preferable for solving the problem, is more preferably 270 ° C or higher, more preferably 280 ° C or higher, and most preferably 290 ° C or higher. In order to increase the Td (l. 0) of the cellulose ester, in the synthesis of the cellulose ester, in the operation of filtering and washing the cellulose ester at the time of the last removal, it is necessary to use enough water until the pH of the washing solution becomes neutral. Improve the power by washing. By the way, although the detailed reason is not well understood, depending on the type of the cellulose ester, there are some cases where mechanical properties such as being easily broken are deteriorated when washing is performed excessively. For cellulose esters that simultaneously satisfy the formulas (1) to (4), it has been found that the mechanical properties are not deteriorated by washing. Note that the 1% mass loss temperature Td (l. 0) under air is a force S that can be measured with a commercially available differential thermogravimetric analysis (TG-DTA) device, although cellulose ester is generally a small amount. Because it contains water, care must be taken during measurement. Specifically, hold the sample at 100 ° C for a while, confirm that the mass loss due to the volatilization of water has disappeared, and then measure the mass loss accompanying the temperature rise from that point. By the way, in consideration of avoiding an increase in the burden of the cellulose ester washing process, it is estimated that a higher upper limit is preferable for Td (l. 0). It is about 310 ° C.
[0065] 本発明のセルロースエステルは、劣化防止剤との組み合わせによって加熱時の安 定性を更に向上させることができる力 S、驚くべきことに、下記に説明する劣化防止剤と の組み合わせによって、馬の背故障や凸状故障等のフィルム原反の変形故障が発 生せず、平面性、ケン化処理適性、カール性、リタ一デーシヨンの変動性、及び耐久 性の!/、ずれにお!/、ても優れたセルロースエステルフィルムが得られることが分かった[0065] The cellulose ester of the present invention has the ability to further improve the stability during heating by the combination with the deterioration inhibitor, and surprisingly, the combination with the deterioration inhibitor described below, Deformation failure of the original film such as failure or convex failure does not occur, flatness, suitability for saponification treatment, curlability, variability of retardation, and durability! It was found that an excellent cellulose ester film can be obtained.
Yes
[0066] 《劣化防止剤》 劣化防止剤とは、高分子が熱や酸素、水分、酸などによって分解されることを化学 的な作用によって抑制する材料のことである。本発明の光学フィルムは、特に 200°C 以上の高温下で成形されるため、高分子の分解 ·劣化が起きやすい系であり、劣化 防止剤をフィルム形成材料中に含有させることが好ましい。 [0066] << Deterioration preventive agent >> A degradation inhibitor is a material that suppresses the decomposition of polymers by heat, oxygen, moisture, acid, etc., by a chemical action. Since the optical film of the present invention is molded particularly at a high temperature of 200 ° C. or higher, it is a system in which the polymer is easily decomposed and deteriorated, and it is preferable to contain a deterioration inhibitor in the film-forming material.
[0067] フィルム形成材料の酸化防止、分解して発生した酸の捕捉、光または熱によるラジ カル種基因の分解反応を抑制または禁止する等、解明できていない分解反応を含 めて、着色や分子量低下に代表される変質や材料の分解による揮発成分の生成を 抑制するために劣化防止剤を用いる。 [0067] Antioxidation of film-forming materials, capture of acid generated by decomposition, suppression or prohibition of decomposition reaction of radical species caused by light or heat, etc. Deterioration inhibitors are used to suppress the generation of volatile components due to alterations such as molecular weight reduction and decomposition of materials.
[0068] 劣化防止剤としては、例えば、酸化防止剤、ヒンダードアミン光安定剤、酸捕捉剤、 金属不活性化剤などが挙げられる力 これらに限定されない。これらは、特開平 3— 1 99201号公報、特開平 5— 1907073号公報、特開平 5— 194789号公報、特開平 5— 271471号公報、特開平 6— 107854号公報などに記載がある。これらの中でも 、本発明の目的のためには、フィルム形成材料中に劣化防止剤として酸化防止剤を 含むことが好ましい。 [0068] Examples of the degradation inhibitor include, but are not limited to, an antioxidant, a hindered amine light stabilizer, an acid scavenger, and a metal deactivator. These are described in JP-A-3-199201, JP-A-5-1907073, JP-A-5-194789, JP-A-5-271471, JP-A-6-107854 and the like. Among these, for the purpose of the present invention, it is preferable to contain an antioxidant as a deterioration preventing agent in the film forming material.
[0069] 本発明に用いられるフィルム形成材料中の劣化防止剤は、少なくとも 1種以上選択 でき、添加する量は、本発明に係るセルロースエステルの質量に対して、劣化防止剤 の添加量は 0. 01質量%以上 10質量%以下が好ましぐより好ましくは 0. 1質量% 以上 5. 0質量%以下であり、更に好ましくは 0. 2質量%以上 2. 0質量%以下である  [0069] At least one or more kinds of deterioration preventing agents in the film-forming material used in the present invention can be selected, and the amount to be added is 0 with respect to the mass of the cellulose ester according to the present invention. More preferably, the content is from 0.1% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably from 0.1% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and still more preferably from 0.2% by mass to 2.0% by mass.
[0070] なお、劣化防止剤の添加量が上記添加量の範囲よりも多いとセルロースエステル への相溶性の観点から光学フィルムとしての透明性の低下を引き起こし、またフィノレ ムが脆くなることもあるために好ましくない。 [0070] If the addition amount of the deterioration inhibitor is larger than the above range, the transparency of the optical film may be lowered from the viewpoint of compatibility with the cellulose ester, and the finoleum may become brittle. Therefore, it is not preferable.
[0071] フィルム形成材料は、材料の変質や吸湿性を回避する目的で、構成する材料が 1 種または複数種のペレットに分割して保存することができる。ペレット化は、加熱時の 溶融物の混合性または相溶性が向上でき、または得られたフィルムの光学的な均一 十生が確保できることもある。  [0071] The film-forming material can be stored by dividing the material constituting the material into one kind or a plurality of kinds of pellets for the purpose of avoiding alteration of the material and hygroscopicity. Pelletization may improve the mixing or compatibility of the melt during heating, or may ensure optical uniformity of the resulting film.
[0072] フィルム形成材料を加熱溶融するとき、及び加熱溶融したものを後工程で使用する とき、更には製品として消費者のもとで使用されるとき、上述の劣化防止剤が存在す ることは、材料の劣化や分解に基づく強度や光学的透明性の劣化を低減すること、 または材料固有の強度を維持できる観点で優れている。 [0072] When the film-forming material is heat-melted, and when the heat-melted material is used in a post-process, or when used as a product under the consumer, the above-described deterioration preventive agent is present. This is superior in terms of reducing the strength based on the degradation and decomposition of the material and the degradation of optical transparency, or maintaining the strength inherent to the material.
[0073] フィルム形成材料が加熱により著しく劣化すると、着色が発生して光学フィルムとし ては用いることができなくなることがある。また、液晶表示装置用の光学補償フィルム として用いる際には、リタ一デーシヨン付与工程 (延伸工程)が流延工程の次に実施 される力 フィルム形成材料が加熱により著しく劣化すると、形成されたフィルムが脆 くなり、該延伸工程において破断が生じやすくなつたり、 目的の光学補償フィルムのリ ターデーシヨン値が発現できなくなることがある。更には、液晶表示装置用の偏光板 保護フィルムとして使用する場合、フィルム形成材料の劣化は、偏光子との貼合に支 障をきたしたりするので好ましくない。 [0073] If the film-forming material is significantly deteriorated by heating, coloring may occur and it may become impossible to use as an optical film. In addition, when used as an optical compensation film for a liquid crystal display device, the force applied when the retardation applying step (stretching step) is performed after the casting step. May become brittle and may easily break during the stretching process, or the retardation value of the target optical compensation film may not be expressed. Furthermore, when used as a polarizing plate protective film for a liquid crystal display device, deterioration of the film-forming material is not preferable because it may interfere with bonding with a polarizer.
[0074] そこで、上述の劣化防止剤の存在は、加熱溶融時にお!/、て可視光領域の着色物 の生成を抑制すること、または加熱溶融時及び加熱溶融後のフィルムを構成する材 料が分解して生じた揮発成分等によって生じる透過率やヘイズ値の低下といった光 学フィルムとして好ましくなレ、劣化を抑制または消滅できる点でも優れて!/、る。  [0074] Therefore, the presence of the above-described deterioration preventing agent suppresses the generation of colored substances in the visible light region during heating and melting, or the material constituting the film during and after heating and melting. This is also preferable for optical films such as transmittance and haze value reduction caused by volatile components generated by the decomposition of benzene, and is excellent in that it can suppress or eliminate deterioration.
[0075] 本発明において液晶表示装置の表示画像は、本発明の光学フィルムを用いるとき ヘイズ値が 1 %を超えると影響を与えるため、好ましくはヘイズ値は 1 %未満、より好ま しくは 0. 5%未満である。また着色性の指標としては黄色度 (イェローインデックス、 YI)を用いることができ、好ましくは 3. 0以下、より好ましくは 1. 0以下である。黄色度 は JIS— K7103に基づいて測定することができる。  [0075] In the present invention, the display image of the liquid crystal display device is affected when the haze value exceeds 1% when the optical film of the present invention is used. Therefore, the haze value is preferably less than 1%, more preferably 0. Less than 5%. Further, yellowness (Yellow Index, YI) can be used as an index of colorability, preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 1.0 or less. Yellowness can be measured according to JIS K7103.
[0076] 上述のフィルム形成材料の保存或いは製膜工程において、空気中の酸素あるいは 水分による劣化反応が併発することがある。この場合、上記劣化防止剤の安定化作 用とともに、空気中の湿度 ·酸素濃度を低減させることも本発明を具現化する上で好 ましく併用できる。これは、公知の技術として不活性ガスとして窒素やアルゴンの使用 、減圧〜真空による脱気操作、及び密閉環境下による操作が挙げられ、これら 3者の 内少なくとも 1つの方法を上記安定剤を存在させる方法と併用することができる。フィ ルム形成材料が空気中の酸素と接触する確率を低減することにより、該材料の劣化 が抑制できるため好ましい。  [0076] In the above-described film forming material storage or film forming process, deterioration reactions due to oxygen or moisture in the air may occur simultaneously. In this case, in addition to stabilizing the above-described deterioration inhibitor, reducing the humidity and oxygen concentration in the air can be preferably used in combination for realizing the present invention. This includes the use of nitrogen or argon as an inert gas as a known technique, degassing operation under reduced pressure to vacuum, and operation in a sealed environment, and at least one of these three methods uses the above-mentioned stabilizer. Can be used in combination with the method of It is preferable to reduce the probability that the film-forming material comes into contact with oxygen in the air, so that deterioration of the material can be suppressed.
[0077] また、本発明の光学フィルムは、偏光板保護フィルムとしても活用するため、本発明 の偏光板及び偏光板を構成する偏光子に対して経時保存性を向上させる観点から も、フィルム形成材料中における上述の劣化防止剤の存在が重要な役割を担う。 [0077] The optical film of the present invention is also used as a polarizing plate protective film. The presence of the above-described deterioration preventing agent in the film-forming material also plays an important role from the viewpoint of improving the storage stability with time of the polarizing plate and the polarizer constituting the polarizing plate.
[0078] 本発明の偏光板を用いた液晶表示装置において、本発明の光学フィルムに上述の 劣化防止剤が存在すると、上記の変質や劣化を抑制する観点から光学フィルムの経 時保存性が向上できるとともに、液晶表示装置の表示品質向上においても光学的な 補償設計が長期にわたって機能発現できる点で優れている。  [0078] In the liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate of the present invention, when the above-described deterioration preventing agent is present in the optical film of the present invention, the temporal storage stability of the optical film is improved from the viewpoint of suppressing the above-mentioned deterioration and deterioration. In addition, it is excellent in that the optical compensation design can manifest its function over a long period of time in improving the display quality of liquid crystal display devices.
[0079] 《酸化防止剤》  [0079] <Antioxidant>
セルロースエステルは高温下では熱だけでなく酸素によっても分解が促進されるた め、本発明の光学フィルムにおいては劣化防止剤として酸化防止剤を含有すること が好ましい。  Since cellulose ester is decomposed not only by heat but also by oxygen at a high temperature, the optical film of the present invention preferably contains an antioxidant as a deterioration preventing agent.
[0080] 本発明において有用な酸化防止剤としては、酸素によるフィルム形成材料の劣化 を抑制する化合物であれば制限なく用いることができる力 S、中でもフエノール系化合 物、リン系化合物、ィォゥ系化合物、アルキルラジカル捕捉剤、過酸化物分解剤、酸 素スカベンジャー等が挙げられる。これらの中でもフエノール系化合物、リン系化合 物、アルキルラジカル捕捉剤が好ましいが、フエノール系化合物とリン系化合物の 2 者の組み合わせを用いることがより好ましぐフエノール系化合物とリン系化合物とァ ルキルラジカル捕捉剤の 3者の組み合わせを用いることが最も好ましい。これらの化 合物を配合することにより、透明性、耐熱性等を低下させることなぐ溶融成型時の熱 や熱酸化劣化等による成形体の着色や強度低下を防止できる。これらの化合物は、 それぞれ単独で、或いは 2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができ、その配合量は、 本発明の目的を損なわない範囲で適宜選択されるが、本発明に係るセルロースエス テルの質量に対して、 0. 01質量%以上 10質量%以下が好ましぐより好ましくは 0. 1質量%以上 5. 0質量%以下であり、更に好ましくは 0. 2質量%以上 2. 0質量%以 下である。  [0080] The antioxidant useful in the present invention is a force S that can be used without limitation as long as it is a compound that suppresses the deterioration of the film-forming material due to oxygen, and in particular, a phenol compound, a phosphorus compound, a thio compound. Alkyl radical scavengers, peroxide decomposers, oxygen scavengers, and the like. Of these, phenol compounds, phosphorus compounds, and alkyl radical scavengers are preferred, but it is more preferable to use a combination of the phenol compound and the phosphorus compound, the phenol compound, the phosphorus compound, and the alkyl. Most preferably, a triple combination of radical scavengers is used. By blending these compounds, it is possible to prevent coloring and strength reduction of the molded product due to heat and thermal oxidative degradation during melt molding without reducing transparency and heat resistance. Each of these compounds can be used alone or in combination of two or more, and the blending amount thereof is appropriately selected within a range not impairing the object of the present invention, but the mass of the cellulose ester according to the present invention. Is more preferably 0.01% by mass or more and 5.0% by mass or less, and still more preferably 0.2% by mass or more and 2.0% by mass. It is as follows.
[0081] (フエノール系化合物)  [0081] (phenolic compound)
フエノール系化合物は既知の化合物であり、パラー t-ブチルフエノール、パラー(1 , 1 , 3, 3-テトラメチルブチル)フエノール等のアルキル基置換フエノールの他、例えば 、米国特許第 4, 839, 405号明細書の第 12〜; 14欄に記載の、 2, 6—ジアルキルフ ェノール誘導体化合物、所謂ヒンダードフエノール系化合物が挙げられるが、これら の中で、ヒンダードフエノール系化合物が好ましい。 Phenolic compounds are known compounds and include alkyl group-substituted phenols such as para-t-butylphenol and para (1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) phenol, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 4,839,405. Nos. 12 to 14; An enol derivative compound, a so-called hindered phenol compound, can be mentioned, and among these, a hindered phenol compound is preferable.
ヒンダードフエノールフエノール系化合物の具体例としては、 n ォクタデシル 3— (3 , 5—ジ tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシフエニル) プロピオネート、 n ォクタデシル 3 一(3, 5—ジ tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシフエニル) アセテート、 n ォクタデシル 3 , 5—ジ—tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシベンゾエート、 n へキシル 3, 5—ジ—tーブチ ルー 4ーヒドロキシフエニルベンゾエート、 n ドデシル 3, 5—ジ tーブチノレー 4ーヒ ドロキシフエニルベンゾエート、ネオードデシル 3—(3, 5—ジ tーブチノレー 4ーヒド ロキシフエ二ノレ)プロピオネート、ドデシノレ /3 (3, 5—ジ一 t ブチル 4—ヒドロキシフ ェニノレ)プロピオネート、ェチノレ α—(4ーヒドロキシ 3, 5—ジ tーブチノレフエ二ノレ )イソプチレート、ォクタデシル α—(4ーヒドロキシー 3, 5—ジー t ブチルフエニル) イソブチレート、ォクタデシル α—(4ーヒドロキシ 3, 5—ジ tーブチノレー 4ーヒドロ キシフエニル)プロピオネート、 2—(n ォクチルチオ)ェチル 3, 5 ジー tーブチノレ 4ーヒドロキシ一べンゾエート、 2—(n ォクチルチオ)ェチル 3, 5 ジー tーブチ ルー 4ーヒドロキシ一フエニルアセテート、 2—(n ォクタデシルチオ)ェチル 3, 5— ジー tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシフエニルアセテート、 2—(n ォクタデシルチオ)ェチ ル 3, 5 ジ tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシ一べンゾエート、 2—(2 ヒドロキシェチノレ チォ)ェチノレ 3, 5—ジー tーブチノレー 4ーヒドロキシベンゾエート、ジェチノレグリコーノレ ビス一(3, 5 ジー tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシーフエ二ノレ)プロピオネート、 2—(n— ォクタデシルチオ)ェチル 3—(3, 5—ジー tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシフエニル)プロ ピオネート、ステアルアミド N, N ビス一 [エチレン 3— (3, 5—ジ一 t ブチノレ一 4— ヒドロキシフエ二ノレ)プロピオネート]、 n ブチルイミノ N, N ビス一 [エチレン 3— (3 , 5 ジ tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシフエ二ノレ)プロピオネート]、 2—(2 ステアロイ ノレォキシェチノレチォ)ェチノレ 3, 5 ジー tーブチノレー 4ーヒドロキシベンゾエート、 2 一(2 ステアロイルォキシェチルチオ)ェチル 7—(3 メチルー 5— tーブチルー 4 ーヒドロキシフエ二ノレ)ヘプタノエート、 1 , 2 プロピレングリコールビス [3— (3, 5 ージー t ブチル 4ーヒドロキシフエニル)プロピオネート]、エチレングリコールビスSpecific examples of hindered phenolic compounds include: n-octadecyl 3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, n-octadecyl-3 mono (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) Acetate, n-octadecyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzoate, n-hexyl 3,5-di-tert-butyl 4-hydroxyphenyl benzoate, n-dodecyl 3,5-di-butynolate 4-hidroxif Enilbenzoate, neododecyl 3- (3,5-di-tert-butylenoyl 4-hydroxyphenenole) propionate, dodecinole / 3 (3,5-di-tert-butyl 4-hydroxyphenenole) propionate, ethinore α- (4-hydroxy 3, 5—Di-tert-butenoleveneol) isoptilate, octadecyl α- (4-hydroxy-3, 5— -T-butylphenyl) isobutyrate, octadecyl α- (4-hydroxy 3,5-di-butynolene 4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, 2 -— (n-octylthio) ethyl 3,5-di-tert-butinole 4-hydroxymonobenzoate, 2 -— (n-octylthio) Ethyl 3,5-dibutyl 4-hydroxy monophenyl acetate, 2- (n octadecylthio) ethyl 3,5-dibutyl 4-hydroxyphenyl acetate, 2- (n octadecylthio) ethyl 3,5 di t -Butyl 4-hydroxy monobenzoate, 2— (2 hydroxyethylenolethio) ethenole 3,5—Gee butylinole 4-hydroxybenzoate, getinoreglycolone bisone (3,5 g tert-butyl 4-hydroxyphenol Nole) propionate, 2- (n-octadecylthio) ethyl 3 (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, stearamide N, N bis- [ethylene 3- (3,5-di-tert-butynole 4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], n-butylimino N , N Bis [ethylene 3— (3,5 di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenenole) propionate], 2— (2 stealloy norekischinoretio) ethinore 3,5 G tert-butinole 4-hydroxybenzoate, 2 (2 stearoyloxychetylthio) ethyl 7- (3 methyl-5-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) heptanoate, 1,2 propylene glycol bis [3- (3,5-diol t-butyl 4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate] , Ethylene glycol bis
[3—(3, 5—ジ tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシフエニル)プロピオネート]、ネオペン チルダリコールビス [3—(3, 5—ジ tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシフエ二ノレ)プロピオ ネート]、エチレングリコールビス一(3, 5—ジ一tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシフエニルァ セテート)、グリセリン l— n ォクタデカノエートー 2, 3 ビスー(3, 5 ジ tーブ チルー 4ーヒドロキシフエニルアセテート)、ペンタエリスリトールーテトラキスー [3— (3 ' , 5' —ジー tーブチノレー 4' ーヒドロキシフエ二ノレ)プロピオネート]、 3, 9—ビス { 2 -〔3—(3— tert ブチルー 4ーヒドロキシ 5 メチルフエ二ノレ)プロピオ二ルォキ シ〕一 1 , 1—ジメチルェチル}— 2, 4, 8 , 10 テトラオキサスピロ〔5· 5〕ゥンデカン、 1 , 1 , 1—トリメチロールェタン一トリス一 [3— (3 , 5—ジ一 t ブチル 4—ヒドロキシ フエ二ノレ)プロピオネート]、ソルビトールへキサー [3— (3, 5—ジ tーブチノレー 4 ヒドロキシフエ二ノレ)プロピオネート]、 2 ヒドロキシェチル 7—(3 メチルー 5— tブチ ノレ 4ーヒドロキシフエ二ノレ)プロピオネート、 2 ステアロイルォキシェチル 7—(3— メチルー 5— tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシフエ二ノレ)ヘプタノエート、 1 , 6— n へキサ ンジオール ビス [ (3' , 5' —ジ tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシフエ二ノレ)プロビオネ ート]、ペンタエリスリトールーテトラキス(3, 5—ジ tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシヒドロ シンナメート)が含まれる。上記タイプのフエノール化合物は、例えば、チバ .スぺシャ ルティ.ケミカルズから、 "IRGANOX1076"及び" IRGANOX1010"という商品名 で市販されている。 [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], neopen Tildaricol bis [3- (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], ethylene glycol bis (3,5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl acetate), glycerin l- n o Kutadecanoate-2, 3 Bis (3, 5 di-tert-butyl 4-hydroxyphenylacetate), pentaerythritol-tetrakis [3— (3 ', 5'-zy tertinore 4 '-hydroxyphenol) Propionate], 3, 9-bis {2- [3- (3-tert-butyl-4-hydroxy-5-methylphenol) propionyl]] 1,1,1-dimethylethyl} -1,2,4,8,10 tetraoxaspiro [ 5.5] undecane, 1,1,1,1-trimethylolethane tris [3— (3,5-di-tert-butyl 4-hydroxyphenol) propionate], sorbitol hexer [3— (3, Five Di-tert-butylenoyl 4-hydroxyphenolate) propionate], 2-hydroxyethyl 7- (3 methyl-5-tert-butylphenol 4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate, 2 stearoyloxetyl 7- (3-methyl-5-tert-butyl 4 -Hydroxyphenol) heptanoate, 1, 6- n-hexanediol bis [(3 ', 5'-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenol) propionate], pentaerythritol-tetrakis (3,5-di-tert-butyl 4-) Hydroxyhydrocinnamate). The above type of phenolic compounds are commercially available, for example, from Ciba Specialty Chemicals under the trade names “IRGANOX1076” and “IRGANOX1010”.
(リン系化合物)  (Phosphorus compounds)
本発明において有用なリン系化合物として、ホスファイト系化合物、及びホスホナイ ト系化合物が挙げられる。ホスファイト系化合物の具体例としては、トリフエニルホスフ ユルフェ二ノレ)ホスファイト、トリス(ジノユルフェ二ノレ)ホスファイト、トリス(2, 4 ジ一 t ブチルフエ二ノレ)ホスファイト、トリス(2, 4 ジ tーブチルー 5 メチルフエニル) ホスファイト、 10 - (3, 5 ジ一 t ブチル 4 ヒドロキシベンジル) 9, 10 ジヒド ロー 9 ォキサ 10 ホスファフェナントレン 10 オキサイド、 6— [3—(3— tーブ チル一 4 ヒドロキシ一 5 メチルフエ二ノレ)プロポキシ ]—2, 4, 8 , 10 テトラ一 t— ブチルジベンズ [d, f] [ l , 3, 2]ジォキサホスフエピン、トリデシルホスファイト等のモ ノホスファイト系化合物; 4, Α' ーブチリデン一ビス(3—メチルー 6— t ブチルフエ 二ル一ジ一トリデシルホスフアイト)、 4, 4' —イソプロピリデン一ビス(フエニル一ジ一 アルキル(C 12〜C 15)ホスファイト)等のジホスファイト系化合物;等が挙げられる。 上記タイプのホスファイト系化合物は、例えば、住友化学株式会社から、 " Sumilizer GP"、 (株) ADEKAから ADK STAB PEP— 24G"、 "ADK STAB PEP— 36 "、"ADK STAB 3010"、 "ADK STAB HP— 10"及び" ADK STAB 21 1 2"という商品名で市販されている。 Examples of phosphorus compounds useful in the present invention include phosphite compounds and phosphonate compounds. Specific examples of the phosphite compounds include triphenylphosphine urpheninole) phosphite, tris (dinouylfeninore) phosphite, tris (2,4 di-t-butylpheninole) phosphite, tris (2,4 di t-butyl-5-methylphenyl) phosphite, 10-(3,5 di-t-butyl 4-hydroxybenzyl) 9, 10 dihydro 9 oxa 10 phosphaphenanthrene 10 oxide, 6— [3— (3-t-butyl til 4 Hydroxy-1-5-methylphenol) propoxy] —2, 4, 8, 10 tetra-tert-butyldibenz [d, f] [l, 3, 2] dioxaphosphepine, tridecyl phosphite and other monophosphites Compound; 4, Α'-butylidene bis (3-methyl-6-t-butylphenol Diphosphite compounds such as 2,4'-isopropylidene monobis (phenyl-di-dialkyl (C12-C15) phosphite); and the like. The phosphite compounds of the above types are, for example, Sumitizer GP from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd., ADK STAB PEP— 24G ”,“ ADK STAB PEP— 36 ”,“ ADK STAB 3010 ”,“ ADK ”from ADEKA Co., Ltd. Commercially available under the trade names STAB HP—10 ”and“ ADK STAB 21 1 2 ”.
ホスホナイト系化合物の具体例としては、ジメチル—フエニルホスホナイト、ジ— t— ブチルーフェニルホスホナイト、ジフエ二ルーフェニルホスホナイト、ジー(4 ペンチ ノレ一フエニル)一フエニルホスホナイト、ジ一(2— t ブチル一フエニル)一フエニルホ スホナイト、ジー(2 メチルー 3 ペンチルーフエニル) フエニルホスホナイト、ジー (2 メチルー 4ーォクチルーフエニル) フエニルホスホナイト、ジー(3 ブチルー 4 —メチルーフエニル)一フエニルホスホナイト、ジ一(3—へキシル 4—ェチル一フエ ニル) フエニルホスホナイト、ジー(2, 4, 6 トリメチルフエニル) フエニルホスホ ナイト、ジー(2, 3 ジメチルー 4ーェチルーフエニル) フエニルホスホナイト、ジー( 2, 6 ジェチルー 3 ブチルフエニル) フエニルホスホナイト、ジ一(2, 3 ジプロ ピル 5 ブチルフエニル) フエニルホスホナイト、ジ一(2, 4, 6 トリー tーブチノレ フエニル) フエニルホスホナイト、ビス (2, 4 ジ tーブチルー 5 メチルフエニル) ビフエ二ルー 4ーィルーホスホナイト、ビス (2, 4 ジー tーブチルー 5 メチルフエ二 ノレ)一 4, - (ビス(2, 4 ジ一 t ブチル 5 メチルフエノキシ)ホスフイノ)ビフエニル 4ーィルーホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 4 ジー tーブチルーフエニル) 4, A' ビフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 5 ジ tーブチルーフェニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(3, 5—ジー tーブチルーフエニル) 4, 4 ' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 3, 4 トリメチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 3 ジメチルー 5 ェチルーフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 3 ジメチルー 4 プロピルフ ェニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 3 ジメチルー 5— t ブチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 5 ジメチノレ 4 t ブチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 3— ジェチルー 5 メチルフエニル) 4, 4' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2 , 6—ジェチルー 4 メチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラ キス(2, 4, 5 トリェチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキ ス(2, 6 ジェチルー 4 プロピルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、 テトラキス(2, 5 ジェチルー 6 ブチルフエ二ル)一 4, A' —ビフエ二レンジホスホ ナイト、テトラキス(2, 3 ジェチル一 5— t ブチルフエ二ル)一 4, A' —ビフエユレ ンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 5 ジェチルー 6— t ブチルフエニル) 4, A' ビフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 3 ジプロピル 5 メチルフエニル) 4 , ' —ビフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 6 ジプロピル一 4 メチルフエ二 ノレ) 4, 4' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 6 ジプロピルー5 ェチ ルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 3 ジプロピルー6 ブチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 6 ジプロ ピル 5 ブチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 3 ジブチルー 4 メチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス (2, 5 ジブチルー 3 メチルフエニル) 4, ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テト ラキス(2, 6 ジブチル一 4 メチルフエ二ル)一 4, A' —ビフエ二レンジホスホナイト 、テトラキス(2, 4 ジ一 t ブチル 3 メチルフエニル) 4, A' —ビフエ二レンジ ホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 4 ジ tーブチルー 5 メチルフエニル) 4, A' ービ フエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 4 ジー tーブチルー 6 メチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 5 ジ tーブチルー 3 メチル フエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 5 ジ tーブチノレ 4 メチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 5 ジ —tーブチルー 6—メチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキ ス(2, 6 ジー tーブチルー 3 メチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイ ト、テトラキス(2, 6 ジ一 t ブチル 4 メチルフエ二ル)一 4, A' —ビフエ二レン ジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 6 ジ tーブチルー 5 メチルフエニル) 4, Α' ビフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 3 ジブチルー 4 ェチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 4 ジブチルー 3 ェチルフエ二ノレ) - 4, ' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 5 ジブチルー 4 ェチルフエ ニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 4 ジ tーブチルー 3 ェチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 4 ジー t ーブチルー 5—ェチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス( 2, 4 ジ一 t ブチル 6 ェチルフエ二ル)一 4 , A' —ビフエ二レンジホスホナイト 、テトラキス(2, 5 ジ一 t ブチル 3 ェチルフエ二ル)一 4, A' —ビフエ二レンジ ホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 5 ジ tーブチルー 4 ェチルフエニル) 4, A' ービ フエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 5 ジ tーブチルー 6 ェチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 6 ジ tーブチルー 3 ェチル フエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2, 6 ジ tーブチノレ 4 ェチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス(2 , 6 ジ —tーブチルー 5—ェチルフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキ ス(2, 3, 4 トリブチルフエ二ル)一 4, A' —ビフエ二レンジホスホナイト、テトラキス( 2, 4, 6 トリ一 t ブチルフエ二ル)一 4, Α' —ビフエ二レンジホスホナイト等が挙げ られる。上記タイプのリン系化合物は、例えば、チバ 'スペシャルティ'ケミカノレズ株式 会社から" IRGAFOS Ρ— EPQ"、堺化学工業株式会社から" GSY— P 101 "という 商品名で市販されている。 Specific examples of the phosphonite compound include dimethyl-phenyl phosphonite, di-t-butyl-phenyl phosphonite, diphenylphenyl phosphonite, di (4 pentenoyl phenyl) monophenyl phosphonite, di ( 2-t butyl monophenyl) monophenyl phosphonite, G (2 methyl-3 pentyl roofenyl) phenyl phosphonite, Gee (2 methyl -4-octyl roofenyl) phenyl phosphonite, Gee (3 butyl-4-methyl-phenyl) Phenyl phosphonite, di (3-hexyl 4-ethyl monophenyl) Phenyl phosphonite, G (2, 4, 6 Trimethylphenyl) Phenyl phosphonite, G (2, 3 dimethyl-4-ethylrofurenyl) ) Phenylphosphonite, G (2, 6 Jetyl-3-butylphenyl) Phenylphosphona Di (2,3 dipropyl 5 butylphenyl) phenyl phosphonite, di (2, 4, 6 toly tert-butylphenol) phenyl phosphonite, bis (2,4 di tert-butyl-5 methylphenyl) biphenyl 4-ruluphosphonite, bis (2,4-di-tert-butyl-5-methylphenyl) -1,4- (bis (2,4-dibutyl-5-methylphenoxy) phosphino) biphenyl 4-ruluphosphonite, tetrakis (2 , 4 di-t-butyl-phenyl) 4, A 'biphenyl di-range phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 5 di-t-butyl-phenyl) 4, A'-bi-bi-di-range phosphonite, tetrakis (3, 5--di-t) Butylphenyl) 4,4'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 3, 4 trimethylphenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 3 dimethyl-5) 4, A'-biphenylenediphosphonite, tetrakis (2, 3 dimethyl-4-propylphenyl) 4, A'-biphenylenediphosphonite, tetrakis (2, 3 dimethyl-5-t-butylphenyl) 4, A'-biphenylenediene Phosphonite, Tetrakis (2, 5 Dimethinole 4 t butylphenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, Tetrakis (2, 3— (Jetyl-5-methylphenyl) 4,4'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 6-jetyl-4-methylphenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 4, 5 triethyl phenyl) 4, A '-Biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 6 Jetyl 4 propyl phenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 5 Jetyl 6 butyl phenyl) 1, 4, A '— biphenyl dirange phosphonite , Tetrakis (2,3 Jetyl 5-t-butylphenyl) 1, 4, A'-Bihuylene diphosphonite, Tetrakis (2,5-Jetyl 6-t butylphenyl) 4, A 'Biphenyl di-range phosphonite, Tetrakis (2 , 3 dipropyl 5 methylphenyl) 4, '— biphenyl didiene phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 6 dipropyl monomethyl 4-methylphenol) 4, 4'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 6 dipropyl-5 ethylphenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 3 dipropyl-6 butyl phenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, Tetrakis (2, 6 dipropyl 5 butylphenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 3 dibutyl-4 methyl phenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 5 dibutyl-3 methyl phenyl) 4, -Biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 6 dibutyl monomethyl 4-phenyl) 1, 4, A '— Biphenyl diphosphonate, tetrakis (2, 4 dibutyl t-methyl 3-methyl phenyl) 4, A' — Biphenyl Range Phosphonite, Tetrakis (2, 4 Di-tert-butyl-5-methylphenyl) 4, A 'Biphenyl di-range phosphonai , Tetrakis (2,4 di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2,5-di-tert-butyl-3-methyl phenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl di-range phosphonite, tetrakis (2,5 di) 4, A'-biphenylenediphosphonite, tetrakis (2, 5 di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl) 4, A'-biphenylenediphosphophosphonite, tetrax (2, 6 g tert-butyl-3-methylphenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl dirange phosphonate, tetrakis (2, 6 di-t-butyl 4-methyl phenyl) 1, 4, A '— bi-phenylene diphosphonite, tetrakis (2, 6 di-t-butyl-5-methyl phenyl) 4, Α 'Biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 3 dibutyl-4 ethenyl phenyl) 4, A'-Biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetra Scan (2, 4 Jibuchiru 3 Echirufue two Norre) -4, '-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 5 dibutyl-4 ethenyl phenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 4 di tert-butyl-3 ethenyl phenyl) 4, A '-biphenyl dirange phosphonite , Tetrakis (2,4 di-t-butyl-5-ethylphenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, Tetrakis (2, 4 di-t-butyl 6 ethenyl phenyl) 1,4, A'- Biphenyl di-range phosphonite, tetrakis (2,5 di-tert-butyl 3-ethylphenyl) 1,4, A'-biphenylenediphosphonite, tetrakis (2,5-dibutyl-4-ethylphenyl) 4, A'-biphenylenediphosphophosphonite, tetrakis (2 , 5 di-tert-butyl-6-ethylphenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2,6-di-tert-butyl-3-ethyl phenyl) 4, A'-bi Ethylene diphosphonite, tetrakis (2, 6 di-tert-butylene 4-ethyl phenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl di-range phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 6 di-tert-butyl-5-ethyl diphenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl di-range phosphonite, Tetrax (2, 3, 4 tributyl phenyl) 1, 4, A '— Biphenyl dirange phosphonite, tetrakis (2, 4, 6 tri t butyl phenyl) 1, 4, Α' — Biphenyl dirange phosphonite Etc. Phosphorus compounds of the above type are commercially available, for example, from Ciba 'Specialty' Chemikanorezu Co., Ltd. under the trade name “IRGAFOS®-EPQ” and from Sakai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. under the name “GSY-P 101”.
[0084] 本発明において有用なリン系化合物として、ホスホナイト系化合物が好ましぐ中で も、テトラキス(2, 4 ジー tーブチルーフエニル) 4, A' ービフエ二レンジホスホナ イト等の 4, 一ビフエ二レンジホスホナイト化合物が好ましぐ特に好ましいものは テトラキス(2, 4 ジ一 t ブチル 5 メチルフエ二ル)一 4, A' —ビフエ二レンジホ スホナイトである。  [0084] Among the phosphorus compounds useful in the present invention, even though phosphonite compounds are preferred, tetrakis (2, 4-di-tert-butylphenyl) 4, A'-biphenyl dirange phosphonite, etc. A particularly preferred one in which the two-range phosphonite compound is preferred is tetrakis (2,4 di-t-butyl-5-methylphenyl) -1,4 ′ A'-biphenyl di-phosphonate.
[0085] (アルキルラジカル捕捉剤)  [0085] (Alkyl radical scavenger)
本発明において「アルキルラジカル捕捉剤」とは、アルキルラジカルが速やかに反 応しうる基を有し、かつアルキルラジカルと反応後に後続反応が起こらない安定な生 成物を与える化合物を意味する。  In the present invention, the “alkyl radical scavenger” means a compound having a group in which an alkyl radical can react rapidly and giving a stable product in which no subsequent reaction occurs after reaction with the alkyl radical.
[0086] 本発明において好ましいアルキルラジカル捕捉剤として、前記一般式(1 )で表され る化合物、及び前記一般式 (2)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 [0087] 以下、本発明に用いられる前記一般式(1)で表される化合物について具体例に説 明する力 本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 [0086] Preferred alkyl radical scavengers in the present invention include compounds represented by the general formula (1) and compounds represented by the general formula (2). [0087] Hereinafter, the power to explain the compound represented by the general formula (1) used in the present invention in specific examples The present invention is not limited to these.
[0088] 前記一般式(1)中、 Rは水素原子または炭素数 1〜; 10のアルキル基を表し、好ま しくは水素原子または炭素数 1〜4のアルキル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子ま たはメチル基である。 In the general formula (1), R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom. Or it is a methyl group.
[0089] Rおよび Rは、それぞれ独立して炭素数;!〜 8のアルキル基を表し、直鎖でも、分  [0089] R and R each independently represent an alkyl group having from 8 to 8 carbon atoms,
2 3  twenty three
岐構造または環構造を有してもよい。 Rおよび Rは、好ましくは 4級炭素を含む「*  It may have a branched structure or a ring structure. R and R preferably include quaternary carbon
2 3  twenty three
C (CH ) — R'」で表される構造(*は芳香環への連結部位を表し、 R'は炭素数 1  C (CH) — R ′ ”structure (* represents the linking site to the aromatic ring, R ′ is carbon number 1
3 2  3 2
〜 5のアルキル基を表す。)である。 Rは、より好ましくは tert ブチル基、 tert アミ  Represents an alkyl group of ~ 5. ). R is more preferably a tert butyl group, a tert amino group
2  2
ノレ基である。 Rは、より好ましくは tert ブチル基、 tert ァミル基または tert オタ  Nore group. R is more preferably a tert butyl group, a tert amyl group or a tert ota group.
3  Three
チル基である。  A til group.
[0090] 上記一般式(1)で表される化合物として、住友化学株式会社から、 "SumilizerG [0090] As a compound represented by the above general formula (1), Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.
M"、 "SumilizerGS"という商品名で市販されている。 M "and" SumilizerGS "are commercially available.
[0091] 以下に前記一般式(1)で表される化合物の具体例を例示するが、本発明はこれら に限定されるものではない。 [0091] Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (1) are illustrated below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
[0092] [化 3] [0092] [Chemical 3]
Figure imgf000026_0001
Figure imgf000026_0001
Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
[0096] 次に、本発明に用いられる前記一般式(2)で表される化合物について具体例に説 明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Next, specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (2) used in the present invention will be described, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
[0097] 一般式(2)において、 R 〜〜Ri はおのおの互いに独立して水素原子または置換基 [0097] In the general formula (2), R 1 to Ri are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
12 15  12 15
、または R と R は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよレ 。 R は水素原子または置換基を表し、 nは 1〜4の整数を表し、 nが 1であるとき、 ROr R and R may combine with each other to form a ring. . R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, n represents an integer of 1 to 4, and when n is 1, R
16 11 は置換基を表し、 nが 2〜4の整数であるとき、 R は 2〜4価の連結基を表す。 16 11 represents a substituent, and when n is an integer of 2 to 4, R represents a divalent to tetravalent linking group.
11  11
R 〜R が置換基を表すとき、該置換基としては特に制限はないが、例えば、アルキ When R 1 to R 4 represent a substituent, the substituent is not particularly limited.
12 15 12 15
ル基(例えば、メチル基、ェチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、 t ブチル基、ペン チノレ基、へキシル基、ォクチル基、ドデシル基、トリフルォロメチル基等)、シクロアル キル基(例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロへキシル基等)、ァリール基(例えば、フエ ニル基、ナフチル基等)、ァシルァミノ基(例えば、ァセチルァミノ基、ベンゾィルァミノ 基等)、アルキルチオ基 (例えば、メチルチオ基、ェチルチオ基等)、ァリールチオ基( 例えば、フエ二ルチオ基、ナフチルチオ基等)、アルケニル基(例えば、ビュル基、 2 プロぺニル基、 3—ブテュル基、 1ーメチルー 3—プロぺニル基、 3—ペンテュル基 、 1ーメチルー 3—ブテュル基、 4一へキセニル基、シクロへキセニル基等)、ハロゲン 原子(例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、沃素原子等)、アルキニル基 (例え ば、プロパルギル基等)、複素環基(例えば、ピリジル基、チアゾリル基、ォキサゾリル 基、イミダゾリル基等)、アルキルスルホニル基(例えば、メチルスルホニル基、ェチル スルホニル基等)、ァリールスルホニル基(例えば、フエニルスルホニル基、ナフチノレ スルホニル基等)、アルキルスルフィエル基(例えば、メチルスルフィエル基等)、ァリ 一ルスルフィエル基(例えば、フエニルスルフィエル基等)、ホスホノ基、ァシル基(例 えば、ァセチル基、ビバロイル基、ベンゾィル基等)、力ルバモイル基(例えば、ァミノ カルボニル基、メチルァミノカルボニル基、ジメチルァミノカルボニル基、ブチルァミノ カルボニル基、シクロへキシルァミノカルボニル基、フエニルァミノカルボニル基、 2— ピリジルァミノカルボニル基等)、スルファモイル基(例えば、アミノスルホニル基、メチ ルアミノスルホニル基、ジメチルアミノスルホニル基、ブチルアミノスルホニル基、へキ シルアミノスルホニル基、シクロへキシルアミノスルホニル基、ォクチルアミノスルホニ ル基、ドデシルアミノスルホニル基、フエニルアミノスルホニル基、ナフチルアミノスル ホニル基、 2—ピリジルアミノスルホニル基等)、スルホンアミド基(例えば、メタンスル ホンアミド基、ベンゼンスルホンアミド基等)、シァノ基、アルコキシ基(例えば、メトキシ 基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基等)、ァリーノレォキシ基 (例えば、フエノキシ基、ナフチ ノレォキシ基等)、複素環ォキシ基、シロキシ基、ァシルォキシ基(例えば、ァセチルォ キシ基、ベンゾィルォキシ基等)、スルホン酸基、スルホン酸の塩、ァミノカルボニル ォキシ基、アミノ基(例えば、アミノ基、ェチルァミノ基、ジメチルァミノ基、ブチルァミノ 基、シクロペンチルァミノ基、 2—ェチルへキシルァミノ基、ドデシルァミノ基等)、ァニ リノ基(例えば、フエニルァミノ基、クロ口フエニルァミノ基、トルイジノ基、ァニシジノ基 、ナフチルァミノ基、 2—ピリジルァミノ基等)、イミド基、ウレイド基 (例えば、メチルウレ イド基、ェチルウレイド基、ペンチルゥレイド基、シクロへキシルウレイド基、ォクチルゥ レイド基、ドデシノレウレイド基、フエ二ノレウレイド基、ナフチノレゥレイド基、 2—ピリジル アミノウレイド基等)、アルコキシカルボニルァミノ基(例えば、メトキシカルボニルァミノ 基、フエノキシカルボニルァミノ基等)、アルコキシカルボニル基(例えば、メトキシカル ボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、フエノキシカルボニル等)、ァリールォキシカルボ ニル基(例えば、フエノキシカルボニル基等)、複素環チォ基、チォウレイド基、カルボ キシル基、カルボン酸の塩、ヒドロキシル基、メルカプト基、ニトロ基等の各基が挙げら れる。これらの置換基は同様の置換基によってさらに置換されて!/、てもよ!/、。 Group (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, t-butyl group, pentynole group, hexyl group, octyl group, dodecyl group, trifluoromethyl group, etc.), cycloalkyl group (for example, cyclopentyl group) Group, cyclohexyl group, etc.), aryl group (for example, phenyl group, naphthyl group, etc.), isylamino group (for example, acetylamino group, benzoylamino group, etc.), alkylthio group (for example, methylthio group, ethylthio group, etc.), arylthio Group (for example, phenylthio group, naphthylthio group, etc.), alkenyl group (for example, butyl group, 2-propenyl group, 3-buturyl group, 1-methyl-3-propenyl group, 3-pentyl group, 1-methyl-3) —Butul group, 4-hexenyl group, cyclohexenyl group, etc.), halogen atom (eg, fluorine atom, chlorine) Element, bromine atom, iodine atom etc.), alkynyl group (eg propargyl group etc.), heterocyclic group (eg pyridyl group, thiazolyl group, oxazolyl group, imidazolyl group etc.), alkylsulfonyl group (eg methylsulfonyl group) , Ethylsulfonyl group, etc.), arylsulfonyl group (for example, phenylsulfonyl group, naphthinoresulfonyl group, etc.), alkylsulfur group (for example, methylsulfuryl group, etc.), arylsulfifer group (for example, phenylsulfiyl group, etc.) L group, etc.), phosphono group, acyl group (for example, acetyl group, bivaloyl group, benzoyl group, etc.), strong rubamoyl group (for example, aminocarbonyl group, methylaminocarbonyl group, dimethylaminocarbonyl group, butylaminocarbonyl group). , Cyclohexylaminocarbonyl group, phenyl Aminocarbonyl group, 2-pyridylaminocarbonyl group, etc.), sulfamoyl group (eg, aminosulfonyl group, methylaminosulfonyl group, dimethylaminosulfonyl group, butylaminosulfonyl group, hexylaminosulfonyl group, cyclohexyl). Aminosulfonyl group, octylaminosulfonyl group, dodecylaminosulfonyl group, phenylaminosulfonyl group, naphthylaminosulfonyl group, 2-pyridylaminosulfonyl group, etc.), sulfonamide groups (for example, methanesulfonamide group, benzenesulfonamide) Group), cyano group, alkoxy group (e.g. methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group etc.), arylenoxy group (e.g. phenoxy group, naphthinoreoxy group etc.), heterocyclic oxy group, siloxy group, acyloxy group (e.g. Asechiruo Xy group, benzoyl group, etc.), sulfonic acid group, sulfonic acid salt, aminocarbonyloxy group, amino group (eg, amino group, ethylamino group, dimethylamino group, butylamino group, cyclopentylamino group, 2-ethylhexylamino group) Group, dodecylamino group, etc.), anilino group (for example, phenylamino group, black-mouthed phenylamino group, toluidino group, anisidino group, naphthylamino group, 2-pyridylamino group, etc.), imide group, ureido group (for example, methylureido group, Ethylureido group, pentylureido group, cyclohexylureido group, octylureido group, dodecinoureido group, phenylenoureido group, naphthinoureido group, 2-pyridylaminoureido group, etc.), alkoxycarbonylamino groups (for example, , Methoxycarbonyl Group, phenoxycarbonylamino group, etc.), alkoxycarbonyl group (eg, methoxycarbonyl group, ethoxycarbonyl group, phenoxycarbonyl, etc.), aryloxycarbonyl group (eg, phenoxycarbonyl group, etc.) ), Heterocyclic thio group, thioureido group, carboxyl group, carboxylic acid salt, hydroxyl group, mercapto group, nitro group and the like. These substituents may be further substituted with similar substituents! /, Or even! /.
[0098] 前記一般式(2)において、 R 〜R は水素原子またはアルキル基が好ましい。 In the general formula (2), R 1 to R 5 are preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
12 15  12 15
[0099] 前記一般式(2)において、 R は水素原子または置換基を表し、 R で表される置  [0099] In the general formula (2), R represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
16 16  16 16
換基は、 R 〜R が表す置換基と同様な基を挙げることができる。特に、 R は水素  Examples of the substituent include the same groups as the substituents represented by R 1 to R 4. In particular, R is hydrogen
12 15 16 原子が好ましい。  12 15 16 atoms are preferred.
[0100] 前記一般式(2)において、 nは 1〜4の整数を表す力 S、 nが 1であるとき、 R は置換  [0100] In the general formula (2), n is a force S representing an integer of 1 to 4, and when n is 1, R is a substitution
11 基を表し、置換基としては、 R 〜R が表す置換基と同様な基を挙げることができる  11 represents a group, and examples of the substituent include the same groups as the substituents represented by R 1 to R 4.
12 15  12 15
。 nが 2〜4の整数であるとき、 R はそれぞれ対応して 2〜4価の連結基を表す。  . When n is an integer of 2 to 4, R 1 correspondingly represents a divalent to tetravalent linking group.
11  11
[0101] R 力 ¾〜4価の連結基を表すとき、 2価の連結基として例えば、置換基を有してもよ  [0101] When the R force represents a quaternary to tetravalent linking group, the divalent linking group may have, for example, a substituent.
11  11
い 2価のアルキレン基、置換基を有してもよい 2価のァリーレン基、酸素原子、窒素原 子、硫黄原子、あるいはこれらの連結基の組み合わせを挙げることができる。  Examples thereof include a divalent alkylene group, a divalent arylene group which may have a substituent, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or a combination of these linking groups.
[0102] 3価の連結基としては、例えば、置換基を有してもよい 3価のアルキレン基、置換基 を有してもよい 3価のァリーレン基、窒素原子、あるいはこれらの連結基の組み合わ せを挙げること力 Sでき、 4価の連結基として例えば、置換基を有してもよい 4価のアル キレン基、置換基を有してもよい 4価のァリーレン基、あるいはこれらの連結基の組み 合わせを挙げることができる。 [0103] 前記一般式(2)において、 nは 1が好ましぐその時の R は置換または無置換のフ [0102] Examples of the trivalent linking group include, for example, a trivalent alkylene group which may have a substituent, a trivalent arylene group which may have a substituent, a nitrogen atom, or a group of these linking groups. It is possible to raise combinations, and as a tetravalent linking group, for example, a tetravalent alkylene group that may have a substituent, a tetravalent arylene group that may have a substituent, or a combination thereof. A combination of groups can be mentioned. [0103] In the general formula (2), n is preferably 1, and then R is a substituted or unsubstituted phenotype.
11  11
ェニル基が好ましぐ置換基としては、炭素原子数 1ないし 18のアルキル基、炭素原 子数 1ないし 18のアルコキシ基が好ましぐ炭素原子数 1ないし 8のアルキル基、炭 素原子数 1な!/、し 8のアルコキシ基がより好まし!/、。  Preferred substituents for the phenyl group include alkyl groups having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, preferably alkoxy groups having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and carbon atoms 1 No! /, And 8 alkoxy groups are more preferred! /.
[0104] 以下に、本発明における前記一般式(2)で表される化合物の具体例を示すが、本 発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 [0104] Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (2) in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
[0105] [化 7] [0105] [Chemical 7]
[8^ ] [画] [8 ^] [Picture]
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000033_0001
TCl0.0/.00Zdf/X3d 38 Ϊ96890/800Ζ OAV
Figure imgf000034_0001
TCl0.0 / .00Zdf / X3d 38 Ϊ96890 / 800Ζ OAV
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000035_0001
[0108] [化 10] [0108] [Chemical 10]
Figure imgf000036_0001
1]
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
1]
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
Figure imgf000038_0001
[0111] [化 13] [0111] [Chemical 13]
Figure imgf000039_0001
Figure imgf000039_0001
[0112] [化 14] [0112] [Chemical 14]
Figure imgf000040_0001
Figure imgf000040_0001
化合物 Compound
Mo, R4 R5 Mo, R 4 R 5
(2) - 52 ― CHj — H — C4¾is) — H(2)-52 ― CHj — H — C 4 ¾is) — H
(2| -53 — ¾Hs(s> —H 一 ¾曜 —H(2 | -53 — ¾H s (s> —H one ¾ day —H
(2) -5 — H — CsH"(t》 — H 2}-5S — CsH1t( — H ― H"《i》 — H(2) -5 — H — C s H "(t >> — H 2} -5S — C s H 1t (— H — H"<< i >> — H
(2}™56 ——H ~ ~ QsH ¾t) — H(2} ™ 56 ——H ~ ~ QsH ¾t) — H
(2卜 S7 ——H —C4H3{s) — H(2 卜 S7 ——H —C 4 H 3 (s) — H
(2) -58 — C4H#) — H —: H(2) -58 — C 4 H #) — H —: H
(2) -59 — H — H (2) -59 — H — H
O  O
{2) 60 — ¾H ) — H — H (2) 60 — ¾H) — H — H
(2) -61 ― C'i;jH — H — CH3 — H(2) -61 ― C'i; jH — H — CH 3 — H
{2) -62 —― CjiH" — H ~GH3 — H(2) -62 —— CjiH ”— H ~ GH 3 — H
(2}~63 — H — CHS 一 H }→4 — H ™~ CH¾ — H(2} ~ 63 — H — CH S One H} → 4 — H ™ ~ CH¾ — H
(2) -65 ~C4H9{t) — H —CI .— H(2) -65 ~ C 4 H 9 (t) — H —CI .— H
{2)→ — H ~OCH3 — H(2) → — H ~ OCH 3 — H
(2) -8? — C H9(t) — H — G-C8H17(n) — H
Figure imgf000040_0002
(2) -8? — CH 9 (t) — H — GC 8 H 17 (n) — H
Figure imgf000040_0002
(2) -69 — H — H (2) -70 — H -OCH3 """"" j«j (2) -69 — H — H (2) -70 — H -OCH3 "" "" "j« j
(2}- 71 — H "CH3 — H ] i i w r i K¾ N> f¾> N>(2}-71 — H “CH3 — H] iiwri K¾ N>f¾>N>
I I ; i j I I; i j
i ί I i  i ί I i
00 00 09 -s|  00 00 09 -s |
cs * m & W N> O φ W Mf〕〔 〔  cs * m & W N> O φ W Mf] [(
 7β
sο。 ,ί sο. , ί
Figure imgf000041_0001
Figure imgf000041_0001
{278〜 {278 ~
¾。 〜 へ ΐ t 化合物 ¾. ~ To ΐ t Compound
No,  No,
(2) 89 — N [-C it— < (2) 89 — N [-C it— <
H O  H O
{2)" -90 — H CH3 — CH3 — H(2) "-90 — H CH 3 — CH 3 — H
-91 — H H — H-91 — H H — H
-92 — H n — H-92 — H n — H
{2)~ -93 — H -H ~~(CH2)3OH — H(2) ~ -93 — H -H ~~ (CH 2 ) 3 OH — H
(2)- -94 — 曜 H — {GHz)2OH — H(2)--94 — Day of the week H — (GH z ) 2 OH — H
(2)- -95 ー H ― iCH2i¾OCOCH3 — H(2)--95 ー H ― iCH 2 i ¾ OCOCH 3 — H
{2»- -96 — H 0(CH2 OH — C4H9{t) — H は) - -97 — H -H ― C3H ii — H{2 »--96 — H 0 (CH 2 OH — C 4 H 9 (t) — H is)--97 — H -H ― C 3 H ii — H
-98 —H O(CH2}20CH3 — H — H -98 —HO (CH 2 } 2 0CH 3 — H — H
Figure imgf000042_0001
] 化合物
Figure imgf000042_0001
] Compound
No. R2 R3 R4 R5 No. R 2 R 3 R 4 R 5
(2)- 112 — H -H — CH2OH — H(2)-112 — H -H — CH 2 OH — H
(2) - 113 — H -H — CH2OH — H(2)-113 — H -H — CH 2 OH — H
(2)_ 114 — H -H — S02C8H17(i) — H(2) _ 114 — H -H — S0 2 C 8 H 17 (i) — H
(2)- 115 — H -C15H31(n) — H — H(2)-115 — H -C 15 H 31 (n) — H — H
(2)- 116 — C9H -H ― ^9Η 9 — H(2)-116 — C 9 H -H ― ^ 9Η 9 — H
(2)- 117 — CF3 -H — H — H (2)-117 — CF 3 -H — H — H
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
[0117] [化 19] [0117] [Chemical 19]
Figure imgf000045_0001
Figure imgf000045_0001
[0118] [化 20] [0118] [Chemical 20]
Figure imgf000046_0001
(その他の酸化防止剤)
Figure imgf000046_0001
(Other antioxidants)
その他の酸化防止剤としては、具体的には、ジラウリル 3, 3—チォジプロピオネート 、ジミリスチル 3, 3' —チォジプロピオネート、ジステアリル 3, 3—チォジプロビオネ ート、ラウリルステアリル 3, 3—チォジプロピオネート、ペンタエリスリトールーテトラキ ス(/3 ラウリル チォープロピオネート)、 3, 9 ビス(2 ドデシルチオェチル) 2 , 4, 8, 10—テトラオキサスピロ [5, 5]ゥンデカン等のィォゥ系化合物が挙げられる。 上記タイプのィォゥ系化合物は、例えば、住友化学株式会社から、 "Sumilizer TP L— R"及び" Sumilizer TP— D"という商品名で市販されている。更には、特公平 0 8— 27508記載の 3, 4 ジヒドロ一 2H—1—ベンゾピラン系化合物、 3, 3' —スピロ ジクロマン系化合物、 1 , 1ースピロインダン系化合物、モルホリン、チオモルホリン、 チオモルホリンォキシド、チオモルホリンジォキシド、ピぺラジン骨格を部分構造に有 する化合物、特開平 3— 174150号記載のジアルコキシベンゼン系化合物等の酸素 スカベンジャー等が挙げられる。これら酸化防止剤の部分構造が、ポリマーの一部、 或いは規則的にポリマーへペンダントされてレ、ても良レ、。 Specific examples of other antioxidants include dilauryl 3,3-thiodipropionate, dimyristyl 3,3'-thiodipropionate, distearyl 3,3-thiodipropionate, lauryl stearyl 3,3— Thiodipropionate, pentaerythritol-tetrax (/ 3 lauryl thiopropionate), 3, 9 bis (2 dodecylthioethyl) 2, 4, 8, 10-tetraoxaspiro [5, 5] undecane And the like compounds. The compounds of the above type are commercially available, for example, from Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd. under the trade names “Sumilizer TP L—R” and “Sumilizer TP—D”. Further, 3, 4 dihydro-1 2H-1-benzopyran compounds described in JP 08-27508, 3, 3′-spiro dichroman compounds, 1,1-spiroindane compounds, morpholine, thiomorpholine, Examples thereof include thiomorpholine oxide, thiomorpholine dioxide, compounds having a piperazine skeleton in the partial structure, oxygen scavengers such as dialkoxybenzene compounds described in JP-A-3-174150, and the like. These antioxidant partial structures can be part of the polymer or regularly pendant to the polymer.
[0120] 《ヒンダードアミン光安定剤》  [0120] Hindered amine light stabilizer
本発明において、フィルム形成材料の熱溶融時の劣化防止剤、また製造後に偏光 子保護フィルムとして晒される外光や液晶ディスプレイのバックライトからの光に対す る劣化防止剤として、ヒンダードアミン光安定剤(HALS)化合物が挙げられ、これは 既知の化合物であり、例えば、米国特許第 4, 619, 956号明細書の第 5〜; 11欄及 び米国特許第 4, 839, 405号明細書の第 3〜5欄に記載されているように、 2, 2, 6 , 6—テトラアルキルピぺリジン化合物、またはそれらの酸付加塩もしくはそれらと金 属化合物との錯体が含まれる。  In the present invention, a hindered amine light stabilizer (as a deterioration preventing agent for heat-melting of a film-forming material and a deterioration preventing agent against external light exposed as a polarizer protective film after production or light from a backlight of a liquid crystal display) HALS) compounds, which are known compounds, such as US Pat. No. 4,619,956, column 5 to 11; and US Pat. No. 4,839,405, no. As described in columns 3-5, 2, 2, 6, 6-tetraalkylpiperidine compounds, or their acid addition salts or complexes of them with metal compounds are included.
[0121] ヒンダードアミン光安定剤の具体例としては、ビス(2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメチルー 4 ピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメチルー 4ーピペリジル)スクシネート 、ビス(1 , 2, 2, 6, 6—ペンタメチルー 4ーピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(N オタトキ シー 2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメチルー 4ーピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(N べンジルォキ シ 2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメチルー 4ーピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(N シクロへキシル ォキシ 2, 2, 6, 6—テトラメチルー 4ーピペリジル)セバケート、ビス(1 , 2, 2, 6, 6 ペンタメチルー 4ーピペリジノレ) 2—(3, 5 ジ tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシベンジ ノレ) 2 ブチルマロネート、ビス(1ーァクロイルー 2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメチルー 4ーピ ペリジノレ) 2, 2 ビス(3, 5 ジ tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシベンジル)ー2 ブチル マロネート、ビス(1 , 2, 2, 6, 6 ペンタメチルー 4ーピペリジル)デカンジォエート、 2 , 2, 6, 6 テトラメチルー 4ーピペリジルメタタリレート、 4 [3— (3, 5 ジ tーブ チルー 4ーヒドロキシフエ二ノレ)プロピオニルォキシ ]ー1 [2—(3—(3, 5 ジー t— ブチルー 4ーヒドロキシフエ二ノレ)プロピオニルォキシ)ェチル ]—2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメ チルピペリジン、 2 メチルー 2—(2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメチルー 4ーピペリジル)ァミノ -N- (2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメチルー 4ーピペリジル)プロピオンアミド、テトラキス(2, 2 , 6, 6 テトラメチルー 4ーピペリジル) 1 , 2, 3, 4 ブタンテトラカルボキシレート、テ トラキス(1, 2, 2, 6, 6 ペンタメチノレー 4 ピペリジノレ) 1, 2, 3, 4 フ、、タンテトラ力 ルポキシレート等が挙げられる。 [0121] Specific examples of hindered amine light stabilizers include bis (2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) succinate, bis (1, 2, 2 , 6, 6-Pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (N oxytoxic 2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (N benzyloxy 2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis ( N cyclohexyloxy 2, 2, 6, 6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) sebacate, bis (1, 2, 2, 6, 6 pentamethyl-4-piperidinole) 2— (3,5 di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzenole) 2 Butyl malonate, bis (1-acroyl-2,2,6,6 tetramethyl-4-piperidinole) 2,2 bis (3,5 di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxybenzyl) -2 Til malonate, bis (1,2,2,6,6 pentamethyl-4-piperidyl) decandioate, 2,2,6,6 tetramethyl-4-piperidylmetatalylate, 4 [3— (3, (5,5 di-tert-butyl 4-hydroxyphenol Ninole) propionyloxy] -1 [2- (3- (3,5 di-t-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionyloxy) ethyl] -2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethylpiperidine, 2 methyl-2- (2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) amino-N- (2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) propionamide, tetrakis (2, 2, 6, 6, tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) 1, 2, 3, 4 Butanetetracarboxylate, Te Trakis (1, 2, 2, 6, 6 pentamethinore 4 piperidinoles) 1, 2, 3, 4 h, tan tetra force lupoxylate and the like.
[0122] また、高分子タイプの化合物でもよぐ具体例としては、 N, N' , N" , N" ' —テ トラキスー [4, 6 ビス 〔ブチルー(N メチルー 2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメチルピペリジ ン— 4 ィル)ァミノ〕—トリァジン— 2 ィル]—4, 7 ジァザデカン— 1, 10 ジアミ ン、ジブチルァミンと 1, 3, 5 トリアジン N, N' ビス(2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメチル 4ーピペリジル)ー1, 6 へキサメチレンジァミンと N— (2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメチル 4ーピペリジル)ブチルァミンとの重縮合物、ジブチルァミンと 1, 3, 5—トリァジンと N, N' ビス(2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメチルー 4ーピペリジル)ブチルァミンとの重縮合 物、ポリ〔{(1, 1, 3, 3 テトラメチルブチル)ァミノ一 1, 3, 5 トリァジン一 2, 4 ジ ィル }{(2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメチルー 4ーピペリジル)イミノ}へキサメチレン {(2, 2, 6, 6—テトラメチル一 4—ピペリジル)ィミノ }〕、 1, 6—へキサンジァミン一 N, N' —ビス (2, 2, 6, 6—テトラメチノレー 4ーピペリジノレ)とモノレホリン 2, 4, 6—トリクロロー 1, 3 , 5 トリァジンとの重縮合物、ポリ [(6 モルホリノ一 s トリァジン一 2, 4 ジィノレ)〔 (2, 2, 6, 6, ーテトラメチルー 4ーピペリジル)ィミノ〕一へキサメチレン〔(2, 2, 6, 6 ーテトラメチルー 4ーピペリジル)ィミノ〕]等の、ピぺリジン環がトリァジン骨格を介して 複数結合した高分子量 HALS;コハク酸ジメチルと 4ーヒドロキシ 2, 2, 6, 6 テト ラメチルー 1ーピペリジンエタノールとの重合物、 1, 2, 3, 4—ブタンテトラカルボン酸 と 1, 2, 2, 6, 6 ペンタメチノレー 4ーピペリジノーノレと 3, 9 ビス(2 ヒドロキシー 1 , 1ージメチルェチル) 2, 4, 8, 10 テトラオキサスピロ [5, 5]ゥンデカンとの混合 エステル化物等の、ピぺリジン環がエステル結合を介して結合した化合物等が挙げ られる力 S、これらに限定されるものではない。  [0122] In addition, as a specific example of a polymer type compound, N, N ', N ", N"' — Tetrakis [4, 6 bis [butyl (N methyl-2, 2, 6, 6 tetra Methylpiperidine—4-yl) amino] -triazine—2-yl] —4,7 diazadecane—1,10 diamine, dibutylamine and 1, 3,5 triazine N, N ′ bis (2, 2, 6, 6 Tetramethyl 4-piperidyl) -1, 6 Hexamethylenediamine and N— (2, 2, 6, 6 Tetramethyl 4-piperidyl) butyramine polycondensate, dibutylamine, 1, 3, 5-triazine and N , N 'Polycondensate with bis (2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) butyramine, poly [{(1, 1, 3, 3 tetramethylbutyl) amino 1, 3, 5, triazine 1, 2, 4 Dil} {(2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) imino} hexamethylene {(2, 2, 6, 6-tetramethyl mono-4-piperidi ) Imino}], 1, 6-hexanediamine mono N, N '— bis (2, 2, 6, 6-tetramethinole 4-piperidinole) and polyreforin 2,4,6-trichloro-1, 3, 5 triazine , Poly [(6 morpholino s triazine 1, 2, 4 dinole) [(2, 2, 6, 6, -tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) imino] monohexamethylene [(2, 2, 6, 6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) imino] ] High molecular weight HALS in which multiple piperidine rings are bonded via a triazine skeleton, such as a polymer of dimethyl succinate and 4-hydroxy 2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-1-piperidine ethanol, 1, 2, 3 , 4-Butanetetracarboxylic acid, 1, 2, 2, 6, 6 Pentamethinoleol 4-piperidinanol and 3,9bis (2 hydroxy-1,1-dimethylethyl) 2, 4, 8, 10 Tetraoxaspiro [5, 5] Mixture with undecane Force S including, but not limited to, a compound in which a piperidine ring is bonded via an ester bond, and the like.
[0123] これらの中でも、ジブチルァミンと 1, 3, 5 トリァジンと N, Nf ビス(2, 2, 6, 6 ーテトラメチルー 4ーピペリジル)プチルァミンとの重縮合物、ポリ〔{(1, 1, 3, 3—テト ラメチルブチル)アミノー 1, 3, 5 トリアジンー 2, 4 ジィル }{ (2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメ チルー 4ーピペリジル)イミノ}へキサメチレン {(2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメチルー 4ーピペリ ジル)イミノ}〕、コハク酸ジメチルと 4ーヒドロキシ 2, 2, 6, 6 テトラメチルー 1ーピ ペリジンエタノールとの重合物等で、数平均分子量(Mn)が 2, 000—5, 000のもの が好ましい。 [0123] Among these, polycondensates of dibutylamine, 1, 3, 5 triazine and N, N f bis (2, 2, 6, 6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) ptyramine, poly [{(1, 1, 3, 3-tetramethylbutyl) amino-1, 3, 5 triazine-2,4 dil} {(2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) imino} hexamethylene {(2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-4-piperidyl) imino }), A polymer of dimethyl succinate and 4-hydroxy 2, 2, 6, 6 tetramethyl-1-piperidineethanol, etc., having a number average molecular weight (Mn) of 2,000-5,000 Is preferred.
[0124] 上記タイプのヒンダードァミン化合物は、例えば、チノ 'スペシャルティ'ケミカルズ から、 "TINUVIN144"及び" TINUVIN770"、(株) ADEKAから" ADK STAB LA— 52"と!/、う商品名で市販されて!/、る。  [0124] Hinderdamine compounds of the above type are commercially available from, for example, Chino 'Specialty' Chemicals, "TINUVIN144" and "TINUVIN770", and ADEKA Co., Ltd. as "ADK STAB LA-52"! ! /
[0125] 本発明においては、ヒンダードアミン光安定剤は、本発明に係るセルロースエステ ルの質量に対して、 0. ;!〜 10質量%添加することが好ましぐ更に 0. 2〜5質量%添 カロすること力 S好ましく、更に 0. 5〜2質量%添加することが好ましい。これらは 2種以 上を併用してもよい。 [0125] In the present invention, the hindered amine light stabilizer is preferably added in an amount of 0.2 to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.2 to 5% by mass based on the mass of the cellulose ester according to the present invention. Addition power S is preferable, and it is more preferable to add 0.5 to 2% by mass. Two or more of these may be used in combination.
[0126] 《酸捕捉剤》 [0126] <Acid scavenger>
セルロースエステルは、溶融製膜が行われるような高温環境下では酸によっても分 解が促進されるため、本発明の光学フィルムにおいては劣化防止剤として酸捕捉剤 を含有することが好ましい。本発明において有用な酸捕捉剤としては、酸と反応して 酸を不活性化する化合物であれば制限なく用いることができる力 S、中でも米国特許 第 4, 137, 201号明細書に記載されているような、エポキシ基を有する化合物が好 ましい。このような酸捕捉剤としてのエポキシ化合物は当該技術分野において既知で あり、種々のポリグリコールのジグリシジルエーテル、特にポリグリコール 1モル当たり に約 8〜40モルのエチレンォキシド等の縮合によって誘導されるポリグリコール、ダリ セロールのジグリシジルエーテル等、金属エポキシ化合物(例えば、塩化ビュルポリ マー組成物において、及び塩化ビュルポリマー組成物と共に、従来から利用されて いるもの)、エポキシ化エーテル縮合生成物、ビスフエノール Aのジグリシジルエーテ ノレ(即ち、 4, 4' —ジヒドロキシジフエニルジメチルメタン)、エポキシ化不飽和脂肪酸 エステル (特に、 2〜22個の炭素原子の脂肪酸の 4〜2個程度の炭素原子のアルキ ルのエステル(例えば、ブチルエポキシステアレート)等)、及び種々のエポキシ化長 鎖脂肪酸トリグリセリド等(例えば、エポキシ化大豆油、エポキシ化亜麻仁油等)の組 成物によって代表され例示され得るエポキシ化植物油及び他の不飽和天然油(これ らはときとしてエポキシ化天然グリセリドまたは不飽和脂肪酸と称され、これらの脂肪 酸は一般に 12〜22個の炭素原子を含有している)が含まれる。また、市販のェポキ シ基含有エポキシド樹脂化合物として、 EPON 815Cやその他のエポキシ化工一 テルオリゴマー縮合生成物も好ましく用いることができる。 Cellulose ester is preferably decomposed by an acid in a high temperature environment where melt film formation is performed. Therefore, the optical film of the present invention preferably contains an acid scavenger as a deterioration inhibitor. As an acid scavenger useful in the present invention, any compound that reacts with an acid to inactivate the acid can be used without limitation, and particularly described in US Pat. No. 4,137,201. A compound having an epoxy group is preferred. Epoxy compounds as such acid scavengers are known in the art and are derived by condensation of diglycidyl ethers of various polyglycols, especially about 8-40 moles of ethylene oxide per mole of polyglycol. Polyglycols, diglycidyl ethers of dalycerol, etc., metal epoxy compounds (for example, those conventionally used in and together with chlorinated polymer compositions), epoxidized ether condensation products, bis Phenolic A diglycidyl etherate (ie 4, 4'-dihydroxydiphenyldimethylmethane), epoxidized unsaturated fatty acid ester (especially about 4 to 2 carbon atoms of fatty acids of 2 to 22 carbon atoms) Esters of alkyl (eg, butyl epoxy stearate), and Epoxidized vegetable oils and other unsaturated natural oils, which are sometimes represented by the composition of various epoxidized long chain fatty acid triglycerides and the like (eg, epoxidized soybean oil, epoxidized linseed oil, etc.) Natural fatty glycerides or unsaturated fatty acids, and these fatty acids generally contain from 12 to 22 carbon atoms). In addition, as commercially available epoxy group-containing epoxide resin compounds, EPON 815C and other epoxidation processes are available. Ter oligomer oligomer condensation products can also be preferably used.
[0127] 更に上記以外に用いることが可能な酸捕捉剤としては、ォキセタン化合物やォキサ ゾリン化合物、あるいはアルカリ土類金属の有機酸塩やァセチルァセトナート錯体、 特開平 5— 194788号公報の段落 68〜; 105に記載されているものが含まれる。  [0127] Further, acid scavengers that can be used in addition to the above include oxetane compounds, oxazoline compounds, alkaline earth metal organic acid salts and acetylacetonate complexes, and JP-A-5-194788. Including those described in paragraphs 68-105.
[0128] 本発明にお!/、ては、酸捕捉剤は、本発明に係るセルロースエステルの質量に対し て、 0. ;!〜 10質量%添加することが好ましぐ更に 0. 2〜5質量%添加することが好 ましぐ更に 0. 5〜2質量%添加することが好ましい。これらは 2種以上を併用しても よい。  [0128] In the present invention, it is preferable to add the acid scavenger to the mass of the cellulose ester according to the present invention in an amount of 0.;! To 10% by mass. It is preferable to add 5% by mass, and it is more preferable to add 0.5-2% by mass. Two or more of these may be used in combination.
[0129] なお酸捕捉剤は、酸掃去剤、酸捕獲剤、酸キャッチャー等と称されることもある力 本発明にお!/、てはこれらの呼称による差異なく用いることができる。  [0129] It should be noted that the acid scavenger can be used as an acid scavenger, an acid scavenger, an acid catcher or the like in the present invention.
[0130] 《金属不活性剤》  [0130] <Metal deactivator>
金属不活性剤とは、酸化反応において開始剤あるいは触媒として作用する金属ィ オン不活性化する化合物を意味し、ヒドラジド系化合物、シユウ酸ジアミド系化合物、 トリァゾール系化合物等が挙げられ、例えば、 N, N' —ビス〔3—(3, 5—ジー tーブ チルー 4ーヒドロキシフエ二ノレ)プロピオ二ノレ〕ヒドラジン、 2—ヒドロキシェチルシユウ酸 ジアミド、 2—ヒドロキシ一 N— (1H— 1 , 2, 4—トリァゾール一 3—ィノレ)ベンズアミド、 N—(5— yert—ブチルー 2—エトキシフエニル)一 N, 一 (2—ェチルフエニル)シユウ 酸アミド等が挙げられる。  A metal deactivator means a metal ion deactivating compound that acts as an initiator or catalyst in an oxidation reaction, and includes hydrazide compounds, oxalic acid diamide compounds, triazole compounds, and the like. , N'-bis [3- (3, (5-, 5-tert-butyl 4-hydroxyphenenole) propioninole] hydrazine, 2-hydroxyethyl oxalic acid diamide, 2-hydroxy-one N- (1H— 1, 2 , 4-triazole-1-3-inole) benzamide, N- (5-yert-butyl-2-ethoxyphenyl) -1-N, 1- (2-ethylphenyl) succinamide, and the like.
[0131] 本発明においては、金属不活性剤は、本発明に係るセルロースエステルの質量に 対して、 0. 0002〜2質量0 /0添カロすることカ好ましく、更に 0. 0005〜2質量0 /0添カロ すること力 S好ましく、更に 0. 00;!〜 1質量%添加することが好ましい。これらは 2種以 上を併用してもよい。 In [0131] the present invention, metal deactivators, for the mass of the cellulose ester of the present invention, from 0.0002 to 2 mass 0/0 that mosquito preferably be added Caro, further from 0.0005 to 2 mass 0 / Addition force of 0 S is preferable, more preferably 0.00;! To 1% by mass is added. Two or more of these may be used in combination.
[0132] 《可塑剤》  [0132] 《Plasticizer》
本発明の溶融流延による光学フィルムに形成においては、フィルム形成材料中に 可塑剤の少なくとも 1種を添加することが必要である。  In forming an optical film by melt casting according to the present invention, it is necessary to add at least one plasticizer to the film-forming material.
[0133] 可塑剤とは、一般的には高分子中に添加することによって脆弱性を改良したり、柔 軟性を付与したりする効果のある添加剤である力 本発明においては、フィルム形成 材料の溶融温度を低下させる添加剤、または同じ温度にお!/、てフィルム形成材料の 粘度を低下させる添加剤として用いる。溶融温度を低下させたり溶融粘度を低下させ ることにより、溶融プロセス中におけるセルロースエステルの劣化を抑制することがで きるため、本発明ではこのような効果を有する材料であれば制限なく可塑剤として用 いること力 Sできる。このような融点低下効果 ·粘度低減降下は、添加する可塑剤がセ ルロースエステルのガラス転移温度よりも低い融点またはガラス転移温度をもつ可塑 剤を用いると、より大きい効果が得られやすい。 [0133] The plasticizer is a force that is an additive having an effect of improving brittleness or imparting flexibility, generally by adding it to a polymer. An additive that lowers the melting temperature of the film, or at the same temperature! Used as an additive to lower the viscosity. By lowering the melting temperature or lowering the melt viscosity, it is possible to suppress degradation of the cellulose ester during the melting process. Therefore, in the present invention, any material having such an effect can be used as a plasticizer without limitation. Use power S. Such a melting point lowering effect / viscosity lowering effect is more likely to be obtained when a plasticizer to be added has a melting point or glass transition temperature lower than the glass transition temperature of cellulose ester.
[0134] また、可塑剤を添加することによってセルロースエステルフィルムの機械的性質向 上、引き裂き強度向上、耐吸水性付与、水分透過率の低減等の効果が見られること もあるため、このような効果を有する材料を可塑剤として用いることがより好ましい。  [0134] In addition, the addition of a plasticizer may improve the mechanical properties of the cellulose ester film, improve the tearing strength, impart water resistance, and reduce moisture permeability. It is more preferable to use a material having an effect as a plasticizer.
[0135] なお可塑剤も、上記のように添加によってセルロースエステルの熱溶融プロセスに おける劣化を抑制する効果があるが、その効果は物理的な効果によるものであり、化 学的な効果に起因するものではなレ、ため、本発明におレ、ては劣化防止剤としては分 類しない。  [0135] The plasticizer also has the effect of suppressing deterioration of the cellulose ester in the hot-melting process by addition as described above, but the effect is due to the physical effect and is attributed to the chemical effect. Therefore, it is not classified as an anti-degradation agent in the present invention.
[0136] 上記のような条件を満たし、本発明に用いられる可塑剤としては、例えば、リン酸ェ ステル系可塑剤、多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤(エチレングリコールエステル系 可塑剤、グリセリンエステル系可塑剤、ジグリセリンエステル系可塑剤など)、多価力 ルボン酸エステル系可塑剤、炭水化物エステル系可塑剤、ポリマー可塑剤等が挙げ られる。この中でも多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤及び多価カルボン酸エステル 系可塑剤が好ましぐ更に多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤が好ましい。また、可塑 剤は液体であっても固体であっても良ぐ組成物の制約上無色であることが好ましい 。添加量は光学物性'機械物性に悪影響がなければ良ぐその配合量は、本発明の 目的を損なわない範囲で適宜選択され、本発明に係るセルロースエステルの質量に 対して、好ましくは 1〜25質量0 /0含有することを特徴とするセルロースエステルフィル ムである。 1質量%よりも少ないと平面性改善の効果が認められず、 25質量%よりも 多いとブリードアウトが発生しやすくなり、フィルムの経時安定性が低下するために好 ましくない。より好ましくは可塑剤を 3〜20質量0 /0含有するセルロースエステルフィル ムであり、更に好ましくは 5〜 15質量%含有するセルロースエステルフィルムである。 [0136] Plasticizers that satisfy the above-described conditions and are used in the present invention include, for example, phosphate ester plasticizers, polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers (ethylene glycol ester plasticizers, glycerin ester plasticizers). Agents, diglycerin ester plasticizers, etc.), polyvalent rubonic acid ester plasticizers, carbohydrate ester plasticizers, polymer plasticizers and the like. Of these, polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers and polyhydric carboxylic acid ester plasticizers are preferred, and polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers are more preferred. The plasticizer may be liquid or solid, and is preferably colorless because of restrictions on the composition. The addition amount is good as long as it does not adversely affect the optical properties and mechanical properties, and the blending amount is appropriately selected within a range not impairing the object of the present invention, and preferably 1 to 25 with respect to the mass of the cellulose ester according to the present invention. mass 0/0 is a cellulose ester fill beam, characterized by containing. If the amount is less than 1% by mass, the effect of improving the flatness is not observed. If the amount is more than 25% by mass, bleeding out tends to occur and the stability of the film with time deteriorates. More preferably a cellulose ester fill beam contains a plasticizer from 3 to 20 weight 0/0, a cellulose ester film containing more preferably 5-15 wt%.
[0137] 以下、本発明に用いられる可塑剤について具体例に説明する力 本発明はこれら に限定されるものではない。 [0137] Hereinafter, the power to explain the plasticizer used in the present invention as a specific example. It is not limited to.
[0138] 本発明においては、多価アルコールと 1価のカルボン酸からなるエステル系可塑剤 、及び多価カルボン酸と 1価のアルコールからなるエステル系可塑剤はセルロースェ ステルと親和性が高いので好ましぐ多価アルコールと 1価のカルボン酸からなるエス テル系可塑剤はセル口ースエステルと親和性がさらに高まるので、特に好まし!/、。  [0138] In the present invention, an ester plasticizer comprising a polyhydric alcohol and a monovalent carboxylic acid, and an ester plasticizer comprising a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a monohydric alcohol have high affinity with the cellulose ester. The ester plasticizer consisting of the preferred polyhydric alcohol and monovalent carboxylic acid is particularly preferred because it has a higher affinity with cellulose ester.
[0139] なお、多価アルコールエステル系の可塑剤とは、一分子中に複数の水酸基を有す る化合物と、 1価の有機酸とを縮合した化合物を多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤と 称し、多価カルボン酸エステル系の可塑剤とは、一分子中に複数のカルボン酸基を 有する化合物と、複数の 1価のアルコールまたはフエノールとが縮合した化合物を、 多価カルボン酸エステル系可塑剤と称する。  [0139] The polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer refers to a compound obtained by condensing a compound having a plurality of hydroxyl groups in one molecule and a monovalent organic acid as a polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizer. The polycarboxylic acid ester plasticizer is a compound obtained by condensing a compound having a plurality of carboxylic acid groups in one molecule and a plurality of monovalent alcohols or phenols. Called.
[0140] 本発明において好ましく用いられるエステル系可塑剤の原料である多価アルコー ルの例としては、例えば以下のようなものを挙げることができる力 本発明はこれらに 限定されるものではない。  [0140] Examples of polyhydric alcohols that are raw materials for ester plasticizers preferably used in the present invention include, for example, the following: The present invention is not limited to these.
[0141] アド二トール、ァラビトール、エチレングリコール、グリセリン、ジグリセリン、ジェチレ ングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレンダリコール、 1 , 2—プロパンジォ 一ノレ、 1 , 3—プロパンジォーノレ、ジプロピレングリコーノレ、トリプロピレングリコーノレ、 1 リコール、 1 , 2, 4—ブタントリオール、 1 , 5—ペンタンジオール、 1 , 6—へキサンジ ォーノレ、へキサントリオ一ノレ、ガラクチトーノレ、 マンニトーノレ、 3—メチノレペンタン 1 , 3, 5—トリオ一ノレ、ピナコール、ソノレビトーノレ、トリメチロールプロパン、ジトリメチロー ノレプロノ ン、トリメチローノレエタン、ペンタエリスリトーノレ、ジペンタエリスリトーノレ、キシ リトール等を挙げることができる。特に、エチレングリコール、グリセリン、トリメチロール プロパンが好ましい。  [0141] Aditol, arabitol, ethylene glycol, glycerin, diglycerin, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylenedaricol, 1,2-propanediol mono-ole, 1,3-propanediol, dipropylene Glycoleol, Tripropylene Glycolol, 1 Recall, 1, 2, 4-Butanetriol, 1,5-Pentanediol, 1,6-Hexanediole, Hexantrioneol, Galactitonor, Mannitore, 3-Methinorepentane 1, 3 , 5-triolinol, pinacol, sonorebitonole, trimethylolpropane, ditrimethylololepronone, trimethylololethane, pentaerythritol, dipentaerythritol, xylitol and the like. In particular, ethylene glycol, glycerin, and trimethylolpropane are preferable.
[0142] また、好ましい有機酸の例としては、酢酸、プロピオン酸、酪酸、イソ酪酸、ビバリン 酸、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、シクロへキサンカルボン酸、安息香酸、ァニス酸、 3, 4 , 5—トリメトキシ安息香酸、トルィル酸、 tert ブチル安息香酸、ナフトェ酸、ピコリン 酸等が挙げられる力 セルロースエステルの透湿度を低減する効果が高!/、不飽和力 ルボン酸、例えば芳香族カルボン酸によって多価アルコールエステルを形成してい ることが好ましい。 [0142] Examples of preferable organic acids include acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, bivalic acid, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, benzoic acid, annic acid, 3, 4, 5— Trimethoxybenzoic acid, toluic acid, tert-butylbenzoic acid, naphthoic acid, picolinic acid, etc. Powerful effect of reducing the moisture permeability of cellulose ester! /, Unsaturation power Polycarboxylic acid, for example, aromatic carboxylic acid Forming an alcohol ester It is preferable.
[0143] 多価アルコールエステルに用いられる有機酸は 1種類でもよいし、 2種以上の混合 であってもよい。また、多価アルコール中の OH基は、全てエステル化してもよいし、 一部を OH基のままで残してもよ!/、。  [0143] The organic acid used in the polyhydric alcohol ester may be one kind or a mixture of two or more kinds. Also, all OH groups in polyhydric alcohols may be esterified, or some of them may be left as OH groups! /.
[0144] 多価アルコールエステル系の一つであるエチレングリコールエステル系の可塑剤と しては、具体的には、エチレングリコールジアセテート、エチレングリコールジブチレ ート等のエチレングリコールアルキルエステル系の可塑剤、エチレングリコールジシク 口プロピルカルボキシレート、エチレングリコールジシクロへキルカルボキシレート等 のエチレングリコールシクロアルキルエステル系の可塑剤、エチレングリコールジベン ゾエート、エチレングリコーノレジ 4ーメチノレべンゾエート等のエチレングリコーノレアリー ルエステル系の可塑剤が挙げられる。これらアルキレート基、シクロアルキレート基、 ァリレート基は、同一でもあっても異なっていてもよぐ更に置換されていてもよい。ま たアルキレート基、シクロアルキレート基、ァリレート基のミックスでもよぐまたこれら置 換基同志が共有結合で結合していてもよい。更にエチレングリコール部も置換されて いてもよく、エチレングリコールエステルの部分構造力 S、ポリマーの一部、或いは規則 的にペンダントされていてもよぐまた酸化防止剤、酸掃去剤、紫外線吸収剤等の添 加剤の分子構造の一部に導入されて!/、てもよレ、。  [0144] Specific examples of the ethylene glycol ester plasticizer, which is one of the polyhydric alcohol esters, include ethylene glycol alkyl ester plasticizers such as ethylene glycol diacetate and ethylene glycol dibutylate. , Ethylene glycol cycloalkyl ester plasticizers such as ethylene glycol di-cyclocarboxylate and ethylene glycol dicyclohexylcarboxylate, ethylene glycol dibenzoate, ethylene glycoloresin ethylene glycolo such as 4-methinolevenzoate Examples include rare-ester plasticizers. These alkylate groups, cycloalkylate groups, and arylate groups may be the same or different, and may be further substituted. Further, a mixture of alkylate group, cycloalkylate group and arylate group may be used, and these substituents may be covalently bonded. In addition, the ethylene glycol part may be substituted, and the partial structural strength of ethylene glycol ester S, part of the polymer, or may be regularly pendant, antioxidants, acid scavengers, UV absorbers Introduced into part of the molecular structure of additives such as! /
[0145] 多価アルコールエステル系の一つであるグリセリンエステル系の可塑剤としては、 具体的にはトリァセチン、トリブチリン、グリセリンジアセテートカプリレート、グリセリン カルボキシレート、グリセリントリシクロへキシルカルボキシレート等のグリセリンシクロ アルキルエステル、グリセリントリべンゾエート、グリセリン 4 メチルベンゾエート等の ォネート、ジグリセリンアセテートトリカプリレート、ジグリセリンテトララウレート、等のジ セリンテトラシクロペンチルカルポキシレート等のジグリセリンシクロアルキルエステル 、ジグリセリンテトラべンゾエート、ジグリセリン 3—メチノレべンゾエート等のジグリセリン ァリールエステル等が挙げられる。これらアルキレート基、シクロアルキルカルボキシ レート基、ァリレート基は同一でもあっても異なっていてもよぐ更に置換されていても よい。またアルキレート基、シクロアルキルカルボキシレート基、ァリレート基のミックス でもよく、またこれら置換基同志が共有結合で結合していてもよい。更にグリセリン、 ジグリセリン部も置換されていてもよぐグリセリンエステル、ジグリセリンエステルの部 分構造がポリマーの一部、或いは規則的にペンダントされていてもよぐまた酸化防 止剤、酸掃去剤、紫外線吸収剤等の添加剤の分子構造の一部に導入されていても よい。 [0145] Specific examples of the glycerin ester plasticizer that is one of the polyhydric alcohol esters include glycerol such as triacetin, tributyrin, glycerol diacetate caprylate, glycerol carboxylate, and glycerol tricyclohexylcarboxylate. Diglycerin cycloalkyl esters such as cycloalkyl esters, glycerol tribenzoates, glycerol 4-methylbenzoates, etc., diglycerin acetate tricaprylate, diglycerin tetralaurate, etc. diglycerin cycloalkyl esters, diglycerin tetra Examples thereof include diglycerin aryl esters such as benzoate and diglycerin 3-methinolevenzoate. These alkylate groups, cycloalkylcarboxy The rate group and arylate group may be the same or different, and may be further substituted. Further, it may be a mixture of alkylate group, cycloalkyl carboxylate group and arylate group, and these substituents may be bonded by a covalent bond. In addition, the glycerin ester and diglycerin part may be substituted glycerin ester, and the diglycerin ester partial structure may be part of the polymer or regularly pendant. May be introduced into a part of the molecular structure of additives such as an agent and an ultraviolet absorber.
[0146] その他の多価アルコールエステル系の可塑剤としては、具体的には特開 2003— 1 2823号公報の段落 30〜33記載の多価アルコールエステル系可塑剤が挙げられる  [0146] Specific examples of the other polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers include the polyhydric alcohol ester plasticizers described in paragraphs 30 to 33 of JP-A-2003-12823.
[0147] これらアルキレート基、シクロアルキルカルボキシレート基、ァリレート基は、同一で もあっても異なっていてもよく、更に置換されていてもよい。またアルキレート基、シク 口アルキルカルボキシレート基、ァリレート基のミックスでもよぐまたこれら置換基同 志が共有結合で結合してレ、てもよ!/、。更に多価アルコール部も置換されて!/、てもよく 、多価アルコールの部分構造力 ポリマーの一部、或いは規則的にペンダントされて いてもよぐまた酸化防止剤、酸掃去剤、紫外線吸収剤等の添加剤の分子構造の一 部に導入されていてもよい。 [0147] These alkylate group, cycloalkyl carboxylate group and arylate group may be the same or different, and may be further substituted. In addition, a mixture of alkylate group, cycloalkylcarboxylate group and arylate group may be used, and these substituents may be bonded by a covalent bond. Furthermore, the polyhydric alcohol part may be substituted! /, Or the partial structural power of the polyhydric alcohol may be a part of the polymer or may be regularly pendant. Also, the antioxidant, the acid scavenger, the ultraviolet ray It may be introduced into a part of the molecular structure of an additive such as an absorbent.
[0148] 上記多価アルコールと 1価のカルボン酸からなるエステル系可塑剤の中では、アル キル多価アルコールァリールエステルが好ましぐ具体的には上記のエチレングリコ ールジベンゾエート、グリセリントリべンゾエート、ジグリセリンテトラべンゾエート、特開 2003— 12823号公報の段落 31記載例示化合物 16が挙げられる。  [0148] Among the ester plasticizers composed of the polyhydric alcohol and the monovalent carboxylic acid, the alkyl polyhydric alcohol aryl ester is preferred. Specifically, the ethylene glycol dibenzoate and the glycerin tribe are preferred. Nzoate, diglycerin tetrabenzoate, exemplified compound 16 described in paragraph 31 of JP-A-2003-12823.
[0149] 多価カルボン酸エステル系の一つであるジカルボン酸エステル系の可塑剤として は、具体的には、ジドデシルマロネート、ジォクチルアジペート、ジブチルセバケート 等のアルキルジカルボン酸アルキルエステル系の可塑剤、ジシクロペンチルサクシネ ート、ジシクロへキシルアジ一ペート等のアルキルジカルボン酸シクロアルキルエステ ノレ系の可塑剤、ジフエニルサクシネート、ジ 4 メチルフエニルダルタレート等のアル キルジカルボン酸ァリールエステル系の可塑剤、ジへキシルー 1 , 4ーシクロへキサン ジカルボキシレート、ジデシルビシクロ [2· 2. 1]ヘプタン 2, 3 ジカルボキシレー ト等のシクロアルキルジカルボン酸アルキルエステル系の可塑剤、ジシクロへキシル - 1 , 2—シクロブタンジカルボキシレート、ジシクロプロピル 1 , 2—シクロへキシル ジカルボキシレート等のシクロアルキルジカルボン酸シクロアルキルエステル系の可 塑剤、ジフエ二ルー 1 , 1ーシクロプロピルジカルボキシレート、ジ 2—ナフチルー 1 , 4 ーシクロへキサンジカルボキシレート等のシクロアルキルジカルボン酸ァリールエステ ノレ系の可塑剤、ジェチルフタレート、ジメチルフタレート、ジォクチルフタレート、ジブ チルフタレート、ジー 2—ェチルへキシルフタレート等のァリールジカルボン酸アルキ ノレエステル系の可塑剤、ジシクロプロピルフタレート、ジシクロへキシルフタレート等の ァリールジカルボン酸シクロアルキルエステル系の可塑剤、ジフエニルフタレート、ジ 4 メチルフエニルフタレート等のァリールジカルボン酸ァリールエステル系の可塑剤 酸エステル系の可塑剤、クェン酸ァセチルトリメチル、クェン酸ァセチルトリエチル、ク ェン酸ァセチルトリブチル等のクェン酸系の可塑剤等が挙げられる。これらアルコキ シ基、シクロアルコキシ基は、同一でもあっても異なっていてもよぐまた一置換でもよ ぐこれらの置換基は更に置換されていてもよい。アルキル基、シクロアルキル基はミ ックスでもよく、またこれら置換基同志が共有結合で結合していてもよい。更にフタル 酸の芳香環も置換されていてよぐダイマー、トリマー、テトラマー等の多量体でもよい 。またフタル酸エステルの部分構造力 ポリマーの一部、或いは規則的にポリマーへ ペンダントされていてもよぐ酸化防止剤、酸掃去剤、紫外線吸収剤等の添加剤の分 子構造の一部に導入されて!/、てもよレ、。 [0149] Specific examples of the dicarboxylic acid ester plasticizer that is one of the polyvalent carboxylic acid esters include alkyl dicarboxylic acid alkyl esters such as didodecyl malonate, dioctyl adipate, and dibutyl sebacate. Alkyl dicarboxylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as dicyclopentyl succinate, dicyclohexyl adipate, etc. Alkyl dicarboxylic succinate, diphenyl succinate, alkyl dicarboxylic acid aryl such as di-4-methylphenyl daltalate, etc. Ester plasticizers, dihexyl, 1,4-cyclohexane dicarboxylate, didecylbicyclo [2.2.1] heptane 2,3 dicarboxylate Cycloalkyldicarboxylic acid alkyl ester plasticizers such as dicyclohexyl-1,2-cyclobutanedicarboxylate, dicyclopropyl 1,2-cyclohexyl dicarboxylate, etc. Plasticizers such as diphenyl-1,1-cyclopropyldicarboxylate, di-2-naphthyl-1,4-cyclohexanedicarboxylate, etc., cycloalkyldicarboxylic acid aryl ester plasticizer, jetyl phthalate, Alyl dicarboxylic acid alkenyl ester plasticizers such as dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, dibutyl phthalate and di-2-ethyl hexyl phthalate, and aryl carboxylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as dicyclopropyl phthalate and dicyclohexyl phthalate Tellurium plasticizers, diaryl phthalates, di-4-methylphenyl phthalates, etc. diaryl dicarboxylic acid aryl ester plasticizers acid ester plasticizers, acetyl trimethyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate, Examples thereof include citrate-based plasticizers such as acetyl butyl acetate. These alkoxy groups and cycloalkoxy groups may be the same or different, and these substituents, which may be mono-substituted, may be further substituted. The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group may be mixed, and these substituents may be bonded by a covalent bond. Further, the aromatic ring of phthalic acid may be substituted and a multimer such as a dimer, trimer or tetramer may be used. Also part of the phthalate ester partial polymer or part of the molecular structure of additives such as antioxidants, acid scavengers and UV absorbers that may be regularly pendant to the polymer Introduced! /
その他の多価カルボン酸エステル系の可塑剤としては、具体的にはトリドデシルトリ 力ルバレート、トリブチルー meso ブタン 1 , 2, 3, 4 テトラカルボキシレート等の アルキル多価カルボン酸アルキルエステル系の可塑剤、トリシクロへキシルトリ力ルバ レート、トリシクロプロピルー2—ヒドロキシ 1 , 2, 3—プロパントリカルボキシレート等 のアルキル多価カルボン酸シクロアルキルエステル系の可塑剤、トリフエニル 2—ヒド 口キシ一 1 , 2, 3—プロパントリカルボキシレート、テトラ 3—メチルフエニルテトラヒドロ フラン 2, 3, 4, 5 テトラカルボキシレート等のアルキル多価カルボン酸ァリールェ ステル系の可塑剤、テトラへキシルー 1 , 2, 3, 4 シクロブタンテトラカルボキシレー ト、テトラプチルー 1 , 2, 3, 4 シクロペンタンテトラカルボキシレート等のシクロアル キル多価カルボン酸アルキルエステル系の可塑剤、テトラシクロプロピル 1 , 2, 3, 4ーシクロブタンテトラカルボキシレート、トリシクロへキシルー 1 , 3, 5—シクロへキシ ノレトリカルボキシレート等のシクロアルキル多価カルボン酸シクロアルキルエステル系 の可塑剤、トリフエ二ルー 1 , 3, 5—シクロへキシルトリカルボキシレート、へキサ 4ーメ チルフエ二ルー 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 シクロへキシルへキサカルボキシレート等のシクロ アルキル多価カルボン酸ァリールエステル系の可塑剤、トリドデシルベンゼン 1 , 2 , 4 トリカルボキシレート、テトラオクチルベンゼン 1 , 2, 4, 5 テトラカルボキシレ ート等のァリール多価カルボン酸アルキルエステル系の可塑剤、トリシクロペンチノレ ベンゼン 1 , 3, 5 トリカルボキシレート、テトラシクロへキシルベンゼン 1 , 2, 3, 5—テトラカルボキシレート等のァリール多価カルボン酸シクロアルキルエステル系の 可塑剤トリフエニルベンゼン 1 , 3, 5—テトラカルボキシレート、へキサ 4ーメチルフ ェニルベンゼン 1 , 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 へキサカルボキシレート等のァリール多価カル ボン酸ァリールエステル系の可塑剤が挙げられる。これらアルコキシ基、シクロアルコ キシ基は、同一でもあっても異なっていてもよぐまた 1置換でもよぐこれらの置換基 は更に置換されていてもよい。アルキル基、シクロアルキル基はミックスでもよぐまた これら置換基同志が共有結合で結合していてもよい。更にフタル酸の芳香環も置換 されていてよぐダイマー、トリマー、テトラマー等の多量体でもよい。またフタル酸ェ ステルの部分構造がポリマーの一部、或いは規則的にポリマーへペンダントされてい てもよぐ酸化防止剤、酸掃去剤、紫外線吸収剤等の添加剤の分子構造の一部に導 入されていてもよい。 Examples of other polyvalent carboxylic acid ester plasticizers include alkyl polyvalent carboxylic acid alkyl ester plasticizers such as tridodecyl tri-force ruvalate and tributyl-meso butane 1, 2, 3, 4 tetracarboxylate. Alkyl polycarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester type plasticizers such as tricyclohexyl tri-force ruvalate, tricyclopropyl-2-hydroxy 1,2,3-propane tricarboxylate, triphenyl 2-hydroxy 1, 2 , 3-propanetricarboxylate, tetra-3-methylphenyltetrahydrofuran 2, 3, 4, 5 Alkyl polycarboxylic acid arylene plasticizers such as tetracarboxylate, tetrahexyl, 1, 2, 3, 4 Cyclobutane tetracarboxylate Cycloalkyl polycarboxylic acid alkyl ester plasticizers such as tetrapentyl 1, 2, 3, 4 cyclopentane tetracarboxylate, tetracyclopropyl 1, 2, 3, 4-cyclobutane tetracarboxylate, tricyclohexyl 1 , 3,5-Cyclohexylolene tricarboxylate and other cycloalkyl polycarboxylic acid cycloalkyl ester-based plasticizers, triphenyl 1,3,5-cyclohexyl tricarboxylate, hex-4-methylphenol Nitrole 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 Cycloalkyl polycarboxylic acid aryl ester plasticizer such as cyclohexylhexacarboxylate, tridodecylbenzene 1, 2, 4 tricarboxylate, tetraoctyl Benzyl 1, 2, 4, 5 Aryl polyalkyl carboxylic acid plastics such as tetracarboxylate Agent, tricyclopentinole benzene 1, 3, 5 tricarboxylate, tetracyclohexylbenzene 1, 2, 3, 5-tetracarboxylate, etc. Aryl polyvalent carboxylic acid aryl ester plasticizers such as 3,5-tetracarboxylate, hex-4-methylphenylbenzene 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 hexacarboxylate and the like can be mentioned. These alkoxy groups and cycloalkoxy groups may be the same or different, and these substituents, which may be mono-substituted, may be further substituted. The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group may be mixed, or these substituents may be bonded by a covalent bond. Further, the aromatic ring of phthalic acid may be substituted and a multimer such as dimer, trimer or tetramer may be used. In addition, the partial structure of phthalate ester is part of the polymer, or part of the molecular structure of additives such as antioxidants, acid scavengers, and UV absorbers that may be regularly pendant to the polymer. It may be introduced.
[0151] 上記多価カルボン酸と 1価のアルコールからなるエステル系可塑剤の中では、アル キルジカルボン酸アルキルエステルが好ましぐ具体的には上記のジォクチルアジべ ートが挙げられる。  [0151] Among the ester plasticizers composed of the polyvalent carboxylic acid and the monohydric alcohol, alkyl dicarboxylic acid alkyl esters are preferred. Specific examples include the dioctyl adipates.
[0152] 本発明に用いられるその他の可塑剤としては、リン酸エステル系可塑剤、炭水化物 エステル系可塑剤、ポリマー可塑剤等が挙げられる。  [0152] Examples of other plasticizers used in the present invention include phosphate ester plasticizers, carbohydrate ester plasticizers, and polymer plasticizers.
[0153] リン酸エステル系の可塑剤としては、具体的には、トリァセチルホスフェート、トリブ チルホスフェート等のリン酸アルキルエステル、トリシクロベンチルホスフェート、シクロ へキシルホスフェート等のリン酸シクロアルキルエステル、トリフエニルホスフェート、ト リクレジノレホスフェート、クレジノレフエニノレホスフェート、オタチノレジフエニノレホスフエー ト、ジフエニノレビフエニノレホスフェート、トリオクチノレホスフェート、トリブチノレホスフエ一 ト、トリナフチルホスフェート、トリキシリルォスフェート、トリスオルトービフエニルホスフ エート等のリン酸ァリールエステルが挙げられる。これらの置換基は同一でもあっても 異なっていてもよぐ更に置換されていてもよい。またアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、 ァリール基のミックスでもよぐまた置換基同志が共有結合で結合していてもよい。 [0153] Specific examples of phosphate ester plasticizers include phosphoric acid alkyl esters such as triacetyl phosphate and tributyl phosphate, tricyclobenzyl phosphate, cyclohexane and the like. Phosphoric acid cycloalkyl esters such as hexyl phosphate, triphenyl phosphate, tricresino rephosphate, credinole renin rephosphate, otachinoresi refineno rephosphate, diphen relevino reno phosphate, trioctino rephosphate, tri Examples include phosphate aryl esters such as butinorephosphate, trinaphthyl phosphate, trixylyl phosphate, trisorthobiphenyl phosphate. These substituents may be the same or different, and may be further substituted. Further, it may be a mix of an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group, and the substituents may be covalently bonded.
等のァリーレンビス(ジアルキルホスフェート)、フエ二レンビス(ジフエニルホスフェート )、ナフチレンビス(ジトルィルホスフェート)等のァリーレンビス(ジァリールホスフエ一 ト)等のリン酸エステルが挙げられる。これらの置換基は同一でもあっても異なってい てもよく、更に置換されていてもよい。またアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、ァリール基 のミックスでもよぐまた置換基同志が共有結合で結合していてもよい。 And phosphate esters such as arylene bis (diaryl phosphate) such as arylene bis (dialkyl phosphate), phenylene bis (diphenyl phosphate), and naphthylene bis (ditolyl phosphate). These substituents may be the same or different, and may be further substituted. A mixture of an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group may be used, and substituents may be covalently bonded.
[0155] 更にリン酸エステルの部分構造力 ポリマーの一部、或いは規則的にペンダントさ れていてもよぐまた酸化防止剤、酸掃去剤、紫外線吸収剤等の添加剤の分子構造 の一部に導入されていてもよい。上記化合物の中では、リン酸ァリールエステル、ァリ 一レンビス(ジァリールホスフェート)が好ましぐ具体的にはトリフエニルホスフェート、 フエ二レンビス(ジフエニルホスフェート)が好まし!/、。  [0155] Further, the partial structural strength of phosphate ester is a part of the polymer, or may be regularly pendant, and the molecular structure of additives such as antioxidants, acid scavengers, UV absorbers, etc. May be introduced to the part. Of the above compounds, aryl ester phosphate and arylene bis (diaryl phosphate) are preferred. Specifically, triphenyl phosphate and phenyl bis (diphenyl phosphate) are preferred!
[0156] 次に、炭水化物エステル系可塑剤について説明する。炭水化物とは、糖類がピラノ ースまたはフラノース ½員環または 5員環)の形態で存在する単糖類、二糖類または 三糖類を意味する。炭水化物の非限定的例としては、グルコース、サッカロース、ラタ トース、セロビオース、マンノース、キシロース、リボース、ガラクトース、ァラビノース、 フルクトース、ソルボース、セロトリオース及びラフイノース等が挙げられる。炭水化物 エステルとは、炭水化物の水酸基とカルボン酸が脱水縮合してエステル化合物を形 成したものを指し、詳しくは、炭水化物の脂肪族カルボン酸エステル、或いは芳香族 カルボン酸エステルを意味する。脂肪族カルボン酸として、例えば酢酸、プロピオン 酸等を挙げることができ、芳香族カルボン酸として、例えば安息香酸、トルィル酸、ァ ニス酸等を挙げることができる。炭水化物は、その種類に応じた水酸基の数を有する[0156] Next, the carbohydrate ester plasticizer will be described. The carbohydrate means a monosaccharide, a disaccharide or a trisaccharide in which the saccharide is present in the form of a pyranose, a furanose half-membered ring or a five-membered ring. Non-limiting examples of carbohydrates include glucose, saccharose, ratatoose, cellobiose, mannose, xylose, ribose, galactose, arabinose, fructose, sorbose, cellotriose and raffinose. Carbohydrate ester refers to an ester compound formed by dehydration condensation of a hydroxyl group of a carbohydrate and a carboxylic acid, and more specifically, an aliphatic carboxylic acid ester of a carbohydrate or an aromatic Means carboxylic acid ester; Examples of the aliphatic carboxylic acid include acetic acid and propionic acid, and examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid include benzoic acid, toluic acid, and anilic acid. Carbohydrates have a number of hydroxyl groups depending on their type
1S 水酸基の一部とカルボン酸が反応してエステル化合物を形成しても、水酸基の 全部とカルボン酸が反応してエステル化合物を形成してもよ!/、。本発明にお!/、ては、 水酸基の全部とカルボン酸が反応してエステル化合物を形成するのが好ましい。 Even if a part of 1S hydroxyl group reacts with carboxylic acid to form an ester compound, all hydroxyl groups react with carboxylic acid to form an ester compound! /. In the present invention, it is preferable that all the hydroxyl groups react with the carboxylic acid to form an ester compound.
[0157] 炭水化物エステル系可塑剤として、具体的には、グルコースペンタアセテート、ダル コースペンタプロピオネート、グノレコースペンタブチレート、サッカロースォクタァセテ ート、サッカロースォクタべンゾエート等を好ましく挙げることができ、この内、サッカロ ースォクタアセテート、サッカロースォクタべンゾエートがより好ましぐサッカロースォ クタべンゾエートが特に好ましい。上記タイプの炭水化物エステル系可塑剤は、例え ば、第一工業製薬社から、 "モノペット SB"及び"モノペット SOA"という商品名で巿 販されている。 [0157] Specific examples of the carbohydrate ester plasticizer include glucose pentaacetate, dalcose pentapropionate, gnolecose pentabtylate, saccharose octacetate, saccharose octabenzoate and the like. Of these, saccharose succinate benzoate is more preferred, and saccharose succinate benzoate is particularly preferred. For example, Daiichi Kogyo Seiyaku Co., Ltd. sells the above types of carbohydrate ester plasticizers under the trade names “Monopet SB” and “Monopet SOA”.
[0158] ポリマー可塑剤としては、具体的には、脂肪族炭化水素系ポリマー、脂環式炭化水 素系ポリマー、ポリアクリル酸ェチル、ポリメタクリル酸メチル、メタクリル酸メチルとメタ クリル酸 2—ヒドロキシェチルとの共重合体、メタクリル酸メチルとアクリル酸メチルと メタクリル酸 2—ヒドロキシェチルとの共重合体等のアクリル系ポリマー、ポリビュル イソブチルエーテル、ポリ N ビュルピロリドン等のビュル系ポリマー、ポリスチレン、 ポリ 4ーヒドロキシスチレン等のスチレン系ポリマー、ポリブチレンサクシネート、ポリエ チレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート等のポリエステル、ポリエチレンォキシ ド、ポリプロピレンォキシド等のポリエーテル、ポリアミド、ポリウレタン、ポリウレァ等が 挙げられる。数平均分子量は 1000〜500000程度が好ましぐ特に好ましくは、 500 0〜200000である。 1000以下では揮発十生に問題カ生じ、 500000を超えると可證 化能力が低下し、セルロースエステルフィルムの機械的性質に悪影響を及ぼす。こ れらポリマー可塑剤は 1種の繰り返し単位からなる単独重合体でも、複数の繰り返し 構造体を有する共重合体でもよい。また、上記ポリマーを 2種以上併用して用いても よい。  [0158] Specific examples of the polymer plasticizer include aliphatic hydrocarbon polymers, alicyclic hydrocarbon polymers, polyethyl acrylate, polymethyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate and 2-hydroxy methacrylate. Copolymers with ethyl, acrylic polymers such as methyl methacrylate, methyl acrylate and 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate, polybutyl isobutyl ether, poly N butyl pyrrolidone and other butyl polymers, polystyrene, Examples thereof include styrene polymers such as poly-4-hydroxystyrene, polyesters such as polybutylene succinate, polyethylene terephthalate and polyethylene naphthalate, polyethers such as polyethylene oxide and polypropylene oxide, polyamides, polyurethanes, and polyureas. The number average molecular weight is preferably about 1,000 to 500,000, particularly preferably 500 to 200,000. If it is less than 1000, there will be problems with volatilization, and if it exceeds 500,000, the aging ability will be reduced and the mechanical properties of the cellulose ester film will be adversely affected. These polymer plasticizers may be a homopolymer composed of one type of repeating unit or a copolymer having a plurality of repeating structures. Further, two or more of the above polymers may be used in combination.
[0159] 本発明に係るセルロースエステルフィルムにおいて、多価アルコールと 1価のカル 酸からなるエステル系可塑剤、多価カルボン酸と 1価のアルコールか テル系可塑剤を 1〜25質量%含有することが好ましいが、それ以外の可塑剤と併用 してもよい。 [0159] In the cellulose ester film according to the present invention, a polyhydric alcohol and a monovalent carbon It is preferable to contain 1 to 25% by mass of an ester plasticizer comprising an acid, a polyvalent carboxylic acid and a monohydric alcohol or a tellurium plasticizer, but it may be used in combination with other plasticizers.
[0160] 本発明に係るセルロースエステルフィルムにおいて、多価アルコールと 1価のカル ボン酸からなるエステル系可塑剤が更に好ましいが、 3価以上のアルコールと 1価の カルボン酸からなるエステル系可塑剤がセルロースエステルに対する相溶性が高ぐ 高添加率で添加することができる特徴があるため、他の可塑剤や添加剤を併用して もブリードアウトを発生することがなぐ必要に応じて他種の可塑剤や添加剤を容易に 併用することができるので最も好ましレ、。  [0160] In the cellulose ester film according to the present invention, an ester plasticizer comprising a polyhydric alcohol and a monovalent carboxylic acid is more preferred, but an ester plasticizer comprising a trivalent or higher alcohol and a monovalent carboxylic acid. Is highly compatible with cellulose esters and can be added at a high addition rate, so that other types of plasticizers and additives can be used in combination with other types as necessary. This is the most preferred because plasticizers and additives can be used together easily.
[0161] 《紫外線吸収剤》  [0161] <Ultraviolet absorber>
本発明おいて、フィルム形成材料力 更に紫外線吸収剤を含有することが耐久性 を向上させる点で好ましい。紫外線吸収剤は、偏光子や表示装置の紫外線に対する 劣化防止の観点から、波長 370nm以下の紫外線の吸収能に優れており、かつ液晶 表示性の観点から、波長 400nm以上の可視光の吸収が少ないものが好ましい。本 発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤としては、例えば、ォキシベンゾフエノン系化合物、 ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物、サリチル酸エステル系化合物、ベンゾフエノン系化合 物、シァノアクリレート系化合物、ニッケル錯塩系化合物、トリアジン系化合物等を挙 げること力 Sできる力 ベンゾフエノン系化合物や着色の少ないベンゾトリアゾール系化 合物、トリアジン系化合物が好ましい。また、特開平 10— 182621号、同 8— 33757 4号公報記載の紫外線吸収剤、特開平 6— 148430号、特開 2003— 113317号公 報記載の高分子紫外線吸収剤を用いてもょレ、。  In the present invention, it is preferable that the film-forming material strength further contains an ultraviolet absorber from the viewpoint of improving durability. Ultraviolet absorbers are excellent in the ability to absorb ultraviolet rays with a wavelength of 370 nm or less from the viewpoint of preventing deterioration of polarizers and display devices with respect to ultraviolet rays, and from the viewpoint of liquid crystal display properties, they absorb little visible light with wavelengths of 400 nm or more. Those are preferred. Examples of the ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention include oxybenzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, salicylic acid ester compounds, benzophenone compounds, cyanoacrylate compounds, nickel complex compounds, and triazine compounds. The ability to enumerate benzophenone compounds, less colored benzotriazole compounds, and triazine compounds are preferred. Further, UV absorbers described in JP-A-10-182621 and 8-337574, and polymer UV absorbers described in JP-A-6-148430 and JP-A-2003-113317 may be used. ,.
[0162] ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物の具体例として、 2—(2' —ヒドロキシ 5' メチル フエ二ノレ)ベンゾトリアゾール、 2—(2' —ヒドロキシ 3' , 5' —ジ tert ブチノレ フエ二ノレ)ベンゾトリアゾール、 2— (2' —ヒドロキシ一 3' —tert ブチル 5' —メ チルフエ二ノレ)ベンゾトリアゾール、 2—(2' —ヒドロキシ 3' , 5' ージ tert ブ チルフエ二ル)一 5 クロ口べンゾトリアゾール、 2— (2' —ヒドロキシ一 3' —(3" , 4 " , 5" , ら" ーテトラヒドロフタルイミドメチル) 5' —メチルフエニル)ベンゾトリアゾ ール、 2, 2 メチレンビス(4— (1 , 1 , 3, 3 テトラメチルブチル)ー6—(2H—ベン ゾトリァゾールー 2 ィノレ)フエノール)、 2—(2' —ヒドロキシ 3' —tert ブチノレ - 5 —メチルフエ二ル)一 5 クロ口べンゾトリアゾール、 2— (2' —ヒドロキシ一 3' tert ブチルー 5' —(2 ォクチルォキシカルボニルェチル) フエニル) 5— クロ口べンゾトリアゾール、 2— (2' —ヒドロキシ一 3' — (1—メチル 1—フエニルェ チル) 5' - (1 , 1 , 3, 3, —テトラメチルブチル) フエ二ノレ)ベンゾトリアゾール、 2 一(2H べンゾトリァゾールー 2 ィル)ー6 (直鎖及び側鎖ドデシル)ー4 メチル フエノール、ォクチルー 3—〔3— tert ブチル 4 ヒドロキシ一 5— (クロ口一 2H— ベンゾトリァゾールー 2 ィノレ)フェニル〕プロビオネートと 2 ェチルへキシル 3—〔 3— tert ブチル 4 ヒドロキシ一 5— (5 クロ口一 2H ベンゾトリアゾール 2— ィル)フエニル〕プロピオネートの混合物等を挙げることができる力 S、これらに限定され ない。 [0162] Specific examples of the benzotriazole compounds include 2- (2'-hydroxy 5'-methylphenol) benzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di-tert-butinolephenol) benzo Triazole, 2— (2 ′ —hydroxyl 3 ′ —tert butyl 5 ′ —methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2— (2 ′ —hydroxy 3 ′, 5 ′ di-tert butylphenyl) Benzotriazole, 2— (2 ′ —Hydroxyl 3 ′ — (3 ”, 4“, 5 ”, et al. —Tetrahydrophthalimidomethyl) 5 ′ —Methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2, 2 Methylenebis (4— ( 1,1,3,3 tetramethylbutyl) -6- (2H-ben Zotriazole-2-phenol) phenol), 2— (2 ′ —hydroxy 3 ′ —tert butynole-5 —methylphenol) 1 5 clobenzobenzolazole, 2— (2 ′ —hydroxy 1 3 ′ tert butyl 5 ′ — (2-Octyloxycarbonylethyl) phenyl) 5— Chronobenzobenzotriazole, 2— (2 ′ —Hydroxy 1 3 ′ — (1-Methyl 1-phenylethyl) 5 ′-(1, 1, 3 , 3, —tetramethylbutyl) pheninole) benzotriazole, 2 (2H benzotriazole- 2 yl) -6 (straight and side chain dodecyl) -4 methyl phenol, octyl 3— [3— tert butyl 4 hydroxy 1 5— (black mouth 2H—benzotriazole-2-inole) phenyl] propionate and 2 ethylhexyl 3— [3-tert butyl 4 hydroxy 1 5— (5 black mouth 2H benzotriazole 2 — Gil) Phenyl ] A force S that can include a mixture of propionates S, but is not limited to these.
[0163] また、市販品として、チヌビン(TINUVIN) 326、チヌビン(TINUVIN) 109、チヌ ビン(TINUVIN) 171、チヌビン(TINUVIN) 900、チヌビン(TINUVIN) 928、チ ヌビン(TINUVIN) 360 (V、ずれもチノ 'スペシャルティ'ケミカルズ社製)、 LA31 (A DEKA社製)、 Sumisorb250 (住友化学社製)、 RUVA— 100 (大塚化学製)が挙 げられる。  [0163] Moreover, TINUVIN 326, TINUVIN 109, TINUVIN 171, TINUVIN 900, TINUVIN 928, TINUVIN 928, TINUVIN 360 (V, deviation) are commercially available. And Chino 'Specialty' Chemicals), LA31 (A DEKA), Sumisorb250 (Sumitomo Chemical), and RUVA-100 (Otsuka Chemical).
[0164] ベンゾフエノン系化合物の具体例として、 2, 4—ジヒドロキシベンゾフエノン、 2, 2' —ジヒドロキシ一 4 メトキシベンゾフエノン、 2 ヒドロキシ一 4 メトキシ一 5 スルホ ベンゾフエノン、ビス(2 メトキシ一 4 ヒドロキシ一 5 ベンゾィルフエニルメタン)等 を挙げることができる力 S、これらに限定されるものではない。  [0164] Specific examples of benzophenone compounds include 2, 4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2, 2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-1-sulfo benzophenone, bis (2-methoxy-4-hydroxy) 1) Benzylphenylmethane) and the like S, but is not limited thereto.
本発明においては、紫外線吸収剤は、ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物であることが好ま しい。  In the present invention, the ultraviolet absorber is preferably a benzotriazole compound.
[0165] 本発明にお!/、ては、紫外線吸収剤は、本発明に係るセルロースエステルの質量に 対して、 0. ;!〜 10質量%添加することが好ましぐ更に 0. 2〜5質量%添加すること が好ましぐ更に 0. 5〜3質量%添加することが好ましい。これらは 2種以上を併用し てもよい。  [0165] In the present invention, it is preferable that the UV absorber is added in an amount of 0.;! To 10% by mass based on the mass of the cellulose ester according to the present invention. It is preferable to add 5% by mass, and it is preferable to add 0.5 to 3% by mass. Two or more of these may be used in combination.
[0166] またべンゾトリアゾール構造やトリァジン構造力 ポリマーの一部、或いは規則的に ポリマーへペンダントされていてもよぐ可塑剤、酸化防止剤、酸掃去剤等の他の添 加剤の分子構造の一部に導入されて!/、てもよレ、。 [0166] In addition, benzotriazole structure and triazine structural strength are part of the polymer, or other additives such as plasticizers, antioxidants and acid scavengers that may be regularly pendant to the polymer. Introduced into part of the additive's molecular structure!
[0167] 従来公知の紫外線吸収性ポリマーとしては、特に限定されないが、例えば、 RUVA  [0167] The conventionally known UV-absorbing polymer is not particularly limited. For example, RUVA
93 (大塚化学製)を単独重合させたポリマー及び RUVA— 93と他のモノマーとを 共重合させたポリマー等が挙げられる。具体的には、 RUVA— 93とメチルメタクリレ ートを 3: 7の比(質量比)で共重合させた PUVA— 30M、 5: 5の比(質量比)で共重 合させた PUVA—50M等が挙げられる。更に、特開 2003— 113317号公報に記載 のポリマー等が挙げられる。  Examples include a polymer obtained by homopolymerizing 93 (manufactured by Otsuka Chemical Co., Ltd.) and a polymer obtained by copolymerizing RUVA-93 with other monomers. Specifically, PUVA copolymerized with RUVA-93 and methyl methacrylate in a 3: 7 ratio (mass ratio) —30M, PUVA copolymerized with a ratio of 5: 5 (mass ratio) — 50M etc. are mentioned. Furthermore, the polymers described in JP-A-2003-113317 can be mentioned.
[0168] 《その他の添加剤》  [0168] << Other additives >>
本発明においては、セルロースエステルに劣化防止剤、可塑剤や紫外線吸収剤の 他、種々の添加剤を含有することができる。例えば、マット剤、フィラー、シリカゃケィ 酸塩等の無機化合物、染料、顔料、蛍光体、二色性色素、リタ一デーシヨン制御剤、 屈折率調整剤、ガス透過抑制剤、抗菌剤、生分解性付与剤などが挙げられる。また 、上記機能を有するものであれば、これに分類されない添加剤も用いることができる。  In the present invention, the cellulose ester can contain various additives in addition to the deterioration inhibitor, the plasticizer and the ultraviolet absorber. For example, matting agents, fillers, silica silicates and other inorganic compounds, dyes, pigments, phosphors, dichroic dyes, retardation control agents, refractive index regulators, gas permeation inhibitors, antibacterial agents, biodegradation Examples include a property-imparting agent. Moreover, an additive not classified into this can also be used if it has the said function.
[0169] そして、これらの添加剤をセルロースエステルに含有させる方法としては、各々の材 料を固体或いは液体のまま混合し、加熱溶融し混練して均一な溶融物とした後、流 延して光学フィルムを形成する方法であっても、予め全ての材料を溶媒等を用いて、 溶解して均一溶液とした後、溶媒を除去して、添加剤とセルロースエステルの混合物 を形成し、これを加熱溶融し、流延して光学フィルムを形成してもよい。  [0169] And, as a method of incorporating these additives into the cellulose ester, the respective materials are mixed in a solid or liquid state, heated and melted and kneaded to obtain a uniform melt, and then cast. Even in the method of forming an optical film, all materials are dissolved in advance using a solvent to obtain a uniform solution, and then the solvent is removed to form a mixture of an additive and a cellulose ester. It may be melted by heating and cast to form an optical film.
[0170] (マット剤)  [0170] (Matting agent)
本発明に係るフィルムは、滑り性や光学的、機械的機能を付与するためにマット剤 を添加すること力 Sできる。マット剤としては、無機化合物の微粒子または有機化合物 の微粒子が挙げられる。  The film according to the present invention can be applied with a matting agent in order to impart slipperiness, optical and mechanical functions. Examples of the matting agent include inorganic compound fine particles and organic compound fine particles.
[0171] マット剤の形状は、球状、棒状、針状、層状、平板状等の形状のものが好ましく用い られる。マット剤としては、例えば、二酸化ケイ素、二酸化チタン、酸化アルミニウム、 酸化ジルコニウム、炭酸カルシウム、カオリン、タルク、焼成ケィ酸カルシウム、水和ケ ィ酸カルシウム、ケィ酸アルミニウム、ケィ酸マグネシウム、リン酸カルシウム等の金属 の酸化物、リン酸塩、ケィ酸塩、炭酸塩等の無機微粒子や架橋高分子微粒子を挙げ ること力 Sできる。中でも、二酸化ケイ素がフィルムのヘイズを低くできるので好ましい。 これらの微粒子は有機物により表面処理されていることカ、フィルムのヘイズを低下 できるため好ましい。 [0171] The shape of the matting agent is preferably a spherical shape, a rod shape, a needle shape, a layer shape, a flat plate shape or the like. Examples of matting agents include metals such as silicon dioxide, titanium dioxide, aluminum oxide, zirconium oxide, calcium carbonate, kaolin, talc, calcined calcium silicate, hydrated calcium silicate, aluminum silicate, magnesium silicate, and calcium phosphate. It is possible to cite inorganic fine particles such as oxides, phosphates, silicates and carbonates and crosslinked polymer fine particles. Among these, silicon dioxide is preferable because it can reduce the haze of the film. These fine particles are preferably surface-treated with an organic substance and can reduce the haze of the film.
[0172] 表面処理は、ハロシラン類、アルコキシシラン類、シラザン、シロキサン等で行うこと が好ましい。微粒子の平均粒径が大きい方が滑り性効果は大きぐ反対に平均粒径 の小さい方は透明性に優れる。また、微粒子の一次粒子の平均粒径は 0. 01〜; 1. 0 a mの範囲である。好ましい微粒子の一次粒子の平均粒径は 5 50nmが好ましぐ 更に好ましくは、 7 14nmである。これらの微粒子は、セルロースエステルフィルム 表面に 0. 01-1. 0 mの凹凸を生成させるために好ましく用いられる。  [0172] The surface treatment is preferably performed with halosilanes, alkoxysilanes, silazane, siloxane, or the like. The larger the average particle size of the fine particles, the greater the sliding effect. On the other hand, the smaller the average particle size, the better the transparency. The average primary particle size of the fine particles is in the range of 0.01 to 1.0 am. The average primary particle diameter of the preferred fine particles is preferably 550 nm, more preferably 714 nm. These fine particles are preferably used for generating irregularities of 0.01 to 1.0 m on the surface of the cellulose ester film.
[0173] 二酸化ケイ素の微粒子としては、 日本ァエロジル(株)製のァエロジル (AEROSIL ) 200 200V 300 R972 R972V R974 R202 R812 0X50 TT600 NA X50等、 日本触媒(株)製の KE— P10 KE— P30 KE— P100 KE— P150等を 挙げること力 Sでき、好ましくはァエロジル 200V R972V NAX50 KE— P30 KE P100である。これらの微粒子は 2種以上併用してもよい。  [0173] Examples of silicon dioxide fine particles include Aerosil (AEROSIL) 200 200V 300 R972 R972V R974 R202 R812 0X50 TT600 NA X50 manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd. KE— P10 KE— P30 KE— manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd. P100 KE-P150 and the like can be used, and preferably, Aerosil 200V R972V NAX50 KE-P30 KE P100. Two or more of these fine particles may be used in combination.
[0174] 2種以上併用する場合、任意の割合で混合して使用することができる。平均粒径や 材質の異なる微粒子、例えば、ァエロジル 200Vと R972Vを質量比で 0· 1 : 99. 9 99. 9 : 0. 1の範囲で使用できる。  [0174] When two or more kinds are used in combination, they can be mixed and used at an arbitrary ratio. Fine particles having different average particle diameters and materials, for example, Aerosil 200V and R972V can be used in a mass ratio of 0 · 1: 99. 9 99. 9: 0.1.
[0175] これらのマット剤の添加方法は混練する等によって行うことが好ましい。また、別の 形態として予め溶媒に分散したマット剤とセルロースエステル及び/または可塑剤及 び/または酸化防止剤及び/または紫外線吸収剤を混合分散させた後、溶媒を揮 発または沈殿させた固形物を得て、これをセルロースエステル溶融物の製造過程で 用いること力 S、マット剤がセルロースエステル中で均一に分散できる観点から好ましい  [0175] The matting agent is preferably added by kneading. As another form, a matting agent dispersed in advance in a solvent and a cellulose ester and / or a plasticizer and / or an antioxidant and / or an ultraviolet absorber are mixed and dispersed, and then the solid is obtained by volatilizing or precipitating the solvent. Power and use of this in the manufacturing process of the cellulose ester melt S, preferable from the viewpoint that the matting agent can be uniformly dispersed in the cellulose ester
[0176] 上記マット剤は、フィルムの機械的、電気的、光学的特性改善のために添加するこ ともできる。 [0176] The matting agent may be added to improve the mechanical, electrical, and optical properties of the film.
[0177] なお、これらの微粒子を添加するほど、得られるフィルムの滑り性は向上する力 添 加するほどヘイズが上昇するため、含有量は好ましくは 0. 00;! 5質量%が好ましく 、より好ましくは 0. 005 1質量%であり、更に好ましくは 0. 01-0. 5質量%である [0178] なお、本発明に係るフィルムとしては、ヘイズ値が 1. 0%を超えると光学用材料とし て影響を与えるため、好ましくはヘイズ値は 1. 0%未満、より好ましくは 0. 5%未満で ある。ヘイズ値は JIS— K7136に基づいて測定することができる。 [0177] Note that, as these fine particles are added, the haze increases as the force to improve the slipperiness of the resulting film is added. Therefore, the content is preferably 0.00; more preferably 5% by mass. Preferably it is 0.005 1% by mass, more preferably 0.01-0.5% by mass. [0178] In the film according to the present invention, if the haze value exceeds 1.0%, the optical material is affected, so the haze value is preferably less than 1.0%, more preferably 0.5. Less than%. The haze value can be measured based on JIS-K7136.
[0179] 上述のフィルム形成材料の保存或いは製膜工程において、空気中の酸素による劣 化反応が併発することがある。この場合、上記添加剤の安定化作用とともに、空気中 の酸素濃度を低減させる効果を用いることも本発明を具現化する上で併用できる。こ れは、公知の技術として不活性ガスとして窒素やアルゴンの使用、減圧〜真空による 脱気操作、及び密閉環境下による操作が挙げられ、これら 3者の内少なくとも 1つの 方法を上記添加剤を存在させる方法と併用することができる。フィルム形成材料が空 気中の酸素と接触する確率を低減することにより、該材料の劣化が抑制でき、本発明 の目的のためには好ましい。  [0179] In the storage or film-forming process of the film-forming material described above, deterioration reactions due to oxygen in the air may occur at the same time. In this case, the effect of reducing the oxygen concentration in the air can be used together with the stabilizing action of the additive in realizing the present invention. This includes the use of nitrogen or argon as an inert gas as a known technique, a degassing operation under reduced pressure to vacuum, and an operation in a sealed environment. At least one of these three methods can be used with the above additives. It can be used in combination with existing methods. By reducing the probability that the film forming material comes into contact with oxygen in the air, deterioration of the material can be suppressed, which is preferable for the purpose of the present invention.
[0180] 《光学フィルム》  [0180] 《Optical film》
次に、本発明の光学フィルムの詳細について説明する。  Next, the details of the optical film of the present invention will be described.
[0181] 本発明にお!/、て光学フィルムとは、液晶ディスプレイ、プラズマディスプレイ、有機 E Lディスプレイ等の各種表示装置に用いられる機能フィルムのことであり、詳しくは液 晶表示装置用の偏光板保護フィルム、位相差フィルム、反射防止フィルム、輝度向 上フィルム、ハードコートフィルム、防眩フィルム、帯電防止フィルム、視野角拡大等 の光学補償フィルム等を含む。  [0181] In the present invention, the optical film is a functional film used in various display devices such as a liquid crystal display, a plasma display, and an organic EL display, and more specifically, a polarizing plate for a liquid crystal display device. Protective film, retardation film, antireflection film, brightness enhancement film, hard coat film, antiglare film, antistatic film, optical compensation film for expanding viewing angle, etc.
[0182] 本発明に係る光学フィルムにおいて、本発明に係るセルロースエステルの他、本発 明に係らないセルロースエステル系樹脂、セルロースエーテル系樹脂、ビュル系樹 脂 (ポリ酢酸ビュル系樹脂、ポリビュルアルコール系樹脂等も含む)、ォレフィン系樹 脂 (ノルボルネン系樹脂、単環の環状ォレフィン系樹脂、環状共役ジェン系樹脂、ビ 二ル脂環式炭化水素系樹脂等)、ポリエステル系樹脂 (芳香族ポリエステル、脂肪族 ポリエステル、もしくはそれらを含む共重合体)、アクリル系樹脂(共重合体も含む)、 ポリカーボネート系樹脂、ポリスチレン系樹脂、ポリスルホン系樹脂、ポリアリレート系 樹脂等を含有させることができる。セルロースエステル以外の樹脂の含有量としては 0. ;!〜 30質量%が好ましい。  [0182] In the optical film according to the present invention, in addition to the cellulose ester according to the present invention, a cellulose ester resin, a cellulose ether resin, a bull resin (polyacetate bull resin, polybull alcohol) not related to the present invention Olefin resin (norbornene resin, monocyclic cyclic olefin resin, cyclic conjugated gen resin, vinyl alicyclic hydrocarbon resin, etc.), polyester resin (aromatic polyester) , Aliphatic polyesters or copolymers containing them), acrylic resins (including copolymers), polycarbonate resins, polystyrene resins, polysulfone resins, polyarylate resins, and the like. The content of the resin other than the cellulose ester is preferably 0.
[0183] 本発明に係る光学フィルムは、偏光板保護フィルム、位相差フィルム、光学補償フィ ルムに好ましく用いられ、特に、偏光板保護フィルムに好ましく用いられる。 [0183] The optical film according to the present invention includes a polarizing plate protective film, a retardation film, and an optical compensation film. It is preferably used for a film, and particularly preferably for a polarizing plate protective film.
[0184] 《溶融流延法》  [0184] <Melt casting method>
本発明に係る光学フィルムは、前述のように溶融流延によって製造される。溶液流 延法において用いられる溶媒 (例えば塩化メチレン等)を用いずに、加熱溶融する溶 融流延による成形法は、更に詳細には、溶融押出成形法、プレス成形法、インフレ一 シヨン法、射出成形法、ブロー成形法、延伸成形法等に分類できる。これらの中で、 機械的強度及び表面精度等に優れる偏光板保護フィルムを得るためには、溶融押 出成形法が優れている。  The optical film according to the present invention is manufactured by melt casting as described above. The molding method by melt casting that is heated and melted without using the solvent used in the solution casting method (for example, methylene chloride, etc.) is more specifically, melt extrusion molding method, press molding method, inflation method, They can be classified into injection molding methods, blow molding methods, stretch molding methods, and the like. Among these, in order to obtain a polarizing plate protective film having excellent mechanical strength and surface accuracy, the melt extrusion molding method is excellent.
[0185] フィルム形成材料は溶融及び製膜工程にお!/、て、揮発成分が少な!/、または発生し ないことが求められる。これは加熱溶融時に発泡して、フィルム内部の欠陥ゃフィノレ ム表面の平面性劣化を削減または回避するためである。  [0185] The film-forming material is required to have little or no volatile component during the melting and film-forming process. This is for foaming during heating and melting to reduce or avoid deterioration of the planarity of the defects inside the film.
[0186] フィルム形成材料が溶融されるときの揮発成分の含有量は、 1質量%以下、好まし くは 0. 5質量%以下、更に好ましくは 0. 2質量%以下、さらにより好ましくは 0. 1質量 %以下であることが望まれる。本発明においては、示差熱重量測定装置 (セイコー電 子工業社製 TG/DTA200)を用いて、 30°Cから溶融流延時に相当する温度まで の加熱減量を求め、その量を揮発成分の含有量としている。  [0186] The content of the volatile component when the film-forming material is melted is 1% by mass or less, preferably 0.5% by mass or less, more preferably 0.2% by mass or less, and even more preferably 0. It is desired to be 1% by mass or less. In the present invention, using a differential thermogravimetric measuring device (TG / DTA200 manufactured by Seiko Denshi Kogyo Co., Ltd.), the heating loss from 30 ° C. to the temperature corresponding to the melt casting is obtained, and the amount is contained in the volatile component Amount.
[0187] 用いるフィルム形成材料は、前記水分や前記溶媒等に代表される揮発成分を、製 膜する前に、または加熱時に除去することが好ましい。除去する方法は、公知の乾燥 方法が適用でき、加熱法、減圧法、加熱減圧法等の方法で行うことができ、空気中ま たは不活性ガスとして窒素を選択した雰囲気下で行ってもよ!/、。これらの公知の乾燥 方法を行うとき、フィルム形成材料が分解しなレ、温度領域で行うことがフィルムの品質 上好ましい。  [0187] The film-forming material to be used preferably removes volatile components typified by the moisture and the solvent before the film is formed or during heating. A known drying method can be applied to the removal method, and it can be performed by a heating method, a decompression method, a heating decompression method, or the like, or even in an atmosphere in which nitrogen is selected as the inert gas. Yo! / When these known drying methods are performed, it is preferable in terms of film quality that the film forming material is not decomposed in a temperature range.
[0188] 製膜前に乾燥することにより、揮発成分の発生を削減することができ、セルロースェ ステル単独、またはセルロースエステルとフィルム形成材料の内、セルロースエステ ル以外の少なくとも 1種以上の混合物または相溶物に分割して乾燥することもできる 。乾燥温度は 70°C以上が好ましい。乾燥する材料にガラス転移温度を有する物が存 在するときには、そのガラス転移温度よりも高い乾燥温度に加熱すると、材料が融着 して取り扱いが困難になることがあるので、乾燥温度は、ガラス転移温度以下である ことが好ましい。複数の物質がガラス転移温度を有する場合は、ガラス転移温度が低 い方のガラス転移温度を基準とする。より好ましくは 70°C以上、(ガラス転移温度— 5 ) °C以下、更に好ましくは 110°C以上、(ガラス転移温度 20) °C以下である。乾燥時 間は、好ましくは 0. 5〜24時間、より好ましくは 1〜; 18時間、更に好ましくは 1. 5〜1 2時間である。乾燥温度が低くなり過ぎると揮発成分の除去率が低くなり、また乾燥す るのに時間に力、かり過ぎることになる。また、乾燥工程は 2段階以上にわけてもよぐ 例えば、乾燥工程が、材料の保管のための予備乾燥工程と、製膜する直前〜 1週間 前の間に行う直前乾燥工程を含むものであってもよい。 [0188] By drying before film formation, generation of volatile components can be reduced. Cellulose ester alone or at least one mixture of cellulose ester and film forming material other than cellulose ester or It can also be divided into compatible materials and dried. The drying temperature is preferably 70 ° C or higher. When a material having a glass transition temperature exists in the material to be dried, heating to a drying temperature higher than the glass transition temperature may cause the material to melt and be difficult to handle. Below the transition temperature It is preferable. When multiple substances have glass transition temperatures, the glass transition temperature with the lower glass transition temperature is used as a reference. More preferably, it is 70 ° C. or higher and (glass transition temperature −5) ° C. or lower, more preferably 110 ° C. or higher and (glass transition temperature 20) ° C. or lower. The drying time is preferably 0.5 to 24 hours, more preferably 1 to; 18 hours, and further preferably 1.5 to 12 hours. If the drying temperature is too low, the removal rate of volatile components will be low, and it will take too much time to dry. In addition, the drying process may be divided into two or more stages. For example, the drying process includes a preliminary drying process for storing materials, and a immediately preceding drying process performed immediately before film formation to one week before. Also good.
[0189] (溶融押出成形法) [0189] (Melt extrusion method)
以下、溶融押出成形法を例にとり、本発明のセルロースエステルフィルムの製造方 法について説明する。  Hereinafter, the method for producing the cellulose ester film of the present invention will be described by taking the melt extrusion molding method as an example.
[0190] 図 1は、本発明に係るセルロースエステルフィルムの製造方法を実施する装置の全 体構成を示す概略フローシートであり、図 2は、流延ダイから冷却ロール部分の拡大 図である。  FIG. 1 is a schematic flow sheet showing the overall configuration of an apparatus for carrying out the method for producing a cellulose ester film according to the present invention, and FIG. 2 is an enlarged view of a cooling roll portion from a casting die.
[0191] 図 1と図 2において、本発明によるセルロースエステルフィルムの製造方法は、セル ロース樹脂等のフィルム材料を混合した後、押出し機 1を用いて、流延ダイ 4から第 1 冷却ロール 5上に溶融押出し、第 1冷却ロール 5に外接させるとともに、更に、第 2冷 却ロール 7、第 3冷却ロール 8の合計 3本の冷却ロールに順に外接させて、冷却固化 してフィルム 10とする。次いで、剥離ロール 9によって剥離したフィルム 10を、次いで 延伸装置 12によりフィルムの両端部を把持して幅方向に延伸した後、巻取り装置 16 により巻き取る。また、平面性を矯正するために溶融フィルムを第 1冷却ロール 5表面 に挟圧するタツチロール 6が設けられている。このタツチロール 6は表面が弾性を有し 、第 1冷却ロール 5との間で二ップを形成している。タツチロール 6についての詳細は 後述する。  In FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, the method for producing a cellulose ester film according to the present invention is performed by mixing film materials such as cellulose resin and then using an extruder 1 to the first cooling roll 5 from the casting die 4. It is melt-extruded on top and circumscribed on the first cooling roll 5, and further circumscribed on the three cooling rolls in total, the second cooling roll 7 and the third cooling roll 8, and then cooled and solidified to form a film 10. . Next, the film 10 peeled off by the peeling roll 9 is then stretched in the width direction by holding both ends of the film by the stretching device 12 and then wound by the winding device 16. Further, in order to correct the flatness, a touch roll 6 for pressing the molten film on the surface of the first cooling roll 5 is provided. The touch roll 6 has an elastic surface and forms a two-piece with the first cooling roll 5. Details of Touch roll 6 will be described later.
[0192] 本発明によるセルロースエステルフィルムの製造方法において、溶融押出しの条件 は、他のポリエステル等の熱可塑性樹脂に用いられる条件と同様にして行うことがで きる。材料は予め乾燥させておくことが好ましい。真空または減圧乾燥機や除湿熱風 乾燥機等で水分を lOOOppm以下、好ましくは 200ppm以下に乾燥させることが望ま しい。 [0192] In the method for producing a cellulose ester film according to the present invention, the conditions for melt extrusion can be carried out in the same manner as the conditions used for other thermoplastic resins such as polyester. The material is preferably dried beforehand. Desirably, the moisture should be dried to lOOOppm or less, preferably 200ppm or less using a vacuum or vacuum dryer or dehumidifying hot air dryer. That's right.
[0193] 例えば、熱風や真空または減圧下で乾燥したセルロースエステルを押出し機 1を用 いて、押出し温度 200〜300°C程度で溶融し、リーフディスクタイプのフィルター 2等 で濾過し、異物を除去する。  [0193] For example, the cellulose ester dried under hot air, vacuum, or reduced pressure is melted at an extrusion temperature of about 200 to 300 ° C using an extruder 1, and filtered through a leaf disk type filter 2 to remove foreign matters. To do.
[0194] 供給ホッパー(図示略)から押出し機 1へ導入する際は、真空下または減圧下ゃ不 活性ガス雰囲気下にして、酸化分解等を防止することが好ましい。 [0194] When being introduced into the extruder 1 from a supply hopper (not shown), it is preferable to prevent oxidative decomposition and the like under an inert gas atmosphere under vacuum or reduced pressure.
[0195] 可塑剤等の添加剤を予め混合しない場合は、それらを押出し機の途中で練り込ん でもよい。均一に添加するために、スタチックミキサー 3等の混合装置を用いることが 好ましい。 [0195] When additives such as a plasticizer are not mixed in advance, they may be kneaded in the middle of the extruder. In order to add uniformly, it is preferable to use a mixing apparatus such as Static Mixer 3.
[0196] 本発明において、セルロースエステルと、その他必要により添加される劣化防止剤 等の添加剤は、溶融する前に混合しておくことが好ましぐセルロースエステルと添加 剤を加熱前に混合することが更に好ましい。混合は、混合機等により行ってもよぐま た、前記したようにセルロース樹脂調製過程において混合してもよい。混合機を使用 する場合は、 V型混合機、円錐スクリュー型混合機、水平円筒型混合機等、ヘンシェ ルミキサー、リボンミキサ一一般的な混合機を用いることができる。  [0196] In the present invention, the cellulose ester and other additives such as an anti-degradation agent added as necessary are preferably mixed before melting, and the cellulose ester and the additive are mixed before heating. More preferably. Mixing may be performed by a mixer or the like, or may be performed in the cellulose resin preparation process as described above. When a mixer is used, a general mixer such as a V-type mixer, a conical screw type mixer, a horizontal cylindrical type mixer, a Henschel mixer, or a ribbon mixer can be used.
[0197] 上記のようにフィルム形成材料を混合した後に、その混合物を押出し機 1を用いて 直接溶融して製膜するようにしてもよいが、一旦、フィルム形成材料をペレット化した 後、該ペレットを押出し機 1で溶融して製膜するようにしてもよい。また、フィルム形成 材料が、融点の異なる複数の材料を含む場合には、融点の低い材料のみが溶融す る温度で一旦、いわゆるおこし状の半溶融物を作製し、半溶融物を押出し機 1に投 入して製膜することも可能である。フィルム形成材料に熱分解しやす!/、材料が含まれ る場合には、溶融回数を減らす目的で、ペレットを作製せずに直接製膜する方法や 、上記のようなおこし状の半溶融物を作って力 製膜する方法が好ましレ、。  [0197] After the film-forming material is mixed as described above, the mixture may be directly melted and formed into a film using the extruder 1, but once the film-forming material is pelletized, The pellets may be melted by the extruder 1 to form a film. In addition, when the film-forming material includes a plurality of materials having different melting points, a so-called braided semi-melt is once produced at a temperature at which only the material having a low melting point is melted, and the semi-melt is extruded 1 It is also possible to form a film by throwing it into the film. Easily thermally decomposed into film-forming materials! / If the material contains a material, it is possible to directly form a film without producing pellets in order to reduce the number of melting times, The method of making a film and making a film is preferred.
[0198] 押出し機 1は、市場で入手可能な種々の押出し機を使用可能である力 溶融混練 押出し機が好ましぐ単軸押出し機でも 2軸押出し機でもよい。フィルム形成材料から ペレットを作製せずに、直接製膜を行う場合、適当な混練度が必要であるため 2軸押 出し機を用いることが好ましいが、単軸押出し機でも、スクリューの形状をマドック型、 ュニメルト型、ダルメージ等の混練型のスクリューに変更することにより、適度の混練 が得られるので、使用可能である。フィルム形成材料として、一旦、ペレットやおこし 状の半溶融物を使用する場合は、単軸押出し機でも 2軸押出し機でも使用可能であ [0198] Extruder 1 can use various commercially available extruders. Melt kneading The extruder 1 may be a single-screw extruder or a twin-screw extruder, which is preferable for an extruder. When forming a film directly without producing pellets from a film-forming material, it is preferable to use a twin-screw extruder because an appropriate degree of kneading is required, but even with a single-screw extruder, the screw shape is Moderate kneading by changing to a kneading type screw such as mold, unimelt type, dull mage, etc. Can be used. Once pellets or braided semi-melts are used as film forming materials, they can be used with either single-screw extruders or twin-screw extruders.
[0199] 押出し機 1内及び押出した後の冷却工程は、窒素ガス等の不活性ガスで置換する 、、或いは減圧することにより、酸素の濃度を下げることが好ましい。 [0199] In the extruder 1 and the cooling step after extrusion, the oxygen concentration is preferably lowered by substituting with an inert gas such as nitrogen gas or reducing the pressure.
[0200] 押出し機 1内のフィルム形成材料の溶融温度は、フィルム形成材料の粘度や吐出 量、製造するシートの厚み等によって好ましい条件が異なる力 一般的には、フィノレ ムのガラス転移温度 Tgに対して、 Tg以上、 Tg+ 130°C以下、好ましくは Tg+ 10°C 以上、 Tg+ 120°C以下である。  [0200] The melting temperature of the film-forming material in the extruder 1 has different conditions depending on the viscosity and discharge amount of the film-forming material, the thickness of the sheet to be manufactured, etc. On the other hand, it is Tg or more and Tg + 130 ° C or less, preferably Tg + 10 ° C or more and Tg + 120 ° C or less.
[0201] 本発明の溶融押出し時の温度は 200°C以上 270°C以下の範囲であることが好まし V、。更に 230〜260°Cの範囲であることが好まし!/、。  [0201] The temperature at the time of melt extrusion of the present invention is preferably in the range of 200 ° C to 270 ° C. Furthermore, it is preferable to be in the range of 230-260 ° C!
[0202] 押出し時の溶融粘度は、 l~10000Pa- s,好ましくは 10〜; lOOOPa' sである。また 、押出し機 1内でのフィルム形成材料の滞留時間は短い方が好ましぐ 5分以内、好 ましくは 3分以内、より好ましくは 2分以内である。滞留時間は、押出し機 1の種類、押 し出す条件にも左右されるが、材料の供給量や L/D、スクリュー回転数、スクリュー の溝の深さ等を調整することにより短縮することが可能である。  [0202] The melt viscosity at the time of extrusion is 1 to 10,000 Pa-s, preferably 10 to lOOOPa's. In addition, a shorter residence time of the film forming material in the extruder 1 is preferably within 5 minutes, preferably within 3 minutes, and more preferably within 2 minutes. The residence time depends on the type of extruder 1 and the extrusion conditions, but it can be shortened by adjusting the material supply rate, L / D, screw rotation speed, screw groove depth, etc. Is possible.
[0203] 押出し機 1のスクリューの形状や回転数等は、フィルム形成材料の粘度や吐出量等 により適宜選択される。本発明において押出し機 1でのせん断速度は、 1/秒〜 100 00/秒、好ましくは 5/秒〜 1000/秒、より好ましくは 10/秒〜 100/秒である。  [0203] The shape, rotation speed, and the like of the screw of the extruder 1 are appropriately selected depending on the viscosity, discharge amount, and the like of the film-forming material. In the present invention, the shear rate in the extruder 1 is 1 / second to 1000 / second, preferably 5 / second to 1000 / second, more preferably 10 / second to 100 / second.
[0204] 本発明に使用できる押出し機 1としては、一般的にプラスチック成形機として入手可 能である。  [0204] The extruder 1 that can be used in the present invention is generally available as a plastic molding machine.
[0205] 押出し機 1から押し出されたフィルム形成材料は、流延ダイ 4に送られ、流延ダイ 4 のスリットからフィルム状に押し出される。流延ダイ 4はシートやフィルムを製造するた めに用いられるものであれば特に限定はされない。流延ダイ 4の材質としては、ハー ドクロム、炭化クロム、窒化クロム、炭化チタン、炭窒化チタン、窒化チタン、超鋼、セ ラミック (タングステンカーバイド、酸化アルミ、酸化クロム)等を溶射もしくはメツキし、 表面加工としてバフ、 # 1000番手以降の砥石を用いるラッピング、 # 1000番手以 上のダイヤモンド砥石を用いる平面切削(切削方向は樹脂の流れ方向に垂直な方向 )、電解研磨、電解複合研磨等の加工を施したもの等が挙げられる。流延ダイ 4のリツ プ部の好ましい材質は、流延ダイ 4と同様である。またリップ部の表面精度は 0. 5S以 下が好ましぐ 0. 2S以下がより好ましい。 The film forming material extruded from the extruder 1 is sent to the casting die 4 and extruded from the slit of the casting die 4 into a film shape. The casting die 4 is not particularly limited as long as it is used for producing a sheet or a film. As the material of the casting die 4, hard chromium, chromium carbide, chromium nitride, titanium carbide, titanium carbonitride, titanium nitride, super steel, ceramic (tungsten carbide, aluminum oxide, chromium oxide), etc. are sprayed or plated. Buffing as surface treatment, lapping using # 1000 or higher whetstone, #cutting using diamond wheel of # 1000 or higher (cutting direction is perpendicular to resin flow direction) ), Those subjected to processing such as electrolytic polishing, electrolytic composite polishing, and the like. A preferred material for the rip portion of the casting die 4 is the same as that of the casting die 4. The surface accuracy of the lip is preferably 0.5S or less, more preferably 0.2S or less.
[0206] この流延ダイ 4のスリットは、そのギャップが調整可能なように構成されている。これ を図 3に示す。流延ダイ 4のスリット 32を形成する一対のリップのうち、一方は剛性の 低い変形しやすいフレキシブルリップ 33であり、他方は固定リップ 34である。そして、 多数のヒートボルト 35が流延ダイ 4の幅方向すなわちスリット 32の長さ方向に一定ピ ツチで配列されている。各ヒートボルト 5には、埋め込み電気ヒータ 37と冷却媒体通 路とを具えたブロック 36が設けられ、各ヒートボルト 35が各ブロック 36を縦に貫通して いる。ヒートボルト 35の基部はダイ本体 31に固定され、先端はフレキシブルリップ 33 の外面に当接している。そしてブロック 36を常時空冷しながら、埋め込み電気ヒータ 37の入力を増減してブロック 36の温度を上下させ、これによりヒートボルト 35を熱伸 縮させて、フレキシブルリップ 33を変位させてフィルムの厚さを調整する。ダイ後流の 所要箇所に厚さ計を設け、これによつて検出されたウェブ厚さ情報を制御装置にフィ ードバックし、この厚さ情報を制御装置で設定厚み情報と比較し、同装置から来る補 正制御量の信号によってヒートボルトの発熱体の電力またはオン率を制御するように することもできる。ヒートボルトは、好ましくは、長さ 20〜40cm、直径 7〜; 14mmを有 し、複数、例えば数十本のヒートボルトが、好ましくはピッチ 20〜40mmで配列されて いる。ヒートボルトの代わりに、手動で軸方向に前後動させることによりスリットギャップ を調節するボルトを主体とするギャップ調節部材を設けてもょレ、。ギャップ調節部材 によって調節されたスリットギャップは、通常 200〜; 1000 m、好ましくは 300〜800 〃m、より好ましくは 400〜600〃111である。  [0206] The slit of the casting die 4 is configured such that the gap can be adjusted. This is shown in Fig. 3. Of the pair of lips forming the slit 32 of the casting die 4, one is a flexible lip 33 having low rigidity and easily deformed, and the other is a fixed lip 34. A large number of heat bolts 35 are arranged with a constant pitch in the width direction of the casting die 4, that is, in the length direction of the slit 32. Each heat bolt 5 is provided with a block 36 having an embedded electric heater 37 and a cooling medium passage, and each heat bolt 35 penetrates each block 36 vertically. The base of the heat bolt 35 is fixed to the die body 31 and the tip is in contact with the outer surface of the flexible lip 33. While the block 36 is constantly air-cooled, the input to the embedded electric heater 37 is increased or decreased to increase or decrease the temperature of the block 36, thereby causing the heat bolt 35 to thermally expand and contract, thereby displacing the flexible lip 33 and the film thickness. Adjust. A thickness gauge is installed at the required location in the wake of the die, and the web thickness information detected by this is fed back to the control device, and this thickness information is compared with the set thickness information by the control device. It is also possible to control the power or the ON rate of the heat bolt heating element by the signal of the correction control amount that comes. The heat bolt preferably has a length of 20 to 40 cm and a diameter of 7 to 14 mm, and a plurality of, for example, several tens of heat bolts are preferably arranged at a pitch of 20 to 40 mm. Instead of a heat bolt, a gap adjustment member mainly composed of a bolt that adjusts the slit gap by moving it back and forth in the axial direction manually can be provided. The slit gap adjusted by the gap adjusting member is usually 200 to 1000 m, preferably 300 to 800 〃m, more preferably 400 to 600 〃111.
[0207] 第 1〜第 3冷却ロールは、肉厚が 20〜30mm程度のシームレスな鋼管製で、表面 が鏡面に仕上げられている。その内部には、冷却液を流す配管が配置されており、 配管を流れる冷却液によってロール上のフィルムから熱を吸収できるように構成され ている。この第 1乃至第 3冷却ロールの内、第 1冷却ロール 5が本発明の回転支持体 に相当する。  [0207] The first to third cooling rolls are made of seamless steel pipe with a wall thickness of about 20 to 30 mm, and the surface is mirror finished. Inside, a pipe for flowing the coolant is arranged, and it is configured so that heat can be absorbed from the film on the roll by the coolant flowing through the pipe. Of the first to third cooling rolls, the first cooling roll 5 corresponds to the rotating support of the present invention.
[0208] 一方、第 1冷却ロール 5に当接するタツチロール 6は、表面が弾性を有し、第 1冷却 ロール 5への押圧力によって第 1冷却ロール 5の表面に沿って変形し、第 1ロール 5と の間に二ップを形成する。すなわち、タツチロール 6が本発明の挟圧回転体に相当す On the other hand, the touch roll 6 in contact with the first cooling roll 5 has an elastic surface and the first cooling roll 5 The pressing force applied to the roll 5 deforms along the surface of the first cooling roll 5 to form a two-pipe between the first roll 5 and the first cooling roll 5. That is, the touch roll 6 corresponds to the clamping rotary body of the present invention.
[0209] 図 4に、タツチロール 6の一実施形態(以下、タツチロール A)の概略断面を示す。図 に示すように、タツチローノレ Aは、可撓性の金属スリーブ 41の内部に弾性ローラ 42を 配したものである。 [0209] FIG. 4 shows a schematic cross section of one embodiment of the touch roll 6 (hereinafter, touch roll A). As shown in the figure, the Tachronole A has an elastic roller 42 disposed inside a flexible metal sleeve 41.
[0210] 金属スリーブ 41は厚さ 0. 3mmのステンレス製であり、可撓性を有する。金属スリー ブ 41が薄過ぎると強度が不足し、逆に厚過ぎると弾性が不足する。これらのこと力 、 金属スリーブ 41の厚さとしては、 0. ;!〜 1. 5mmが好ましい。弾性ローラ 42は、軸受 を介して回転自在な金属製の内筒 43の表面にゴム 44を設けてロール状としたもの である。そして、タツチロール Aが第 1冷却ロール 5に向けて押圧されると、弾性ローラ 42が金属スリーブ 41を第 1冷却ロール 5に押しつけ、金属スリープ 41及び弾性ロー ラ 42は第 1冷却ロール 5の形状になじんだ形状に対応しつつ変形し、第 1冷却ロー ルとの間に二ップを形成する。金属スリーブ 41の内部で弾性ローラ 42との間に形成 される空間には、冷却水 45が流される。  [0210] The metal sleeve 41 is made of stainless steel having a thickness of 0.3 mm and has flexibility. If the metal sleeve 41 is too thin, the strength will be insufficient, and if it is too thick, the elasticity will be insufficient. The thickness of the metal sleeve 41 is preferably 0.;! To 1.5 mm. The elastic roller 42 is a roll formed by providing a rubber 44 on the surface of a metal inner cylinder 43 that is rotatable through a bearing. When the touch roll A is pressed toward the first cooling roll 5, the elastic roller 42 presses the metal sleeve 41 against the first cooling roll 5, and the metal sleep 41 and the elastic roller 42 form the shape of the first cooling roll 5. It deforms while conforming to the familiar shape, and forms a two-pipe with the first cooling roll. Cooling water 45 flows in a space formed between the metal sleeve 41 and the elastic roller 42.
[0211] 図 5、図 6は挟圧回転体の別の実施形態であるタツチロール Bを示している。タツチ ロール Bは、可撓性を有する、シームレスなステンレス鋼管製(厚さ 4mm)の外筒 51 と、この外筒 51の内側に同一軸心状に配置された高剛性の金属内筒 52とから概略 構成されている。外筒 51と内筒 52との間の空間 53には、冷却液 54が流される。詳し くは、タツチロール Bは、両端の回転軸 55a、 55bに外筒支持フランジ 56a、 56bが取 付けられ、これら両外筒支持フランジ 56a、 56bの外周部間に薄肉金属外筒 51が取 付けられている。また、一方の回転軸 55aの軸心部に形成されて流体戻り通路 57を 形成する流体排出孔 58内に、流体供給管 59が同一軸心状に配設され、この流体供 給管 59が薄肉金属外筒 51内の軸心部に配置された流体軸筒 60に接続固定されて いる。この流体軸筒 60の両端部に内筒支持フランジ 61a、 61bがそれぞれ取り付け られ、これら内筒支持フランジ 61a、 61bの外周部間から他端側外筒支持フランジ 56 bにわたつて約 15〜20mm程度の肉厚を有する金属内筒 52が取付けられている。 そしてこの金属内筒 52と薄肉金属外筒 51との間に、例えば 10mm程度の冷却液の 流送空間 53が形成され、また金属内筒 52に両端部近傍には、流送空間 53と内筒 支持フランジ 61a、 61b外側の中間通路 62a、 62bとを連通する流出口 52a及び流入 口 52bがそれぞれ形成されて!/、る。 5 and 6 show a touch roll B which is another embodiment of the pinching rotary member. The touch roll B includes a flexible, seamless stainless steel pipe (thickness 4 mm) outer cylinder 51, and a high-rigidity metal inner cylinder 52 arranged coaxially inside the outer cylinder 51. It is roughly composed of A coolant 54 flows in a space 53 between the outer cylinder 51 and the inner cylinder 52. Specifically, in the touch roll B, outer cylinder support flanges 56a and 56b are attached to the rotating shafts 55a and 55b at both ends, and a thin metal outer cylinder 51 is attached between the outer peripheral portions of the both outer cylinder support flanges 56a and 56b. It has been. In addition, a fluid supply pipe 59 is arranged in the same axial center in a fluid discharge hole 58 formed in the axial center portion of one rotary shaft 55a and forming a fluid return passage 57, and the fluid supply pipe 59 is The thin metal outer cylinder 51 is connected and fixed to the fluid shaft cylinder 60 arranged at the shaft center portion. Inner cylinder support flanges 61a and 61b are attached to both ends of the fluid shaft cylinder 60, respectively, and approximately 15 to 20 mm from the outer peripheral part of the inner cylinder support flanges 61a and 61b to the outer cylinder support flange 56b on the other end side. A metal inner cylinder 52 having a certain thickness is attached. Between the metal inner cylinder 52 and the thin metal outer cylinder 51, for example, a coolant of about 10 mm An inflow space 53 is formed, and in the vicinity of both ends of the metal inner tube 52, an outflow port 52a and an inflow port 52b that connect the inflow passage 53 and the intermediate passages 62a, 62b outside the inner tube support flanges 61a, 61b. Are formed! /
[0212] また、外筒 51は、ゴム弾性に近い柔軟性と可撓性、復元性をもたせるために、弾性 力学の薄肉円筒理論が適用できる範囲内で薄肉化が図られている。この薄肉円筒 理論で評価される可撓性は、肉厚 t/ロール半径 rで表されており、 t/rが小さいほど 可撓性が高まる。このタツチロール Bでは t/r≤0. 03の場合に可撓性が最適の条件 となる。通常、一般的に使用されているタツチロールは、ロール径 R= 200〜500mm (ロール半径 r=R/2)、ローノレ有効幅 L = 500〜; 1600mmで、 r/Lく 1で横長の开$ 状である。そして図 6に示すように、例えばロール径 R= 300mm、ロール有効幅 L = 1200mmの場合、肉厚 tの適正範囲は 150 X 0. 03 = 4. 5mm以下であるが、溶融 シート幅を 1300mmに対して平均線圧を 98N/cmで挟圧する場合、同一形状のゴ ムロールと比較して、外筒 51の肉厚を 3mmとすることで相当ばね定数も等しぐ外筒 51と冷却ロールとの二ップのロール回転方向の二ップ幅 kも約 9mmで、このゴムロー ルのニップ幅約 12mmとほぼ近い値を示し、同じような条件下で挟圧できることが分 力、る。なお、この二ップ幅 kにおけるたわみ量は 0. 05—0. 1mm程度である。  [0212] Further, the outer cylinder 51 is designed to be thin as long as the thin cylinder theory of elastodynamics can be applied in order to have flexibility, flexibility, and resilience close to rubber elasticity. The flexibility evaluated by this thin-walled cylinder theory is expressed by the thickness t / roll radius r, and the smaller the t / r, the higher the flexibility. For Tachtrol B, flexibility is the optimal condition when t / r≤0.03. Normally, the commonly used touch rolls have a roll diameter R = 200 to 500 mm (roll radius r = R / 2), a roll width effective width L = 500 to; 1600 mm, r / L 1 Is. As shown in Fig. 6, for example, when the roll diameter is R = 300 mm and the effective roll width is L = 1200 mm, the appropriate thickness t is 150 X 0.03 = 4.5 mm or less, but the molten sheet width is 1300 mm. When the average linear pressure is 98 N / cm, the outer cylinder 51 and the cooling roll have the same spring constant by setting the thickness of the outer cylinder 51 to 3 mm compared to the rubber roll of the same shape. The two-pipe width k in the roll rotation direction is about 9mm, which is almost the same as the rubber roll's nip width of about 12mm, and can be pinched under similar conditions. It should be noted that the amount of deflection at the two-pipe width k is about 0.05 to 0.1 mm.
[0213] ここで、 t/r≤0. 03とした力 一般的なロール径 R= 200〜500mmの場合では、 特に 2mm≤t≤5mmの範囲とすると、可撓性も十分に得られ、また機械加工による 薄肉化も容易に実施でき、極めて実用的な範囲となる。肉厚が 2mm以下では加工 時の弾性変形で高精度な加工ができない。  [0213] Here, t / r≤0.03 force When the general roll diameter R = 200-500mm, especially in the range of 2mm≤t≤5mm, sufficient flexibility is obtained, In addition, thinning by machining can be easily performed, and this is an extremely practical range. If the wall thickness is 2mm or less, high-precision machining cannot be performed due to elastic deformation during machining.
[0214] この 2mm≤t≤ 5mmの換算値は、一般的なロール径に対して 0. 008≤t/r≤0.  [0214] This conversion value of 2mm≤t≤5mm is 0.008≤t / r≤0.
05となるが、実用にあたっては 03の条件下でロール径に比例して肉厚も 大きくするとよい。例えばロール径: R = 200では t = 2〜3mm、ロール径: R= 500で は t = 4〜 5mmの範囲で選択する。  However, in practical use, it is better to increase the wall thickness in proportion to the roll diameter under the condition of 03. For example, t = 2 to 3 mm for roll diameter: R = 200, and t = 4 to 5 mm for roll diameter: R = 500.
[0215] このタツチロール A、 Bは不図示の付勢手段により第 1冷却ロールに向けて付勢さ れる。その付勢手段の付勢力を F、ニップにおけるフィルムの、第 1冷却ロール 5の回 転軸に沿った方向の幅 Wを除した値 F/W (線圧)は、 9. 8〜; 147N/cmに設定さ れる。本実施の形態によれば、タツチロール A、 Bと第 1冷却ロール 5との間にニップ が形成され、当該二ップをフィルムが通過する間に平面性を矯正すればよい。従って 、タツチロールが剛体で構成され、第 1冷却ロールとの間にエップが形成されない場 合と比べて、小さい線圧で長時間かけてフィルムを挟圧するので、平面性をより確実 に矯正することができる。すなわち、線圧が 9· 8N/cmよりも小さいと、ダイラインを 十分に解消することができなくなる。逆に、線圧が 147N/cmよりも大きいと、フィノレ ムがニップを通過しにくくなり、フィルムの厚さにかえってムラができてしまう。 [0215] The touch rolls A and B are urged toward the first cooling roll by urging means (not shown). The urging force of the urging means is F, and the value F / W (linear pressure) of the film in the nip excluding the width W in the direction along the rotation axis of the first cooling roll 5 is 9.8 to 147N Set to / cm. According to the present embodiment, the nip between the touch rolls A and B and the first cooling roll 5 Is formed, and the flatness may be corrected while the film passes through the nip. Therefore, the film is sandwiched for a long time with a small linear pressure compared to the case where the touch roll is made of a rigid body and no ep is formed between the first cooling roll and the flatness can be more reliably corrected. Can do. In other words, if the linear pressure is less than 9.8 N / cm, the die line cannot be sufficiently eliminated. On the other hand, if the linear pressure is higher than 147 N / cm, the finoleum will not easily pass through the nip, resulting in unevenness in place of the film thickness.
[0216] また、タツチロール A、 Bの表面を金属で構成することにより、タツチロールの表面が ゴムである場合よりもタツチロール A、 Bの表面を平滑にすることができるので、平滑 性の高いフィルムを得ることができる。なお、弾性ローラ 42の弾性体 44の材質として は、エチレンプロピレンゴム、ネオプレンゴム、シリコンゴム等を用いることができる。 [0216] In addition, since the surfaces of the touch rolls A and B are made of metal, the surfaces of the touch rolls A and B can be made smoother than when the surfaces of the touch rolls are rubber, so a film with high smoothness can be obtained. Obtainable. As a material of the elastic body 44 of the elastic roller 42, ethylene propylene rubber, neoprene rubber, silicon rubber or the like can be used.
[0217] さて、タツチロール 6によってダイラインを良好に解消するためには、タツチロール 6 力 Sフィルムを挟圧するときのフィルムの粘度が適切な範囲であることが重要となる。ま た、セルロースエステルは温度による粘度の変化が比較的大きいことが知られている 。従って、タツチロール 6がセルロースエステルフィルムを挟圧するときの粘度を適切 な範囲に設定するためには、タツチロール 6がセルロースフィルムを挟圧するときのフ イルムの温度を適切な範囲に設定することが重要となる。そして本発明者は、セル口 ースエステルフィルムのガラス転移温度を Tgとしたとき、フィルムがタツチロール 6に 挟圧される直前のフィルムの温度 Tを、 Tg<T<Tg+ 110°Cを満たすように設定す ればよいことを見出した。フィルム温度 T力 STgよりも低いとフィルムの粘度が高過ぎて 、ダイラインを矯正できなくなる。逆に、フィルムの温度 T力 STg+ 110°Cよりも高いと、 フィルム表面とロールが均一に接着せず、やはりダイラインを矯正することができない 。好ましくは丁§+ 10°じ<丁2<丁§ + 90° 更に好ましくは Tg + 20°C <T2く Tg+ 7 0°Cである。タツチロール 6がセルロースエステルフィルムを挟圧するときのフィルムの 温度を適切な範囲に設定するには、流延ダイ 4から押し出された溶融物が第 1冷却口 ール 5に接触する位置 P1から第 1冷却ロール 5とタツチロール 6とのニップの、第 1冷 却ロール 5の回転方向に沿った長さ Lを調整すればよい。 [0217] Now, in order to satisfactorily eliminate the die line by the touch roll 6, it is important that the viscosity of the film when the pressure roll 6 is pressed is in an appropriate range. Cellulose esters are known to have a relatively large change in viscosity with temperature. Therefore, it is important to set the temperature of the film at which Tuttilol 6 clamps the cellulose film to an appropriate range in order to set the viscosity when Tutroll 6 clamps the cellulose ester film to an appropriate range. Become. Then, the present inventor assumes that when the glass transition temperature of the cell mouth ester film is Tg, the temperature T of the film immediately before the film is sandwiched between the touch rolls 6 satisfies Tg <T <Tg + 110 ° C. It was found that this should be set. If the film temperature is lower than T force STg, the viscosity of the film is too high and the die line cannot be corrected. On the other hand, if the temperature T force of the film is higher than STg + 110 ° C, the film surface and the roll do not adhere uniformly, and the die line cannot be corrected. Preferably more preferably Ji Ding § + 10 ° <Ding 2 <Ding § + 90 ° is Tg + 20 ° C <T2 rather Tg + 7 0 ° C. In order to set the temperature of the film when Tachiroll 6 clamps the cellulose ester film to an appropriate range, the melt extruded from the casting die 4 comes into contact with the first cooling hole 5 from the position P1 to the first. The length L of the nip between the cooling roll 5 and the touch roll 6 along the rotation direction of the first cooling roll 5 may be adjusted.
[0218] 本発明において、第 1ロール 5、第 2ロール 6に好ましい材質は、炭素鋼、ステンレス 鋼、樹脂、等が挙げられる。また、表面精度は高くすることが好ましく表面粗さとして 0 . 3S以下、より好ましくは 0. 01S以下とする。 [0218] In the present invention, preferred materials for the first roll 5 and the second roll 6 include carbon steel, stainless steel, resin, and the like. Also, it is preferable to increase the surface accuracy, and the surface roughness should be 0 3S or less, more preferably 0.01S or less.
[0219] 本発明においては、流延ダイ 4の開口部(リップ)から第 1ロール 5までの部分を 70k Pa以下に減圧させることにより、上記、ダイラインの矯正効果がより大きく発現するこ とを発見した。好ましくは減圧は 50〜70kPaである。流延ダイ 4の開口部(リップ)から 第 1ロール 5までの部分の圧力を 70kPa以下に保つ方法としては、特に制限はない 力 流延ダイ 4からロール周辺を耐圧部材で覆い、減圧する等の方法がある。このと き、吸引装置は、装置自体が昇華物の付着場所にならないようヒーターで加熱する 等の処置を施すことが好ましい。本発明では、吸引圧が小さ過ぎると昇華物を効果的 に吸引できないため、適当な吸引圧とする必要がある。  [0219] In the present invention, by reducing the pressure from the opening (lip) of the casting die 4 to the first roll 5 to 70 kPa or less, the above-described die line correction effect is more greatly expressed. discovered. The reduced pressure is preferably 50 to 70 kPa. There is no particular limitation on the method of keeping the pressure from the opening (lip) of the casting die 4 to the first roll 5 at 70 kPa or less. There is a way. At this time, the suction device is preferably subjected to a treatment such as heating with a heater so that the device itself does not become a place where the sublimate adheres. In the present invention, if the suction pressure is too small, the sublimate cannot be sucked effectively, so it is necessary to set the suction pressure to an appropriate value.
[0220] 本発明にお!/、て、 Tダイ 4から溶融状態のフィルム状のセルロースエステルを、第 1 ロール(第 1冷却ロール) 5、第 2冷却ロール 7、及び第 3冷却ロール 8に順次密着させ て搬送しながら冷却固化させ、未延伸のセル口ースエステルフィルム 10を得る。  [0220] In the present invention, the film-like cellulose ester in a molten state is transferred from the T die 4 to the first roll (first cooling roll) 5, the second cooling roll 7, and the third cooling roll 8. The film is cooled and solidified while being brought into close contact with each other, and an unstretched cell mouth ester film 10 is obtained.
[0221] 図 1に示す本発明の実施形態では、第 3冷却ロール 8から剥離ロール 9によって剥 離した冷却固化された未延伸のフィルム 10は、ダンサーロール(フィルム張力調整口 ール) 11を経て延伸機 12に導き、そこでフィルム 10を横方向(幅方向)に延伸する。 この延伸により、フィルム中の分子が配向される。  In the embodiment of the present invention shown in FIG. 1, the cooled and solidified unstretched film 10 separated from the third cooling roll 8 by the peeling roll 9 is provided with a dancer roll (film tension adjusting tool) 11. Then, the film is guided to a stretching machine 12, where the film 10 is stretched in the transverse direction (width direction). By this stretching, the molecules in the film are oriented.
[0222] フィルムを幅方向に延伸する方法は、公知のテンター等を好ましく用いることができ る。特に延伸方向を幅方向とすることで、偏光フィルムとの積層がロール形態で実施 できるので好ましい。幅方向に延伸することで、セルロースエステルフィルムからなる セルロースエステルフィルムの遅相軸は幅方向になる。  [0222] As a method of stretching the film in the width direction, a known tenter or the like can be preferably used. In particular, it is preferable to set the stretching direction to the width direction because lamination with a polarizing film can be performed in a roll form. By stretching in the width direction, the slow axis of the cellulose ester film made of the cellulose ester film becomes the width direction.
[0223] 一方、偏光フィルムの透過軸も、通常、幅方向である。偏光フィルムの透過軸と光 学フィルムの遅相軸とが平行になるように積層した偏光板を液晶表示装置に組み込 むことで、液晶表示装置の表示コントラストを高くすることができるとともに、良好な視 野角が得られるのである。  [0223] On the other hand, the transmission axis of the polarizing film is also usually in the width direction. By incorporating into the liquid crystal display device a polarizing plate that is laminated so that the transmission axis of the polarizing film and the slow axis of the optical film are parallel, the display contrast of the liquid crystal display device can be increased and good A great viewing angle can be obtained.
[0224] フィルム形成材料のガラス転移温度 Tgはフィルムを構成する材料種及び構成する 材料の比率を異ならしめることにより制御できる。セルロースエステルフィルムとして位 相差フィルムを作製する場合、 Tgは 120°C以上、好ましくは 135°C以上とすることが 好ましい。液晶表示装置においては、画像の表示状態において、装置自身の温度 上昇、例えば光源由来の温度上昇によってフィルムの温度環境が変化する。このとき フィルムの使用環境温度よりもフィルムの Tgが低いと、延伸によってフィルム内部に 固定された分子の配向状態に由来するリタ一デーシヨン値及びフィルムとしての寸法 形状に大きな変化を与えることとなる。フィルムの Tgが高過ぎると、フィルム形成材料 をフィルム化するとき温度が高くなるために加熱するエネルギー消費が高くなり、また フィルム化するときの材料自身の分解、それによる着色が生じることがあり、従って、 T gは 250°C以下が好ましい。 [0224] The glass transition temperature Tg of the film-forming material can be controlled by varying the material type constituting the film and the ratio of the constituting material. When a phase difference film is produced as a cellulose ester film, Tg is preferably 120 ° C or higher, and more preferably 135 ° C or higher. In a liquid crystal display device, the temperature of the device itself in the image display state. The temperature environment of the film changes due to the rise, for example, the temperature rise from the light source. At this time, if the Tg of the film is lower than the use environment temperature of the film, the retardation value derived from the orientation state of the molecules fixed inside the film by stretching and the dimensional shape as the film are greatly changed. If the Tg of the film is too high, the temperature when the film forming material is filmed becomes high, so that the energy consumption for heating is high, and the material itself may be decomposed when it is filmed, resulting in coloring. Therefore, Tg is preferably 250 ° C or lower.
[0225] また延伸工程には公知の熱固定条件、冷却、緩和処理を行ってもよぐ 目的とする 光学フィルムに要求される特性を有するように適宜調整すればよい。 [0225] In addition, the stretching step may be appropriately adjusted so as to have the characteristics required for the target optical film, which may be subjected to known heat setting conditions, cooling, and relaxation treatment.
[0226] 位相差フィルムの物性と液晶表示装置の視野角拡大のための位相差フィルムとし ての機能付与するために、上記延伸工程、熱固定処理は適宜選択して行われてい る。このような延伸工程、熱固定処理を含む場合、加熱加圧工程は、それらの延伸ェ 程、熱固定処理の前に行うようにする。 [0226] In order to impart physical properties of the retardation film and a function as a retardation film for expanding the viewing angle of the liquid crystal display device, the stretching step and the heat setting treatment are appropriately selected and performed. When such a stretching process and heat setting process are included, the heating and pressing process is performed before the stretching process and the heat setting process.
[0227] セルロースエステルフィルムとして位相差フィルムを製造し、更に偏光板保護フィル ムの機能を複合させる場合、屈折率制御を行う必要が生じるが、その屈折率制御は 延伸操作により行うことが可能であり、また延伸操作が好ましい方法である。以下、そ の延伸方法につ!/、て説明する。 [0227] When a retardation film is produced as a cellulose ester film and further combined with the function of a polarizing plate protective film, it is necessary to control the refractive index. However, the refractive index can be controlled by a stretching operation. In addition, a stretching operation is a preferred method. The stretching method is described below!
[0228] 位相差フィルムの延伸工程において、セルロース樹脂の 1方向に 1. 0〜2. 0倍及 びフィルム面内にそれと直交する方向に 1. 01 -2. 5倍延伸することで、必要とされ るリタ一デーシヨン Ro及び Rtを制御することができる。ここで、 Roとは面内リターデー シヨンを示し、 Rtとは厚み方向リタ一デーシヨンを示す。 [0228] Necessary by stretching 1.0 to 2.0 times in one direction of cellulose resin and 1.01 to 2.5 times in the direction perpendicular to the film plane in the stretching process of retardation film It is possible to control the return values Ro and Rt. Here, Ro indicates in-plane retardation, and Rt indicates thickness direction retardation.
[0229] リタ一デーシヨン Ro、 Rtは下記式により求められる。 [0229] Retardation Ro and Rt are obtained by the following equations.
[0230] 式(i) Ro= (nx-ny) X d [0230] Formula (i) Ro = (nx-ny) X d
式(ii) Rt= ( (nx + ny) /2 -nz) X d  Formula (ii) Rt = ((nx + ny) / 2 -nz) X d
(式中、 nxはフィルム面内の遅相軸方向の屈折率、 nyはフィルム面内の進相軸方向 の屈折率、 nzはフィルムの厚み方向の屈折率(屈折率は 23°C、 55%RHの環境下、 波長 590nmで測定)、 dはフィルムの厚さ(nm)を表す。 )  (Where nx is the refractive index in the slow axis direction in the film plane, ny is the refractive index in the fast axis direction in the film plane, nz is the refractive index in the thickness direction of the film (refractive index is 23 ° C, 55 (Measured at a wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of% RH), d represents the film thickness (nm).
光学フィルムの屈折率は、アッベ屈折率計(4T)を用いて、フィルムの厚さは市販の マイクロメーターを用いて、リタ一デーシヨン値は、自動複屈折計 KOBRA—21AD H (王子計測機器 (株)製)等を用レ、て、各々測定することが出来る。 The refractive index of the optical film was measured using an Abbe refractometer (4T), and the thickness of the film was Using a micrometer, the retardation value can be measured using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21AD H (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments) or the like.
[0231] 延伸は、例えばフィルムの長手方向及びそれとフィルム面内で直交する方向、即ち 幅方向に対して、逐次または同時に行うことができる。このとき少なくとも 1方向に対し ての延伸倍率が小さ過ぎると十分な位相差が得られず、大き過ぎると延伸が困難とな りフィルム破断が発生してしまう場合がある。 [0231] Stretching can be performed sequentially or simultaneously, for example, in the longitudinal direction of the film and in the direction perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the film, that is, in the width direction. At this time, if the stretching ratio in at least one direction is too small, a sufficient phase difference cannot be obtained, and if it is too large, stretching may become difficult and film breakage may occur.
[0232] 例えば溶融流延方向に延伸した場合、幅方向の収縮が大き過ぎると、 nzの値が大 きくなり過ぎてしまう。この場合、フィルムの幅収縮を抑制、或いは幅方向にも延伸す ることで改善できる。幅方向に延伸する場合、幅方向で屈折率に分布が生じることが ある。この分布は、テンター法を用いた場合に現れることがあり、フィルムを幅方向に 延伸したことで、フィルム中央部に収縮力が発生し、端部は固定されていることにより 生じる現象で、いわゆるボーイング現象と呼ばれるものと考えられる。この場合でも、 流延方向に延伸することで、ボーイング現象を抑制でき、幅方向の位相差の分布を 少なくできる。  [0232] For example, in the case of stretching in the melt casting direction, if the shrinkage in the width direction is too large, the value of nz becomes too large. In this case, it can be improved by suppressing the width shrinkage of the film or stretching in the width direction. When stretching in the width direction, the refractive index may be distributed in the width direction. This distribution may appear when the tenter method is used. When the film is stretched in the width direction, a shrinkage force is generated at the center of the film and the end is fixed. It is thought to be called the Boeing phenomenon. Even in this case, by stretching in the casting direction, the bowing phenomenon can be suppressed and the distribution of phase difference in the width direction can be reduced.
[0233] 互いに直行する 2軸方向に延伸することにより、得られるフィルムの膜厚変動が減 少できる。位相差フィルムの膜厚変動が大き過ぎると位相差のムラとなり、液晶表示 装置に用いたとき着色等のムラが問題となることがある。  [0233] Stretching in biaxial directions perpendicular to each other can reduce the film thickness fluctuation of the obtained film. If the film thickness variation of the retardation film is too large, the retardation will become uneven, and unevenness such as coloring may be a problem when used in a liquid crystal display device.
[0234] セルロースエステルフィルムの膜厚変動は、 ± 3%、更に ± 1 %の範囲とすることが 好ましい。以上のような目的において、互いに直交する 2軸方向に延伸する方法は 有効であり、互いに直交する 2軸方向の延伸倍率は、それぞれ最終的には流延方向 に 1. 0〜2. 0倍、幅方向に 1. 01-2. 5倍の範囲とすることが好ましぐ流延方向に 1. 01〜; 1. 5倍、幅方向に 1. 05-2. 0倍に範囲で行うことが必要とされるリターデ ーシヨン値を得るためにより好ましい。  [0234] The film thickness variation of the cellulose ester film is preferably in the range of ± 3%, more preferably ± 1%. For the purposes as described above, the method of stretching in the biaxial directions perpendicular to each other is effective, and the stretching ratio in the biaxial directions perpendicular to each other is finally 1.0 to 2.0 times in the casting direction. In the width direction, it is preferable to be in the range of 1.01-2.5 times in the casting direction 1.001 ~; 1.5 times in the width direction, 1.05-2. It is more preferable to obtain the required retardation value.
[0235] 長手方向に偏光子の吸収軸が存在する場合、幅方向に偏光子の透過軸が一致す ることになる。長尺状の偏光板を得るためには、位相差フィルムは、幅方向に遅相軸 を得るように延 ί申することが好ましレヽ。  [0235] When the absorption axis of the polarizer exists in the longitudinal direction, the transmission axis of the polarizer coincides with the width direction. In order to obtain a long polarizing plate, it is preferable to extend the retardation film so as to obtain a slow axis in the width direction.
[0236] 応力に対して、正の複屈折を得るセルロースエステルを用いる場合、上述の構成か ら、幅方向に延伸することで、位相差フィルムの遅相軸が幅方向に付与することがで きる。この場合、表示品質の向上のためには、位相差フィルムの遅相軸力 幅方向に あるほうが好ましぐ 目的とするリタ一デーシヨン値を得るためには、 [0236] When a cellulose ester that obtains positive birefringence with respect to stress is used, the slow axis of the retardation film can be imparted in the width direction by stretching in the width direction from the above-described configuration. wear. In this case, in order to improve the display quality, it is preferable to be in the direction of the slow axial force width of the retardation film. In order to obtain the desired retardation value,
式、(幅方向の延伸倍率)〉(流延方向の延伸倍率)  Formula, (stretch ratio in the width direction)> (stretch ratio in the casting direction)
の条件を満たすことが必要である。  It is necessary to satisfy the following conditions.
[0237] 延伸後、フィルムの端部をスリツター 13により製品となる幅にスリットして裁ち落とし た後、エンボスリング 14及びバックロール 15よりなるナール加工装置によりナール加 ェ(ェンボッシング加工)をフィルム両端部に施し、巻取り機 16によって巻き取ること により、セルロースエステルフィルム(元巻き) F中の貼り付きや、すり傷の発生を防止 する。ナール加工の方法は、凸凹のパターンを側面に有する金属リングを加熱や加 圧によりカロェすること力 Sできる。なお、フィルム両端部のクリップの把持部分は通常、 変形しており、フィルム製品として使用できないので、切除されて、原料として再利用 される。 [0237] After stretching, the edge of the film was slit into a product width by slitter 13 and cut off, and then knurled (embavoding) by a knurling device consisting of embossing ring 14 and back roll 15 at both ends of the film. It is applied to the part and wound by the winder 16 to prevent sticking in the cellulose ester film (original winding) F and generation of scratches. The method of knurling can force a metal ring having an uneven pattern on its side surface by heating or pressing. Note that the clip grips at both ends of the film are usually deformed and cannot be used as film products, so they are cut out and reused as raw materials.
[0238] 次に、フィルムの巻取り工程は、円筒形巻きフィルムの外周面とこれの直前の移動 式搬送ロールの外周面との間の最短距離を一定に保持しながらフィルムを巻取り口 ールに巻き取るものである。かつ巻取りロールの手前には、フィルムの表面電位を除 去または低減する除電ブロア等の手段が設けられている。  [0238] Next, in the film winding process, the film is wound while the shortest distance between the outer peripheral surface of the cylindrical wound film and the outer peripheral surface of the mobile transport roll immediately before this is kept constant. It is intended to be wound around. In front of the take-up roll, a means such as a static elimination blower for removing or reducing the surface potential of the film is provided.
[0239] 本発明の光学フィルムの製造に係わる巻き取り機は一般的に使用されているもの でよぐ定テンション法、定トルク法、テーパーテンション法、内部応力一定のプロダラ ムテンションコントロール法等の巻き取り方法で巻き取ることができる。なお、光学フィ ルムの巻取り時の初期巻取り張力が 90. 2-300. 8N/mであるのが好ましい。  [0239] The winder relating to the production of the optical film of the present invention is generally used, such as a constant tension method, a constant torque method, a taper tension method, a program tension control method with a constant internal stress, etc. It can be wound up by a winding method. It is preferable that the initial winding tension when winding the optical film is 90.2 to 30.8 N / m.
[0240] 本発明の方法におけるフィルムの巻き取り工程では、温度 20〜30°C、湿度 20〜6 0%RHの環境条件にて、フィルムを巻き取ることが好ましい。このように、フィルムの 巻き取り工程での温度及び湿度を規定することにより、厚み方向リタ一デーシヨン (Rt )の湿度変化の耐性が向上する。  [0240] In the film winding step in the method of the present invention, the film is preferably wound under environmental conditions of a temperature of 20 to 30 ° C and a humidity of 20 to 60% RH. Thus, by specifying the temperature and humidity in the film winding process, the resistance to humidity change of the thickness direction retardation (Rt) is improved.
[0241] 巻き取り工程における温度が 20°C未満であれば、シヮが発生し、フィルム巻品質劣 化のため実用に耐えないので、好ましくない。フィルムの巻き取り工程における温度 力 ¾0°Cを超えると、やはりシヮが発生し、フィルム巻品質劣化のため実用に耐えない ので、好ましくない。 [0242] また、フィルムの巻き取り工程における湿度が 20%RH未満であれば、帯電しやす ぐフィルム巻品質劣化のため実用に耐えないので、好ましくない。フィルムの巻き取 り工程における湿度が 60%RHを超えると、巻品質、貼り付き故障、搬送性が劣化す るので、好ましくない。 [0241] If the temperature in the winding step is less than 20 ° C, it will be unfavorable because it will cause scratches and will not be practically used due to deterioration in film winding quality. If the temperature and force in the film winding process exceeds 00 ° C, it is not preferable because it causes a crack and cannot be practically used due to deterioration in film winding quality. [0242] In addition, if the humidity in the film winding process is less than 20% RH, it is not preferable because the film winding quality is easily deteriorated and the film winding quality is not practical. If the humidity in the film winding process exceeds 60% RH, the winding quality, sticking failure, and transportability deteriorate, which is not preferable.
[0243] 光学フィルムをロール状に巻き取る際の、巻きコアとしては、円筒上のコアであれは 、どのような材質のものであってもよいが、好ましくは中空プラスチックコアであり、プラ スチック材料としては加熱処理温度にも耐える耐熱性プラスチックであればどのような ものであってもよく、フエノール樹脂、キシレン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、 エポキシ樹脂等の樹脂が挙げられる。またガラス繊維等の充填材により強化した熱 硬化性樹脂が好ましい。例えば、中空プラスチックコア: FRP製の外径 6インチ(以下 、インチは 2· 54cmを表す。)、内径 5インチの巻きコアが用いられる。  [0243] When winding the optical film into a roll, the winding core may be of any material as long as it is a cylindrical core, but is preferably a hollow plastic core and is made of plastic. The material may be any heat-resistant plastic that can withstand the heat treatment temperature, and examples thereof include resins such as phenol resin, xylene resin, melamine resin, polyester resin, and epoxy resin. A thermosetting resin reinforced with a filler such as glass fiber is preferred. For example, a hollow plastic core: a wound core made of FRP with an outer diameter of 6 inches (hereinafter, inch represents 2.54 cm) and an inner diameter of 5 inches is used.
[0244] これらの巻きコアへの巻き数は、 100巻き以上であることが好ましぐ 500巻き以上 であることが更に好ましぐ巻き厚は 5cm以上であることが好ましぐフィルム基材の幅 は 80cm以上であることが好ましぐ lm以上であることが特に好ましい。  [0244] The number of windings around these winding cores is preferably 100 windings or more, more preferably 500 windings or more, and the winding thickness is preferably 5 cm or more. The width is preferably 80 cm or more, particularly preferably lm or more.
[0245] 本発明に係る光学フィルムの膜の厚さは、使用目的によって異なる力 仕上がりフィ ノレムとして、 10〜500〃111力《好ましい。特に、下限は 20〃 m以上、好ましくは 35〃 m 以上である。上限は 150 111以下、好ましくは 120 m以下である。特に好ましい範 囲は 25〜90 mである。本発明の光学フィルムが位相差フィルムであり偏光板保護 フィルムを兼ねる場合、フィルムが厚いと、偏光板加工後の偏光板が厚くなり過ぎ、ノ ート型パソコンゃモパイル型電子機器に用いる液晶表示においては、特に薄型軽量 の目的に適さない。一方、フィルムが薄いと、位相差フィルムとしてのリタ一デーシヨン の発現が困難となり、加えてフィルムの透湿性が高くなり、偏光子を湿度から保護す る能力が低下してしまうために好ましくない。  [0245] The film thickness of the optical film according to the present invention varies depending on the intended use. In particular, the lower limit is 20 μm or more, preferably 35 μm or more. The upper limit is 150 111 or less, preferably 120 m or less. A particularly preferred range is 25 to 90 m. When the optical film of the present invention is a retardation film and also serves as a polarizing plate protective film, if the film is thick, the polarizing plate after polarizing plate processing becomes too thick, and the liquid crystal display used in the notebook type personal computer or mopile type electronic device. Is not particularly suitable for thin and lightweight purposes. On the other hand, if the film is thin, it will be difficult to develop retardation as a retardation film, and the moisture permeability of the film will be high, and the ability to protect the polarizer from humidity will be unfavorable.
[0246] 位相差フィルムの遅相軸または進相軸がフィルム面内に存在し、製膜方向とのなす 角度を θ 1とすると、 θ 1は一;!〜 + 1° 、好ましくは一 0· 5〜 + 0· 5° となるようにす [0246] When the slow axis or the fast axis of the retardation film exists in the film plane and the angle formed with the film forming direction is θ 1, θ 1 is 1;! To + 1 °, preferably 1 · 5 to + 0 · 5 °
[0247] この θ 1は配向角として定義でき、 θ 1の測定は、自動複屈折計 KOBRA— 21AD Η (王子計測機器社製)を用いて行うことができる。 [0248] θ 1が各々上記関係を満たすことは、表示画像において高い輝度を得ること、光漏 れを抑制または防止することに寄与し、カラー液晶表示装置においては忠実な色再 現に寄与する。 [0247] This θ 1 can be defined as an orientation angle, and θ 1 can be measured using an automatic birefringence meter KOBRA-21AD Η (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments). [0248] Each of θ 1 satisfying the above relationship contributes to obtaining high luminance in a display image, suppressing or preventing light leakage, and contributing to faithful color reproduction in a color liquid crystal display device.
[0249] 位相差フィルムがマルチドメイン化された VAモードに用いられるとき、位相差フィノレ ムの配置は、位相差フィルムの進相軸が Θ 1として上記領域に配置することで、表示 画質の向上に寄与し、偏光板及び液晶表示装置として MVAモードとしたとき、例え ば図 7に示す構成をとることができる。  [0249] When the retardation film is used in the multi-domain VA mode, the retardation film is arranged in the above-mentioned region with the retardation film's fast axis as Θ1, thereby improving the display image quality. For example, when the MVA mode is used for the polarizing plate and the liquid crystal display device, the configuration shown in FIG. 7 can be taken.
[0250] 図 7ίこおレヽて、 21a, 21biま保護フイノレム、 22a, 22b ίま位申目差フイノレム、 25a, 25b は偏光子、 23a, 23bはフィルムの遅相軸方向、 24a、 24bは偏光子の透過軸方向、 26a, 26bは偏光板、 27は液晶セル、 29は液晶表示装置を示している。  [0250] Figure 7. The direction of the transmission axis of the polarizer, 26a and 26b are polarizing plates, 27 is a liquid crystal cell, and 29 is a liquid crystal display device.
[0251] セルロースエステルフィルムの面内方向のリタ一デーシヨン Ro分布は、 5%以下に 調整することが好ましぐより好ましくは 2%以下であり、特に好ましくは、 1. 5%以下 である。また、フィルムの厚み方向のリタ一デーシヨン Rt分布を 10%以下に調整する ことが好ましいが、更に好ましくは、 2%以下であり、特に好ましくは、 1. 5%以下であ  [0251] The retardation Ro distribution in the in-plane direction of the cellulose ester film is preferably adjusted to 5% or less, more preferably 2% or less, and particularly preferably 1.5% or less. Further, it is preferable to adjust the retardation Rt distribution in the thickness direction of the film to 10% or less, more preferably 2% or less, and particularly preferably 1.5% or less.
[0252] 位相差フィルムにおいて、リタ一デーシヨン値の分布変動が小さい方が好ましぐ液 晶表示装置に位相差フィルムを含む偏光板を用いるとき、該リターデーシヨン分布変 動が小さ!/、ことが色ムラ等を防止する観点で好まし!/、。 [0252] When a polarizing plate including a retardation film is used in a liquid crystal display device in which a retardation film distribution fluctuation is preferably small in a retardation film, the retardation distribution fluctuation is small! /, This is preferable from the viewpoint of preventing color unevenness!
[0253] 位相差フィルムを、 VAモードまたは TNモードの液晶セルの表示品質の向上に適 したリタ一デーシヨン値を有するように調整し、特に VAモードとして上記のマルチドメ インに分割して MVAモードに好ましく用いられるようにするには、面内リターデーショ ン Roを 30nmよりも大きく、 95nm以下に、かつ厚み方向リタ一デーシヨン Rtを 70nm よりも大きく、 400nm以下の値に調整することが求められる。  [0253] The retardation film is adjusted to have a retardation value suitable for improving the display quality of the VA mode or TN mode liquid crystal cell, and is divided into the above multi-domain as the VA mode, and the MVA mode is obtained. In order to be used preferably, it is required to adjust the in-plane retardation Ro to a value greater than 30 nm and 95 nm or less, and the thickness direction retardation Rt to a value greater than 70 nm and 400 nm or less.
[0254] 上記の面内リタ一デーシヨン Roは、 2枚の偏光板がクロスニコルに配置され、偏光 板の間に液晶セルが配置された、例えば図 7に示す構成であるときに、表示面の法 線方向から観察するときを基準にしてクロスニコル状態にあるとき、表示面の法線から 斜めに観察したとき、偏光板のクロスニコル状態からのずれが生じ、これが要因となる 光漏れを、主に補償する。厚さ方向のリタ一デーシヨンは、上記 TNモードや VAモー ド、特に MVAモードにおいて液晶セルが黒表示状態であるときに、同様に斜めから 見たときに認められる液晶セルの複屈折を主に補償するために寄与する。 [0254] The above in-plane retardation Ro is a method of the display surface when the two polarizing plates are arranged in crossed Nicols and the liquid crystal cell is arranged between the polarizing plates, for example, in the configuration shown in FIG. When observed in a crossed Nicol state relative to when observed from the line direction, when observed obliquely from the normal of the display surface, the polarizing plate deviates from the crossed Nicol state, and this causes light leakage, which is the main factor. To compensate. Retardation in the thickness direction is the above TN mode or VA mode. In particular, when the liquid crystal cell is in the black display state in the MVA mode, it contributes mainly to compensate for the birefringence of the liquid crystal cell that is also observed when viewed from an oblique direction.
[0255] 図 7に示すように、液晶表示装置において、液晶セルの上下に偏光板が二枚配置 された構成である場合、図中の 22a及び 22bは、厚み方向リタ一デーシヨン Rtの配分 を選択することができ、上記範囲を満たしかつ厚み方向リタ一デーシヨン Rtの両者の 合計値が 140nmよりも大きくかつ 500nm以下にすることが好ましい。このとき 22a及 び 22bの面内リタ一デーシヨン Ro、厚み方向リタ一デーシヨン Rtが両者同じであるこ と力 工業的な偏光板の生産性向上において好ましい。特に好ましくは面内リターデ ーシヨン Roが 35nmよりも大きくかつ 65nm以下であり、かつ厚み方向リターデーショ ン Rtが 90nmよりも大きく 180nm以下で、図 7の構成で MVAモードの液晶セルに適 用することである。 [0255] As shown in Fig. 7, in the liquid crystal display device, when two polarizing plates are arranged above and below the liquid crystal cell, 22a and 22b in the figure represent the distribution of the thickness direction retardation Rt. It is preferable that the total value of both of the thickness direction retardation Rt is larger than 140 nm and 500 nm or less. In this case, the in-plane retardation Ro and the thickness direction retardation Rt of 22a and 22b are preferably the same for improving the productivity of the industrial polarizing plate. Particularly preferably, the in-plane retardation Ro is greater than 35 nm and less than or equal to 65 nm, and the thickness direction retardation Rt is greater than 90 nm and less than or equal to 180 nm, and is applied to an MVA mode liquid crystal cell with the configuration of FIG. is there.
[0256] 液晶表示装置において、一方の偏光板に例えば市販の偏光板保護フィルムとして 面内リタ一デーシヨン Ro = 0〜4nm及び厚み方向リタ一デーシヨン Rt = 20〜50nm で厚さ 35〜85 111の TACフィルム力 例えば図 7の 22bの位置で使用されている場 合、他方の偏光板に配置される偏光フィルム、例えば、図 7の 22aに配置する位相差 フイノレムは、面内リタ一デーシヨン Roが 30nmよりも大きく 95nm以下であり、かつ厚 み方向リタ一デーシヨン Rtが 140nmよりも大きく 400nm以下であるものを使用するよ うにすると、表示品質が向上し、かつフィルムの生産面からも好ましい。  [0256] In the liquid crystal display device, for example, as a commercially available polarizing plate protective film on one polarizing plate, in-plane retardation Ro = 0 to 4 nm and thickness direction retardation Rt = 20 to 50 nm and thickness 35 to 85 111 TAC film force For example, when it is used at the position 22b in FIG. 7, the polarizing film placed on the other polarizing plate, for example, the phase difference placed on 22a in FIG. Use of a film having a thickness direction retardation Rt greater than 140 nm and not greater than 95 nm and not greater than 140 nm and not greater than 400 nm is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the display quality and film production.
[0257] 《リサイクル》  [0257] 《Recycling》
製膜工程において、カットされたフィルム両端のクリップ把持部分は、粉砕処理され た後、或いは必要に応じて造粒処理を行った後、同じ品種のフィルム用原料としてま たは異なる品種のフィルム用原料として再利用することが好ましい。  In the film forming process, the clip gripping portions at both ends of the cut film are pulverized or granulated as necessary, and then used as raw materials for the same type of film or for different types of film. It is preferable to reuse it as a raw material.
[0258] 《機能性層》  [0258] 《Functional layer》
本発明の光学フィルム製造に際し、延伸の前及び/または後で帯電防止層、透明 導電層、ハードコート層、反射防止層、防汚層、易滑性層、易接着層、防眩層、ガス ノ リア層、光学補償層等の機能性層を塗設してもよい。特に、帯電防止層、ハードコ ート層、反射防止層、易接着層、防眩層及び光学補償層から選ばれる少なくとも 1層 を設けることが好ましい。この際、コロナ放電処理、プラズマ処理、薬液処理等の各種 表面処理を必要に応じて施すことができる。 In producing the optical film of the present invention, before and / or after stretching, an antistatic layer, a transparent conductive layer, a hard coat layer, an antireflection layer, an antifouling layer, a slippery layer, an easy adhesion layer, an antiglare layer, a gas Functional layers such as a noria layer and an optical compensation layer may be provided. In particular, it is preferable to provide at least one layer selected from an antistatic layer, a hard coat layer, an antireflection layer, an easy adhesion layer, an antiglare layer, and an optical compensation layer. At this time, corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, chemical treatment, etc. Surface treatment can be applied as necessary.
[0259] 《偏光板》 [0259] 《Polarizing plate》
本発明に係る光学フィルムを偏光板保護フィルムとして用いる場合、偏光板の作製 方法は特に限定されず、一般的な方法で作製することができる。本発明の光学フィ ルムの裏面側をアルカリケン化処理し、処理した光学フィルムを、ヨウ素溶液中に浸 漬延伸して作製した偏光膜の少なくとも一方の面に、完全ケン化型ポリビュルアルコ ール水溶液を用いて貼り合わせることが好ましい。もう一方の面にも本発明の光学フ イルムを用いても、別の偏光板保護フィルムを用いてもよい。本発明の光学フィルム に対して、もう一方の面に用いられる偏光板保護フィルムは市販のセルロースエステ ルフィルムを用いることが出来る。例えば、市販のセルロースエステルフィルムとして、 KC8UX2M, KC4UX、 KC5UX、 KC4UY、 KC8UY、 KC12UR, KC8UCR- 3、 KC8UCR— 4、 KC4FR— 1、 KC8UY— HA、 KC8UX— RHA (以上、コニカミ ノルタォブト (株)製)等が好ましく用いられる。或いは更にディスコチック液晶、棒状 液晶、コレステリック液晶などの液晶化合物を配向させて形成した光学異方層を有し ている光学補償フィルムを兼ねる偏光板保護フィルムを用いることも好ましい。例えば 、特開 2003— 98348記載の方法で光学異方性層を形成することが出来る。本発明 の光学フィルムと組み合わせて使用することによって、平面性に優れ、安定した視野 角拡大効果を有する偏光板を得ることが出来る。或いは、セルロースエステルフィル ム以外の環状ォレフィン樹脂、アクリル樹脂、ポリエステル、ポリカーボネート等のフィ ルムをもう一方の面の偏光板保護フィルムとして用いてもょレ、。  When using the optical film which concerns on this invention as a polarizing plate protective film, the preparation methods of a polarizing plate are not specifically limited, It can produce by a general method. The backside of the optical film of the present invention is subjected to alkali saponification treatment, and the treated optical film is immersed in an iodine solution and stretched on at least one surface of a polarizing film, and is completely saponified polybular alcohol. It is preferable to bond together using an aqueous solution. The optical film of the present invention may be used on the other side, or another polarizing plate protective film may be used. With respect to the optical film of the present invention, a commercially available cellulose ester film can be used as the polarizing plate protective film used on the other side. For example, commercially available cellulose ester films include KC8UX2M, KC4UX, KC5UX, KC4UY, KC8UY, KC12UR, KC8UCR-3, KC8UCR-4, KC4FR-1, KC8UY—HA, KC8UX—RHA (above, Konica Minoltobu Co., Ltd.) Etc. are preferably used. Alternatively, it is also preferable to use a polarizing plate protective film that also serves as an optical compensation film having an optically anisotropic layer formed by aligning liquid crystal compounds such as discotic liquid crystal, rod-shaped liquid crystal, and cholesteric liquid crystal. For example, the optically anisotropic layer can be formed by the method described in JP-A-2003-98348. By using it in combination with the optical film of the present invention, a polarizing plate having excellent flatness and a stable viewing angle expansion effect can be obtained. Alternatively, a film such as a cyclic olefin resin other than cellulose ester film, acrylic resin, polyester, polycarbonate, etc. may be used as a polarizing plate protective film on the other side.
[0260] 上記アルカリ処理の代わりに特開平 6— 94915号公報、同 6— 118232号公報に 記載されて!/、るような易接着加工を施して偏光板加工を行ってもよ!/、。  [0260] Instead of the alkali treatment, it is described in JP-A-6-94915 and JP-A-6-118232! / .
[0261] 偏光板の主たる構成要素である偏光膜とは、一定方向の偏波面の光だけを通す素 子であり、現在知られている代表的な偏光膜は、ポリビュルアルコール系偏光フィノレ ムで、これはポリビュルアルコール系フィルムにヨウ素を染色させたものと二色性染料 を染色させたものがある。偏光膜は、ポリビュルアルコール水溶液を製膜し、これを一 軸延伸させて染色する力、、染色した後一軸延伸してから、好ましくはホウ素化合物で 耐久性処理を行ったものが用いられている。偏光膜の膜厚は5〜40 111、好ましくは 5〜30 111であり、特に好ましくは 5〜20 111である。該偏光膜の面上に、本発明の セルロースエステルフィルムの片面を貼り合わせて偏光板を形成する。好ましくは完 全ケン化ポリビュルアルコール等を主成分とする水系の接着剤によって貼り合わせる[0261] A polarizing film, which is the main component of a polarizing plate, is an element that allows only light with a plane of polarization in a certain direction to pass through. A typical polarizing film that is currently known is a polybulualcohol-based polarizing film. There are two types: polybutalol-based films dyed with iodine and dichroic dyes. The polarizing film is formed by forming a polybulualcohol aqueous solution, uniaxially stretching it and dyeing it, and uniaxially stretching after dyeing, and preferably having been subjected to a durability treatment with a boron compound. Yes. The thickness of the polarizing film is 5-40 111, preferably It is 5-30 111, Most preferably, it is 5-20 111. On the surface of the polarizing film, one side of the cellulose ester film of the present invention is bonded to form a polarizing plate. Preferably, it is bonded with a water-based adhesive mainly composed of completely saponified polybulal alcohol.
Yes
[0262] 偏光膜は一軸方向(通常は長手方向)に延伸されているため、偏光板を高温高湿 の環境下に置くと延伸方向(通常は長手方向)は縮み、延伸と垂直方向(通常は幅 方向)には伸びる。偏光板保護用フィルムの膜厚が薄くなるほど偏光板の伸縮率は 大きくなり、特に偏光膜の延伸方向の収縮量が大きい。通常、偏光膜の延伸方向は 偏光板保護用フィルムの流延方向(MD方向)と貼り合わせるため、偏光板保護用フ イルムを薄膜化する場合は、特に流延方向の伸縮率を抑えることが重要である。本発 明の光学フィルムは極めて寸法安定に優れる為、このような偏光板保護フィルムとし て好適に使用される。  [0262] Since the polarizing film is stretched in a uniaxial direction (usually the longitudinal direction), when the polarizing plate is placed in a high-temperature and high-humidity environment, the stretching direction (usually the longitudinal direction) shrinks, and the stretching and the perpendicular direction (usually normal Extends in the width direction). As the film thickness of the polarizing plate protective film becomes thinner, the expansion / contraction ratio of the polarizing plate increases, and in particular, the amount of contraction in the stretching direction of the polarizing film increases. Normally, the stretching direction of the polarizing film is bonded to the casting direction (MD direction) of the polarizing plate protective film. Therefore, when the polarizing plate protective film is thinned, the stretching rate in the casting direction can be suppressed. is important. Since the optical film of the present invention is extremely excellent in dimensional stability, it is preferably used as such a polarizing plate protective film.
[0263] 即ち、本発明の光学フィルムは 60°C、 90%RHの条件での耐久性試験によっても 波打ち状のむらが増加することはなぐ裏面側に光学補償フィルムを有する偏光板で あっても、耐久性試験後に視野角特性が変動することなく良好な視認性を提供する ことが出来る。  [0263] That is, the optical film of the present invention may be a polarizing plate having an optical compensation film on the back surface side, in which wavy unevenness does not increase even by a durability test under conditions of 60 ° C and 90% RH. In addition, it is possible to provide good visibility without changing the viewing angle characteristics after the durability test.
[0264] 偏光板は偏光子及びその両面を保護する保護フィルムで構成されており、更に該 偏光板の一方の面にプロテクトフィルムを、反対面にセパレートフィルムを貼合して構 成することが出来る。プロテクトフィルム及びセパレートフィルムは偏光板出荷時、製 品検査時等において偏光板を保護する目的で用いられる。この場合、プロテクトフィ ルムは、偏光板の表面を保護する目的で貼合され、偏光板を液晶板へ貼合する面 の反対面側に用いられる。また、セパレートフィルムは液晶板へ貼合する接着層を力 バーする目的で用いられ、偏光板を液晶セルへ貼合する面側に用いられる。  [0264] The polarizing plate is composed of a polarizer and protective films for protecting both sides of the polarizer, and further comprises a protective film on one surface of the polarizing plate and a separate film on the other surface. I can do it. The protective film and separate film are used for the purpose of protecting the polarizing plate at the time of shipping the polarizing plate and at the time of product inspection. In this case, the protective film is bonded for the purpose of protecting the surface of the polarizing plate, and is used on the side opposite to the surface where the polarizing plate is bonded to the liquid crystal plate. The separate film is used for the purpose of covering the adhesive layer to be bonded to the liquid crystal plate, and is used on the surface side to bond the polarizing plate to the liquid crystal cell.
[0265] 《液晶表示装置》  [0265] Liquid crystal display device
本発明の光学フィルムを用いた偏光板保護フィルム (位相差フィルムを兼ねる場合 も含む)を含む偏光板は、通常の偏光板と比較して高!、表示品質を発現させることが でき、特にマルチドメイン型の液晶表示装置、より好ましくは複屈折モードによってマ ルチドメイン型の液晶表示装置への使用に適して!/、る。 [0266] 本発明の偏光板は、 MVA (Multi— domein Vertical Alignment)モード、 PV A (Patterned Vertical Alignment)モート、 CPA (Continuous Pinwheel A lignment)モード、 OCB (Optical Compensated Bend)モード、 IPS (In Plane Switching)モード等に用いることができ、特定の液晶モード、偏光板の配置に限 定されるものではない。 A polarizing plate including a polarizing plate protective film (including a case where it also serves as a retardation film) using the optical film of the present invention is high in comparison with a normal polarizing plate and can exhibit display quality. Suitable for use in a domain type liquid crystal display device, more preferably a multi-domain type liquid crystal display device by a birefringence mode. [0266] The polarizing plate of the present invention includes MVA (Multi-domein Vertical Alignment) mode, PV A (Patterned Vertical Alignment) mode, CPA (Continuous Pinwheel Alignment) mode, OCB (Optical Compensated Bend) mode, IPS (In Plane Switching mode, etc., and is not limited to a specific liquid crystal mode or the arrangement of polarizing plates.
[0267] 液晶表示装置はカラー化及び動画表示用の装置としても応用されつつあり、本発 明により表示品質が改良され、コントラストの改善や偏光板の耐性が向上したことによ り、疲れにくく忠実な動画像表示が可能となる。  [0267] Liquid crystal display devices are also being applied as devices for colorization and moving image display, and display quality has been improved by the present invention, and contrast has been improved and resistance to polarizing plates has been improved, resulting in less fatigue. A faithful moving image display becomes possible.
[0268] 位相差フィルムを含む偏光板を少なくとも含む液晶表示装置においては、本発明 の光学フィルムとしての偏光板保護フィルムを含む偏光板を、液晶セルに対して、一 枚配置するか、或いは液晶セルの両側に二枚配置する。このとき偏光板に含まれる 偏光板保護フィルム側が液晶表示装置の液晶セルに面するように用いることで表示 品質の向上に寄与できる。図 7においては 22a及び 22bのフィルムが液晶表示装置 の液晶セルに面することになる。  [0268] In the liquid crystal display device including at least the polarizing plate including the retardation film, one polarizing plate including the polarizing plate protective film as the optical film of the present invention is disposed with respect to the liquid crystal cell, or the liquid crystal Place two on each side of the cell. At this time, by using the polarizing plate protective film side included in the polarizing plate so as to face the liquid crystal cell of the liquid crystal display device, the display quality can be improved. In FIG. 7, the films 22a and 22b face the liquid crystal cell of the liquid crystal display device.
[0269] このような構成において、本発明の光学フィルムとしての偏光板保護フィルムは、液 晶セルを光学的に補償することができる。本発明の偏光板を液晶表示装置に用いる 場合は、液晶表示装置の偏光板の内の少なくとも一つの偏光板を、本発明の偏光板 とすればよい。本発明の偏光板を用いることで、表示品質が向上し、視野角特性に 優れた液晶表示装置が提供できる。  In such a configuration, the polarizing plate protective film as the optical film of the present invention can optically compensate the liquid crystal cell. When the polarizing plate of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, at least one of the polarizing plates of the liquid crystal display device may be the polarizing plate of the present invention. By using the polarizing plate of the present invention, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device with improved display quality and excellent viewing angle characteristics.
[0270] 本発明の偏光板において、偏光子からみて本発明の光学フィルムとしての偏光板 保護フィルムとは反対側の面には、セルロース誘導体の偏光板保護フィルムが用い られ、汎用の TACフィルム等を用いることができる。液晶セルから遠い側に位置する 偏光板保護フィルムは、表示装置の品質を向上する上で、他の機能性層を配置する ことも可能である。  [0270] In the polarizing plate of the present invention, a polarizing plate protective film of a cellulose derivative is used on the surface opposite to the polarizing plate protective film as the optical film of the present invention as viewed from the polarizer, and a general-purpose TAC film or the like is used. Can be used. The polarizing plate protective film located on the side far from the liquid crystal cell can be provided with another functional layer in order to improve the quality of the display device.
[0271] 例えば、反射防止、防眩、耐キズ、ゴミ付着防止、輝度向上のためにディスプレイと しての公知の機能層を構成物として含むフィルムや、または本発明の偏光板表面に 貝占付してもょレ、がこれらに限定されるものではなレ、。  [0271] For example, a film containing a known functional layer as a display for the purpose of antireflection, antiglare, scratch resistance, dust adhesion prevention and luminance improvement, or the surface of the polarizing plate of the present invention This is not limited to these.
[0272] 一般に位相差フィルムでは、上述のリタ一デーシヨン Roまたは Rtの変動が少な!/、こ とが安定した光学特性を得るために求められている。特に複屈折モードの液晶表示 装置は、これらの変動が画像のムラを引き起こす原因となることがある。 [0272] In general, the retardation film has little fluctuation in the above-mentioned retardation Ro or Rt! Are required to obtain stable optical characteristics. In particular, in a liquid crystal display device in a birefringence mode, these fluctuations may cause image unevenness.
[0273] 本発明に従い溶融流延製膜法により製造される長尺状偏光板保護フィルムは、セ ノレロースエステルを主体として構成されるため、セルロースエステル固有のケン化を 活用してアルカリ処理工程を活用することができる。これは、偏光子を構成する樹脂 がポリビュルアルコールであるとき、従来の偏光板保護フィルムと同様に完全ケン化 ポリビュルアルコール水溶液を用いて偏光板保護フィルムと貼合することができる。こ のために本発明は、従来の偏光板加工方法が適用できる点で優れており、特に長尺 状であるロール偏光板が得られる点で優れている。 [0273] The long polarizing plate protective film produced by the melt casting film formation method according to the present invention is mainly composed of a cellulose ester, and therefore, an alkali treatment step utilizing saponification inherent to cellulose ester. Can be utilized. This can be bonded to the polarizing plate protective film using a completely saponified polybulal alcohol aqueous solution in the same manner as a conventional polarizing plate protective film when the resin constituting the polarizer is polybulal alcohol. For this reason, the present invention is excellent in that a conventional polarizing plate processing method can be applied, and particularly in that a long roll polarizing plate can be obtained.
[0274] 本発明により得られる製造的効果は、特に 100m以上の長尺の巻物においてより 顕著となり、 1500m, 2500m, 5000mとより長尺化する程、偏光板製造の製造的効 果を得る。 [0274] The production effect obtained by the present invention becomes more prominent particularly in a long roll of 100 m or more, and the longer the length is 1500 m, 2500 m, or 5000 m, the more the production effect of polarizing plate production is obtained.
[0275] 例えば、偏光板保護フィルム製造にお!/、て、ロール長さは、生産性と運搬性を考慮 すると、 10〜5000m、好ましくは 50〜4500mであり、このときのフィルムの幅は、偏 光子の幅や製造ラインに適した幅を選択することができる。 0. 5〜4. Om、好ましくは 0. 6〜3. Omの幅でフィルムを製造してロール状に巻き取り、偏光板加工に供しても よぐまた、 目的の倍幅以上のフィルムを製造してロールに巻き取った後、断裁して目 的の幅のロールを得て、このようなロールを偏光板加工に用いるようにしてもよい。  [0275] For example, in the production of a polarizing plate protective film! /, The roll length is 10 to 5000 m, preferably 50 to 4500 m, considering the productivity and transportability. The width of the film at this time is The width of the polarizer and the width suitable for the production line can be selected. A film having a width of 0.5 to 4. Om, preferably 0.6 to 3. Om is manufactured, wound into a roll, and subjected to polarizing plate processing. After being manufactured and wound on a roll, it may be cut to obtain a roll having a desired width, and such a roll may be used for polarizing plate processing.
[0276] 偏光板保護フィルム製造に際し、延伸の前及び/または後で帯電防止層、ハード コート層、易滑性層、接着層、防眩層、ノ リア一層等の機能性層を塗設してもよい。こ の際、コロナ放電処理、プラズマ処理、薬液処理等の各種表面処理を必要に応じて 施すことができる。  [0276] In the production of the polarizing plate protective film, functional layers such as an antistatic layer, a hard coat layer, a slippery layer, an adhesive layer, an antiglare layer, and a single layer of noble layer are applied before and / or after stretching. May be. At this time, various surface treatments such as corona discharge treatment, plasma treatment, and chemical treatment can be performed as necessary.
[0277] 前述の可塑剤、紫外線吸収剤、マット剤等の添加物濃度が異なるセルロースエス テルを含む組成物を共押出しして、積層構造のセルロースエステルフィルムを作製 することもできる。例えば、スキン層/コア層/スキン層といった構成のセルロースェ ステルフィルムを作ることができる。例えば、マット剤は、スキン層に多ぐまたはスキン 層のみに入れることができる。可塑剤、紫外線吸収剤はスキン層よりもコア層に多く入 れること力 Sでき、コア層のみに入れてもよい。また、コア層とスキン層で可塑剤、紫外 線吸収剤の種類を変更することもでき、例えば、スキン層に低揮発性の可塑剤及び /または紫外線吸収剤を含ませ、コア層に可塑性に優れた可塑剤、或いは紫外線 吸収性に優れた紫外線吸収剤を添加することもできる。スキン層とコア層のガラス転 移温度が異なっていてもよぐスキン層のガラス転移温度よりコア層のガラス転移温度 が低いことが好ましい。このとき、スキンとコアの両者のガラス転移温度を測定し、これ らの体積分率より算出した平均値を上記ガラス転移温度 Tgと定義して同様に极うこと もできる。また、溶融流延時のセルロースエステルを含む溶融物の粘度もスキン層と コア層で異なっていてもよぐスキン層の粘度〉コア層の粘度でも、コア層の粘度≥ス キン層の粘度でもよい。 [0277] A cellulose ester film having a laminated structure can also be produced by coextruding compositions containing cellulose esters having different additive concentrations such as the above-mentioned plasticizer, ultraviolet absorber and matting agent. For example, a cellulose ester film having a structure of skin layer / core layer / skin layer can be produced. For example, the matting agent can be included in the skin layer more or only in the skin layer. Plasticizers and UV absorbers can be included in the core layer more than the skin layer, and may be included only in the core layer. Also, the core layer and skin layer are plasticizers, ultraviolet The type of the line absorber can also be changed. For example, the skin layer contains a low-volatile plasticizer and / or an ultraviolet absorber, and the core layer has an excellent plasticizer or an ultraviolet absorber. An ultraviolet absorber can also be added. The glass transition temperature of the core layer is preferably lower than the glass transition temperature of the skin layer, which may be different between the skin layer and the core layer. At this time, the glass transition temperatures of both the skin and the core are measured, and an average value calculated from these volume fractions is defined as the glass transition temperature Tg, which can be similarly obtained. In addition, the viscosity of the melt containing the cellulose ester during melt casting may be different between the skin layer and the core layer. The viscosity of the skin layer may be greater than the viscosity of the core layer or the viscosity of the core layer ≥ the viscosity of the skin layer. .
[0278] 本発明に係るセルロースエステルフィルムは、寸度安定性が、 23°C、 55%RHに 2 4時間放置したフィルムの寸法を基準としたとき、 80°C、 90%RHにおける寸法の変 動値が ± 2. 0%未満であり、好ましくは 1. 0%未満であり、更に好ましくは 0. 5%未 満である。  [0278] The cellulose ester film according to the present invention has a dimensional stability at a temperature of 80 ° C and 90% RH, based on the size of the film left for 24 hours at 23 ° C and 55% RH. The variation value is less than ± 2.0%, preferably less than 1.0%, and more preferably less than 0.5%.
[0279] 本発明に係るセルロースエステルフィルムを位相差フィルムとして偏光板保護フィ ルムに用いる際に、位相差フィルム自身が上記の範囲内の変動であると、偏光板とし てのリタ一デーシヨンの絶対値と配向角が当初の設定がずれないために、表示品質 の向上能の減少或いは表示品質の劣化を引き起こすことがないため好ましい。 実施例  [0279] When the cellulose ester film according to the present invention is used as a retardation film for a polarizing plate protective film, if the retardation film itself is within the above range, the absolute value of the retardation as a polarizing plate Since the initial setting of the value and the orientation angle does not deviate from each other, it is preferable because it does not cause a decrease in display quality improvement ability or a deterioration in display quality. Example
[0280] 以下に実施例を挙げて本発明を具体的に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定され るものではない。  [0280] The present invention will be specifically described below with reference to examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
[0281] 〈セルロースエステルの合成〉 <Synthesis of cellulose ester>
(セルロースエステル 1の合成)  (Synthesis of cellulose ester 1)
セルロース(日本製紙 (株)製溶解パルプ) 30gに酢酸 80g、及びプロピオン酸 30g を加え、 54°Cで 30分撹拌した。混合物を冷却した後、氷浴中で冷却した無水酢酸 7 g、無水プロピオン酸 120g、及び硫酸 1. 2gを加えてエステル化を行った。エステル 化において、 40°Cを超えないように調節しながら、撹拌を 150分行った。反応終了後 、酢酸 30gと水 10gの混合液を 20分かけて滴下して過剰の無水物を加水分解した。 反応液の温度を 40°Cに保持しながら、酢酸 90gと水 30gを加えて 1時間撹拌した。 酢酸マグネシウム 2gを含有した水溶液中に混合物をあけてしばらく撹拌した後にろ 過、洗浄液の pHが中性になるまで十分水で洗浄した後、乾燥し、セルロースエステ ル 1を得た。得られたセルロースエステル 1に関して、前述の ASTM D817— 96に 規定の方法によりァセチル基の置換度 (X)、及びプロピオニル基の置換度 (Y)を求 めたところ、 Χ= 1 · 31、 Υ= 1 · 23であった。また、前述の条件でゲルパーミエーショ ンクロマトグラフィーにより数平均分子量を求めたところ、 66000であり、更に、示差 熱重量分析装置を用いて、空気下における 1 %質量減少温度 Td (l . 0)を測定した ところ、 292°Cであった。 80 g of acetic acid and 30 g of propionic acid were added to 30 g of cellulose (dissolved pulp manufactured by Nippon Paper Industries Co., Ltd.) and stirred at 54 ° C. for 30 minutes. After the mixture was cooled, esterification was carried out by adding 7 g of acetic anhydride, 120 g of propionic anhydride, and 1.2 g of sulfuric acid cooled in an ice bath. Stirring was carried out for 150 minutes while adjusting the esterification so that it did not exceed 40 ° C. After completion of the reaction, a mixture of 30 g of acetic acid and 10 g of water was added dropwise over 20 minutes to hydrolyze excess anhydride. While maintaining the temperature of the reaction solution at 40 ° C., 90 g of acetic acid and 30 g of water were added and stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was poured into an aqueous solution containing 2 g of magnesium acetate, stirred for a while, then filtered, washed thoroughly with water until the pH of the washing solution became neutral, and then dried to obtain cellulose ester 1. With respect to the obtained cellulose ester 1, the substitution degree (X) of the acetyl group and the substitution degree (Y) of the propionyl group were determined by the methods specified in the above-mentioned ASTM D817-96. = 1 · 23. Further, the number average molecular weight determined by gel permeation chromatography under the above-mentioned conditions is 66000. Furthermore, using a differential thermogravimetric analyzer, 1% mass reduction temperature Td (l. ) Was measured and found to be 292 ° C.
[0282] (セルロースエステル 2〜; 15の合成)  [0282] (Synthesis of cellulose ester 2 to 15)
セルロースエステル 1の合成に対して、酢酸、無水酢酸、プロピオン酸、及び無水 プロピオン酸の使用量を変化させた以外はセルロースエステル 1の合成と同様の合 成操作を行い、セルロースエステル 2〜; 15を得た。  For the synthesis of cellulose ester 1, the same synthesis operation as the synthesis of cellulose ester 1 was carried out except that the amounts used of acetic acid, acetic anhydride, propionic acid, and propionic anhydride were changed. Got.
[0283] セルロースエステル 1〜 15の各々に対し、ァセチル基の置換度(X)、プロピオニル 基の置換度(γ)、 X+Yの値、 X— Yの値、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び 1 %質量減少 温度 Td (l . 0)の値を表 1に示す。  [0283] For each of the cellulose esters 1 to 15, the degree of substitution of the acetyl group (X), the degree of substitution of the propionyl group (γ), the value of X + Y, the value of X—Y, the number average molecular weight (Mn), Table 1 shows the values of 1% mass loss temperature Td (l. 0).
[0284] (比較のセルロースエステル 16〜25の合成)  [0284] (Synthesis of comparative cellulose esters 16-25)
ここで、比較のセルロースエステル 16〜23は、セルロースエステル 1の合成に対し て、酢酸、無水酢酸、プロピオン酸、及び無水プロピオン酸の使用量を変化させた以 外はセルロースエステル 1と同様の合成操作を行うことにより合成した。一方、比較の セルロースエステル 24、 25は、セルロースエステル 1の合成に対して、酢酸、無水酢 酸、酪酸、及び無水酪酸の組み合わせを用い、さらにそれらの使用量を変化させた 以外はセルロースエステル 1と同様の合成操作を行うことによって合成した。  Here, comparative cellulose esters 16 to 23 were synthesized in the same manner as cellulose ester 1 except that the amounts of acetic acid, acetic anhydride, propionic acid, and propionic anhydride were changed with respect to the synthesis of cellulose ester 1. Synthesized by performing the operation. On the other hand, the comparative cellulose esters 24 and 25 are the same as the synthesis of cellulose ester 1 except that a combination of acetic acid, acetic anhydride, butyric acid, and butyric anhydride was used, and the amounts used were further changed. The same synthesis operation was performed.
[0285] 得られた比較のセルロースエステル 16〜25の各々に対し、ァセチル基の置換度( X)、プロピオニル基の置換度 (Y)、 X+Yの値、 X—Yの値もしくはブチリル基の置換 度(Z)、 X + Zの値、 X— Zの値、及び数平均分子量 (Mn)、 1 %質量減少温度 Td (l . 0)の値を表 1に示す。  [0285] For each of the obtained comparative cellulose esters 16 to 25, the degree of substitution of the acetyl group (X), the degree of substitution of the propionyl group (Y), the value of X + Y, the value of X—Y or the butyryl group Table 1 shows the degree of substitution (Z), the value of X + Z, the value of X—Z, the number average molecular weight (Mn), and the value of 1% mass reduction temperature Td (1.0).
[0286] [表 1] セル CJ—スエステル置換度 [0286] [Table 1] Cell CJ—ester ester substitution degree
セル Ή—ス プ Qピオ二ル  Cell Ή—Sp Q Pionyl
エステル 'ァセチル 基罱換度 Y Χ + Υ x-y 備 考 SO, 基置換度 X 《プチリル (χ-ί-ζ5 (Χ~Ζ)  Ester 'acetyl group conversion degree Y Χ + Υ x-y Remarks SO, group substitution degree X << petityl (χ-ί-ζ5 (Χ ~ Ζ)
基置換度  Group substitution degree
1 1.31 1.23 2.54 0.08 66000 292 本発明 1 1.31 1.23 2.54 0.08 66000 292 Present invention
2 1.3S 1.26 2.61 0.09 69000 293 本発明2 1.3S 1.26 2.61 0.09 69000 293 The present invention
3 1.32 1.3ί 2.63 0.01 67000 300 本翻3 1.32 1.3ί 2.63 0.01 67000 300
4 1.35 1.3! 2.66 0.G4 80000 297 本綱4 1.35 1.3! 2.66 0.G4 80000 297 Main rope
5 1.39 1.3ί 2.70 0.Q8 ?6000 294 本発朋5 1.39 1.3ί 2.70 0.Q8? 6000 294
6 t .41 1.32 2,73 0.09 70000 290 本発明6 t .41 1.32 2,73 0.09 70000 290 The present invention
7 1.38 1.30 2.68 0,08 74.爾 302 本発明7 1.38 1.30 2.68 0,08 74. 爾 302 The present invention
8 1.35 1.24 2.59 ο.η 74000 298 本発明 8 1.35 1.24 2.59 ο.η 74000 298 The present invention
1.32 1.18 2.50 0.14 86000 t 本発明 1.32 1.18 2.50 0.14 86000 t The present invention
10 1.35 \ . )9 2,54 0,16 66000 2 0 本発明10 1.35 \.) 9 2,54 0,16 66000 2 0
11 1.25 1.15 2.40 0.10 91000 263 本発明11 1.25 1.15 2.40 0.10 91000 263 The present invention
12 1.34 1.15 2-49 0.19 62000 270 本発明12 1.34 1.15 2-49 0.19 62000 270 Invention
IS 1.28 1.33 ■2,6! -0.05 71000 275 本発明IS 1.28 1.33 2,6! -0.05 71000 275 The present invention
14 $ ί.31 2.74 0.12 68000 288 本発明14 $ ί.31 2.74 0.12 68000 288 The present invention
15 1.34 ί.30 2.64 0.04 65000 2S1 本発明15 1.34 ί.30 2.64 0.04 65000 2S1 The present invention
IS 1.90 0.80 2,70 1 ,10 71000 273 比 较 1? 1.SO ϊ . U 2.6 0.39 65000 272 比 較IS 1.90 0.80 2,70 1, 10 71000 273 Comparison 1? 1.SO ϊ U 2.6 0.39 65000 272 Comparison
18 1.40 1.35 2.7S 0,05 69000 272 比 絞18 1.40 1.35 2.7S 0,05 69000 272
19 1 ,50 1.30 2.80 0.20 83000 261 比 铰19 1, 50 1.30 2.80 0.20 83000 261 Ratio 铰
20 1.40 1.15 2.55 Q.25 70000 274 20 1.40 1.15 2.55 Q.25 70000 274
b 1 比 較 b 1 Comparison
21 t ,25 1.35 2.60 -0.10 72000 2S0 比: 铰21 t, 25 1.35 2.60 -0.10 72000 2S0 ratio: 铰
22 t,17 1.15 2.32 0.02 92000 255 比 較22 t, 17 1.15 2.32 0.02 92000 255 Comparison
23 1.45 1.35 2.80 0.10 S3000 271 比 鲛23 1.45 1.35 2.80 0.10 S3000 271 ratio 鲛
24 1 ,40 (1.30) (2.70) (0.10) ?3000 260 比 較24 1, 40 (1.30) (2.70) (0.10)? 3000 260 comparison
25 1.20 (1-40) (2.60) ί-ΰ,20) 68000 253 比 較 25 1.20 (1-40) (2.60) ί-ΰ, 20) 68000 253 Comparison
[0287] 実施例 1 [0287] Example 1
〔セルロースエステルを有してなる光学フィルム(以下、単にセルロースエステルフィ ルムと称する)試料 1 1の作製〕  [Production of Optical Film Containing Cellulose Ester (hereinafter, simply referred to as Cellulose Ester Film) Sample 11]
下記のように、上記合成したセルロースエステルと各種添加剤を用いて溶融流延に より、本発明のセル口ースエステルフィルム 1—1を作製した。  As described below, the cell mouth ester film 1-1 of the present invention was produced by melt casting using the synthesized cellulose ester and various additives.
[0288] セルロースエステル 1 100質量部 [0288] Cellulose ester 1 100 parts by mass
可塑剤 A 8質量部  Plasticizer A 8 parts by mass
IRGANOX1010 (チノく'スペシャルティ'ケミカルズ社製) 0· 50質量部 GSY— P101 (堺化学工業社製) 0.25質量部  IRGANOX1010 (manufactured by Chinoku 'Specialty' Chemicals) 0 · 50 parts by mass GSY—P101 (manufactured by Sakai Chemical Industry) 0.25 parts by mass
SumilizerGS (住友化学社製) 0.25質量部 TINUVIN928 (チノく'スペシャルティ'ケミカルズ社製) 1. 5質量部 セルロースエステル 1を 130°C、 4時間減圧下で乾燥を行!/、室温まで冷却した後、 添加剤を混合した。以上の混合物を 2軸式押出し機を用いて 230°Cで溶融混合しぺ レット化した。なお、このペレットのガラス転移温度 Tgは 140°Cであった。 SumilizerGS (Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) 0.25 parts by mass TINUVIN928 (manufactured by Chinoku 'Specialty' Chemicals) 1. 5 parts by weight Cellulose ester 1 was dried at 130 ° C for 4 hours under reduced pressure! / After cooling to room temperature, additives were mixed. The above mixture was melt-mixed at 230 ° C using a twin-screw extruder and pelletized. The pellets had a glass transition temperature Tg of 140 ° C.
[0289] このペレットを用いて窒素雰囲気下、 250°Cにて溶融して流延ダイ 4から第 1冷却口 ール 5上に押出し、第 1冷却ロール 5とタツチロール 6との間にフィルムを挟圧して成 形した。また押出し機 1中間部のホッパー開口部から、滑り剤としてシリカ粒子、ァェ ロジル NAX50 (日本ァエロジル社製)を 0· 2質量部、及び KE— P100 (日本触媒社 製)を 0. 02質量部となるよう添加した。  [0289] The pellets were melted at 250 ° C in a nitrogen atmosphere and extruded from the casting die 4 onto the first cooling hole 5, and a film was formed between the first cooling roll 5 and the touch roll 6. Formed by pinching. Also, from the hopper opening in the middle of the extruder 1, silica particles as a slip agent, 0.22 parts by weight of Aerosil NAX50 (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd.), and 0.02 mass of KE-P100 (manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.) It added so that it might become a part.
[0290] 流延ダイ 4のギャップの幅がフィルムの幅方向端部から 30mm以内では 0. 5mm、 その他の場所では lmmとなるようにヒートボルトを調整した。タツチロールとしては、タ ツチロール Aを使用し、その内部に冷却水として 80°Cの水を流した。  [0290] The heat bolt was adjusted so that the gap width of the casting die 4 was 0.5 mm within 30 mm from the end in the width direction of the film, and lmm at other locations. As the touch roll, touch roll A was used, and 80 ° C water was poured into it as cooling water.
[0291] 流延ダイ 4から押し出された樹脂が第 1冷却ロール 5に接触する位置 P1から第 1冷 却ロール 5とタツチロール 6とのエップの第 1冷却ロール 5回転方向上流端の位置 P2 までの、第 1冷却ローラ 5の周面に沿った長さ Lを 20mmに設定した。その後、タツチ ロール 6を第 1冷却ロール 5から離間させ、第 1冷却ロール 5とタツチロール 6とのニッ プに挟圧される直前の溶融部の温度 Tを測定した。本実施例において、第 1冷却口 ール 5とタツチロール 6とのエップに挟圧される直前の溶融部の温度 Tは、ニップ上流 端 P2よりも更に lmm上流側の位置で、温度計 (安立計器株式会社製 HA— 200E) により測定した。本実施例では測定の結果、温度 Tは 141°Cであった。タツチロール 6 の第 1冷却ロール 5に対する線圧は 14· 7N/cmとした。更に、テンターに導入し、 巾方向に 160°Cで 1. 3倍延伸した後、巾方向に 3%緩和しながら 30°Cまで冷却し、 その後クリップから開放し、クリップ把持部を裁ち落とし、フィルム両端に幅 10mm、高 さ 5 mのナーリング加工を施し、巻き取り張力 220N/m、テーパー 40%で巻芯に 巻き取った。なお、フィルムは、厚さが 80 mとなるように、押出し量及び引き取り速 度を調整し、仕上がりのフィルム幅は、 1430mm幅になるようにスリットし、巻き取った 。巻芯の大きさは、内径 152mm、外径 165〜; 180mm、長さ 1550mmであった。こ の巻芯母材として、エポキシ樹脂をガラス繊維、カーボン繊維に含浸させたプリプレ グ樹脂を用いた。巻芯表面にはエポキシ導電性樹脂をコーティングし、表面を研磨し て、表面粗さ Raは 0. 3 111に仕上げた。なお、巻長は 2500mとした。この本発明の フィルム原反試料をセルロースエステルフィルム原反 1—1とする。また、このフィルム 原反試料から一部セルロースエステルフィルムを切り出し、それを本発明のセルロー スエステルフィルム 1—1とする。 [0291] From the position P1 where the resin extruded from the casting die 4 contacts the first cooling roll 5 to the first cooling roll 5 of the first cooling roll 5 and the touch roll 6 at the upstream end position P2 The length L along the peripheral surface of the first cooling roller 5 was set to 20 mm. Thereafter, the touch roll 6 was separated from the first cooling roll 5, and the temperature T of the melted part immediately before being nipped between the first cooling roll 5 and the nipping roll 6 was measured. In this example, the temperature T of the melted part immediately before being sandwiched between the first cooling port 5 and the touch roll 6 is a position 1 mm upstream of the nip upstream end P2, and a thermometer It was measured by Keiki Co., Ltd. HA-200E). As a result of the measurement in this example, the temperature T was 141 ° C. The linear pressure of the touch roll 6 against the first cooling roll 5 was 14.7 N / cm. Furthermore, it was introduced into the tenter, stretched 1.3 times at 160 ° C in the width direction, cooled to 30 ° C while relaxing 3% in the width direction, then released from the clip, and the clip gripping part was cut off, Both ends of the film were knurled with a width of 10 mm and a height of 5 m, and wound on a core with a winding tension of 220 N / m and a taper of 40%. The extrusion amount and the take-up speed were adjusted so that the film had a thickness of 80 m, and the finished film width was slit and wound so that the width was 1430 mm. The winding core had an inner diameter of 152 mm, an outer diameter of 165 to 180 mm, and a length of 1550 mm. As this core material, glass fiber and carbon fiber impregnated with prepreg Resin was used. The core surface was coated with epoxy conductive resin, and the surface was polished to a surface roughness Ra of 0.3111. The roll length was 2500 m. This film original fabric sample of the present invention is referred to as cellulose ester film original fabric 1-1. Further, a part of the cellulose ester film is cut out from the original film sample, and this is designated as the cellulose ester film 1-1 of the present invention.
[0292] 〔セルロースエステルフィルム 1— 2〜 1— 25の作製〕  [0292] [Production of cellulose ester film 1-2 to 1-25]
セルロースエステルフィルム原反 1—1の作製において、セルロースエステルの種類 を表 1のように変更した以外は同様にして、本発明のセルロースエステルフィルム原 反 1 2〜;!一 15、及び比較のセルロースエステルフィルム原反 1 16〜1 25を作 製した。なお、使用したセルロースエステル 1に代わるセルロースエステルの添加量 は、セルロースエステル 1と同じ質量部とした。また、前記と同様に本発明のセルロー スエステルフィルム原反 1 2〜;!一 15、及び比較のセルロースエステルフィルム原 反 1 16〜 1— 25から一部セルロースエステルフィルムを切り出し、それらをそれぞ れ本発明のセル口ースエステルフィルム 1 2〜;!一 15、及び比較のセル口ースエス テノレフイノレム 1 16〜;!一 25とする。  In the production of the cellulose ester film original 1-1, except that the type of cellulose ester was changed as shown in Table 1, in the same manner, the cellulose ester film original 12- of the present invention; 15 and comparative cellulose ester film stock 116-125 were prepared. The amount of cellulose ester added in place of cellulose ester 1 used was the same mass part as cellulose ester 1. In addition, the cellulose ester film raw material of the present invention as described above 12! A part of cellulose ester film is cut out from 15 and comparative cellulose ester film stock 16-16-25, and each of them is cell mouth ester film 12- of the present invention; 1 and 15 for the comparison of the cell mouths, and the numbers are 16 to;
[0293] 実施例 1で使用した可塑剤 A、 IRGANOX1010, GSY— P101、 SumilizerG S、及び TINUVIN928の構造は下記の通りである。なお、セルロースエステル;!〜 2 3はセルロースアセテートプロピオネートであり、セルロースエステル 24、 25はセル口 ースアセテートブチレートである。  [0293] The structures of plasticizer A, IRGANOX1010, GSY-P101, SumilizerGS, and TINUVIN928 used in Example 1 are as follows. The cellulose esters;! To 23 are cellulose acetate propionate, and the cellulose esters 24 and 25 are cellulose acetate butyrate.
[0294] [化 21] [0294] [Chemical 21]
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000088_0001
GSY -P101 GSY -P101
\  \
 object
Figure imgf000088_0002
Figure imgf000088_0002
Sumili2erGS TINUVIN928 Sumili2erGS TINUVIN928
Figure imgf000088_0003
Figure imgf000088_0003
[0295] 得られたセルロースエステルフィルム原反試料、及びセルロースエステルフィルム 試料に対して、下記方法で評価を行った。結果を表 2に示す。 [0295] The obtained cellulose ester film original fabric sample and the cellulose ester film sample were evaluated by the following methods. The results are shown in Table 2.
[0296] 《馬の背故障、巻芯転写》  [0296] 《Horse spine failure, core transfer》
巻き取ったセルロースエステルフィルム原反試料をポリエチレンシートで 2重に包み 、図 8 (a)、(b)、(c)に示すような保存方法で、 25°C、 50%の条件下で 30日間保存 した。その後、箱から取り出し、ポリエチレンシートを開け、フィルム原反試料表面に 点灯してレ、る蛍光灯の管を反射させて映し、その歪み或いは細か!/、乱れを観察し、 馬の背故障の評価として下記レベルにランク分けした。 Wrapped the cellulose ester film stock sample in a double layer with a polyethylene sheet and stored at 25 ° C and 50% under the conditions shown in Fig. 8 (a), (b) and (c). Stored for days. After that, take it out of the box, open the polyethylene sheet, light it on the surface of the original film sample, reflect the reflected fluorescent tube, and observe its distortion or fineness! / The following levels were used for evaluation of horse back failure.
[0297] ◎:蛍光灯が真つすぐに見える [0297] ◎: The fluorescent lamp looks straight
△:蛍光灯が部分的に曲がって見える  △: Fluorescent light appears to be bent partially
X:蛍光灯がまだらに映って見える  X: Fluorescent lights appear to be reflected in mottle
また、保存後のフィルム原反試料を巻き返して、 50 m以上の点状の変形、または 幅手方向の帯状の変形がはっきり見える巻芯転写が、巻芯部分より何 mまで発生し て!/、るかを測定し、下記レベルにランク分けを行った。  In addition, when the original film sample after storage is rolled up, a core transfer that clearly shows a point-like deformation of 50 m or more or a band-like deformation in the width direction occurs up to how many meters from the core part! / Measured and ranked into the following levels.
[0298] ◎:巻芯部分より 15m未満 [0298] ◎: Less than 15m from the core
〇:巻芯部分より 15〜30m未満  〇: Less than 15-30m from the core
△:巻芯部分より 30〜50m未満  Δ: Less than 30-50m from the core
X:巻芯部分より 50m以上  X: 50m or more from the core
《巻始めシヮ》  《The beginning of winding》
巻芯に原反フィルムを巻き取る作業を行い、巻始めでシヮが発生して不良となった 場合は巻芯から原反フィルムを取り外して、再度巻き取る作業を行った。この時の不 良回数をカウントした。この作業を 10回行平均値を求め、下記レベルにランク分けを 行った。  The original film was wound around the core, and when it became defective due to the occurrence of a wrinkle at the beginning of the winding, the original film was removed from the core and then wound again. The number of defects at this time was counted. This work was averaged 10 times and ranked to the following levels.
[0299] (§) : 0回以上1回未満  [0299] (§): 0 times or more and less than 1 time
〇:1回以上 3回未満  ○: 1 or more and less than 3
△ : 3回以上 5回未満  △: 3 times or more and less than 5 times
X : 5回以上  X: 5 times or more
《平面性》  <Flatness>
幅 90cm、長さ 100cmの大きさに各セルロースエステルフィルム試料を切り出し、 5 0W蛍光灯を 5本並べて試料台に 45° の角度から照らせるように高さ 1. 5mの高さに 固定し、試料台の上に各フィルム試料を置き、フィルム表面に反射して見える凹凸を 目で見て、次のように判定した。この方法によって「つれ」および「しわ」の判定が出来  Cut each cellulose ester film sample into a size of 90cm in width and 100cm in length, and arrange 5 pieces of 50W fluorescent lamps, and fix the sample stand to a height of 1.5m so that it can be illuminated from a 45 ° angle. Each film sample was placed on a table, and the irregularities that appeared to be reflected on the film surface were visually observed and judged as follows. With this method, it is possible to judge “tsun” and “wrinkle”.
[0300] ◎:蛍光灯が 5本とも真つすぐに見えた [0300] ◎: All five fluorescent lights looked straight
〇:蛍光灯が少し曲がって見えるところがある △:蛍光灯が全体的に少し曲がって見える ○: There is a place where the fluorescent light looks slightly bent △: The fluorescent light appears to be slightly bent as a whole
X:蛍光灯が大きくうねって見える  X: Fluorescent light appears to swell greatly
《カール性の評価》  <Evaluation of curling properties>
5mm X 5cmのセルロースエステルフィルム試料を切り出し、温度 28°C、 55%RH の恒温恒湿室にて 24時間放置した後、平板上に置き、曲率スケールを用いて、試料 と合致するカーブを有する曲率半径を求め、カールの大きさと取り扱い易さを下記の ようにランク評価した。  Cut out a 5 mm x 5 cm cellulose ester film sample, leave it in a constant temperature and humidity chamber at 28 ° C and 55% RH for 24 hours, place it on a flat plate, and use the curvature scale to have a curve that matches the sample The radius of curvature was determined, and the curl size and ease of handling were ranked as follows.
[0301] 曲率半径: 1/試料と合致するカーブを有する円の半径(1/m) [0301] Curvature radius: 1 / radius of a circle with a curve that matches the sample (1 / m)
◎ : 0〜5未満  : 0 to less than 5
〇: 5〜; 10未満  ○: 5 to less than 10
△ : 10〜30未満  Δ: Less than 10-30
X : 30以上  X: 30 or more
ここで、◎、〇は取り扱い易さが実用可であるが、△以下は取り扱いが極めて困難 になる。  Here, ◎ and ○ are easy to handle, but below △ are extremely difficult to handle.
[0302] 《リタ一デーシヨンの変動係数 (CV)》  [0302] 《Return coefficient of variation (CV)》
セルロースエステルフィルムの幅手方向に lcm間隔でリタ一デーシヨンを測定し、 下記式より得られたリタ一デーシヨンの変動係数 (CV)で表したものである。測定には 自動複屈折計 KOBURA.21ADH (王子計測器 (株)製)を用いて、 28°C、 55%R Hの環境下で、波長が 590nmにおいて、試料の幅手方向に lcm間隔で 3次元複屈 折率測定を行い測定値を次式に代入して求めた。  Retardation was measured at lcm intervals in the width direction of the cellulose ester film, and expressed by the coefficient of variation (CV) of the retardation obtained from the following formula. For measurement, an automatic birefringence meter KOBURA.21ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.) was used, and the wavelength was 590 nm under an environment of 28 ° C and 55% RH. The dimensional double refractive index was measured and the measured value was substituted into the following equation.
[0303] 面内リタ一デーシヨン Ro= (nx-ny) X d [0303] In-plane retardance Ro = (nx-ny) X d
厚み方向リタ一デーシヨン Rt= ( (nx + ny) /2— nz) X d  Thickness direction retardation Rt = ((nx + ny) / 2— nz) X d
式中、 dはフィルムの厚み(nm)、屈折率 nx (フィルムの面内の最大の屈折率、遅相 軸方向の屈折率ともいう)、 ny (フィルム面内で遅相軸に直角な方向の屈折率)、 nz ( 厚み方向におけるフィルムの屈折率)である。得られた面内及び厚み方向のリターデ ーシヨンをそれぞれ (n— 1)法による標準偏差を求めた。リタ一デーシヨン分布は以下 で示される変動係数 (CV)を求め、指標とした。実際の測定にあたっては、 nとしては 130〜; 140に設定した。 [0304] 変動係数 (CV) =標準偏差/リタ一デーシヨン平均値 Where d is the thickness of the film (nm), refractive index nx (the maximum refractive index in the plane of the film, also referred to as the refractive index in the slow axis direction), ny (the direction perpendicular to the slow axis in the film plane) Nz) (refractive index of the film in the thickness direction). The standard deviations obtained by the (n-1) method were respectively determined for the obtained in-plane and thickness direction retardations. For the retardation distribution, the coefficient of variation (CV) shown below was calculated and used as an index. In actual measurement, n was set to 130 to 140; [0304] Coefficient of variation (CV) = standard deviation / return average value
◎:ばらつきが(CV)が 1. 5%未満  ◎: Variation (CV) is less than 1.5%
〇:ばらつき(CV)が 1. 5%以上 5%未満  ○: Variation (CV) is 1.5% or more and less than 5%
△:ばらつき(CV)が 5%以上、 10%未満  Δ: Variation (CV) is 5% or more and less than 10%
X:ばらつき(CV)が 10%以上  X: Variation (CV) is 10% or more
《ケン化処理適性》  《Saponification suitability》
厚さ 120 μ mのポリビュルアルコールフィルムを沃素 1質量部、沃化カリウム 2質量 部、ホウ酸 4質量部を含む水溶液に浸漬し、 50°Cで 4倍に延伸して偏光子を作製し た。セルロースエステルフィルム試料を、 40°Cの 2. 5N—水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で 6 0秒間アルカリ処理し、更に水洗乾燥して表面をケン化処理した。前記偏光子の両面 に、上記セルロースエステルフィルムのアルカリ処理面を、完全ケン化型ポリビュルァ ルコール 5%水溶液を接着剤として両面から貼合し、保護フィルムを接着した評価用 偏光板を作製した。  A 120 μm-thick polybulal alcohol film is immersed in an aqueous solution containing 1 part by mass of iodine, 2 parts by mass of potassium iodide, and 4 parts by mass of boric acid, and stretched 4 times at 50 ° C to produce a polarizer. It was. The cellulose ester film sample was alkali-treated with a 2.5N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution at 40 ° C. for 60 seconds, further washed with water and dried to saponify the surface. The polarizing plate for evaluation was prepared by adhering the alkali-treated surface of the cellulose ester film on both surfaces of the polarizer from both sides using a completely saponified polybular alcohol 5% aqueous solution as an adhesive, and adhering a protective film.
[0305] 次いでこの評価用偏光板を、 80°C、 90%RHで 1200時間処理し、偏光子と保護フ イルムとの張り合わせ状態を観察し下記の基準でランク付けした。  Next, this polarizing plate for evaluation was treated at 80 ° C. and 90% RH for 1200 hours, and the state of bonding between the polarizer and the protective film was observed and ranked according to the following criteria.
[0306] ◎:剥離なし [0306] A: No peeling
〇:僅かに剥離認められるが実用上問題ないレベル  ○: Slight peeling is observed, but there is no practical problem
△:やや剥離認められ実用上問題となるレベル  Δ: Slightly peeled and practically problematic
X:剥離発生  X: Peeling occurred
ここで、〇以上がケン化処理適性において実用上問題ないレベルと判断した。  Here, it was judged that ◯ or more was a practically satisfactory level in suitability for saponification treatment.
[0307] 《偏光板耐久性テスト(白抜け)》 [0307] 《Polarizing plate durability test (whiteout)》
上記ケン化処理適性評価の際に作製した 500mm X 500mmの偏光板試料 2枚を 熱処理 (条件: 90°Cで 120時間放置する)し、直交状態にしたときの縦または横の中 心線部分のどちらか大きいほうの縁の白抜け部分の長さを測定して辺の長さ(500m m)に対する比率を算出し、その比率に応じて下記のように判定した。縁の白抜けと は直交状態で光を通さない偏光板の縁の部分が光を通す状態になることで、 目視で 判定できる。偏光板の状態では縁の部分の表示が見えなくなる故障となる。  Longitudinal or lateral center line when two 500mm x 500mm polarizing plate samples prepared for the above saponification suitability evaluation are heat-treated (condition: left at 90 ° C for 120 hours) and placed in an orthogonal state The length of the white part of the larger edge was measured to calculate the ratio to the side length (500 mm), and the following determination was made according to the ratio. The white edge of the edge can be judged visually by the light passing through the edge of the polarizing plate that does not transmit light in an orthogonal state. In the state of the polarizing plate, the display of the edge portion becomes invisible.
[0308] ◎:縁の白抜けが 5%未満 〇:縁の白抜けが 5 %以上 10 %未満 [0308] ◎: White outline is less than 5% ◯: Edge blank is 5% or more and less than 10%
△:縁の白抜けが 10%以上 20%未満  △: White edge of edge is 10% or more and less than 20%
X:縁の白抜けが 20%以上  X: White outline is 20% or more
ここで、〇以上が実用上問題ないレベルと判断した [表 2]  Here, ○ and above were judged to be practically acceptable levels [Table 2]
Figure imgf000092_0001
[0310] 以上、表 2の結果から、本発明のセルロースエステルフィルム原反試料 1 1〜1 15は、比較例のセルロースエステルフィルム原反試料 1—16〜1— 25に対して、長 期間保存しても馬の背故障、巻芯転写が少なぐ巻始めシヮ等のフィルム原反の変 形故障が発生しにくいセルロースエステルフィルムであることが分かる。また、原反か ら切り出したセル口ースエステルフィルム自身に関しても、本発明のセル口ースエステ ルフィルムは平面性、ケン化処理適性が高ぐかつ、カール性、リタ一デーシヨンの変 動が小さいセルロースエステルフィルムであることが分かる。更に、本発明のセルロー スエステルフィルムを用レ、て作製された偏光板は耐久性が良好であり、実用上優れ た光学フィルムであることが分かる。
Figure imgf000092_0001
[0310] From the results shown in Table 2, the cellulose ester film original samples 11 to 115 of the present invention are stored for a long period of time compared to the cellulose ester film original samples 1-16 to 1-25 of the comparative example. Even with this, it can be seen that this is a cellulose ester film that is less prone to deformation failures of the original film, such as a horse back failure and a winding start sheet with little core transfer. In addition, with respect to the cell mouth ester film itself cut out from the raw fabric, the cell mouth ester film of the present invention has a high flatness and suitability for saponification treatment, and has a curling property and a small change in retardation. It turns out that it is an ester film. Furthermore, it can be seen that the polarizing plate produced using the cellulose ester film of the present invention has good durability and is an optical film excellent in practical use.
[0311] 実施例 2  [0311] Example 2
表 3に記載のセルロースエステル、可塑剤、劣化防止剤、及び紫外線吸収剤の組 み合わせに変更する以外は、実施例 1のセルロースエステルフィルム原反 1 1と同 様な方法で、本発明のセルロースエステルフィルム原反 2— ;!〜 2— 18、及び比較の セルロースエステルフィルム原反 2— 19、 2— 20を、及び実施例 1のセルロースエス テルフィルム 1 1と同様な方法で、本発明のセル口ースエステルフィルム 2— ;!〜 2 18、及び比較のセルロースエステルフィルム 2— 19、 2— 20を作製した。更に実施 例 1の偏光板 1 1と同様な方法で本発明の偏光板 2— ;!〜 2— 18、及び比較の偏 光板 2— 19、 2— 20を作製した。なお、表 3中の可塑剤、劣化防止剤、及び紫外線 吸収剤の欄に記載の括弧内の数値はセルロースエステル 100質量部に対する、用 V、た各材料の質量部を表す。  Except for changing to the combination of cellulose ester, plasticizer, anti-degradation agent and ultraviolet absorber listed in Table 3, the same procedure as in the original cellulose ester film 11 of Example 1 was used. Cellulose ester film original 2—;! To 2-18, and comparative cellulose ester film originals 2-19 and 2-20, and the cellulose ester film 11 of Example 1 were used in the same manner as in the present invention. Cellulose ester films 2—;! To 2-18 and comparative cellulose ester films 2-19 and 2-20 were prepared. Further, polarizing plates 2— ;! to 2-18 of the present invention and comparative polarizing plates 2-19 and 2-20 were produced in the same manner as the polarizing plate 11 of Example 1. In Table 3, the numerical values in parentheses in the columns of the plasticizer, the deterioration preventing agent, and the ultraviolet absorber represent the parts by mass of each material V and 100 parts by mass of the cellulose ester.
[0312] なお、実施例 2で使用した可塑剤 B、可塑剤 C、可塑剤 D、可塑剤 E、可 塑剤ー F、可塑剤 G、 SumilizerGP (住友化学社製)、 TINUVIN900 (チノく'スぺ シャルティ'ケミカルズ社製)、 Sumisorb250 (住友化学社製)、及び LA31 (ADEK A社製)の構造は下記の通りである。  [0312] Plasticizer B, plasticizer C, plasticizer D, plasticizer E, plasticizer-F, plasticizer G, SumilizerGP (manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.), TINUVIN900 (Chinoku ') used in Example 2 The structures of Specialty Chemicals), Sumisorb250 (Sumitomo Chemical), and LA31 (ADEK A) are as follows.
[0313] [表 3] ¾〔〕 [0313] [Table 3] ¾ []
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
可塑剤一 D Plasticizer I D
(安息香酸ショ糖エステル (安息香酸とショ糖を反応させる,  (Benzoic acid sucrose ester (react benzoic acid and sucrose,
1によりできる下記構造の化合物を主成分とする混合物)  1) A mixture composed mainly of a compound having the following structure
Figure imgf000095_0002
Figure imgf000095_0002
可塑剤—Ε Plasticizer—Ε
メタクリル酸メチル、 アクリル酸メチル、 及びメタクリル酸一2—ヒドロキジェチル 、の共重合体 (組成比、 重量平均分子量は下記参照) 組成比: p/q/r= 80/10/10 重量平均分子量: 8,000
Figure imgf000095_0003
Copolymer of methyl methacrylate, methyl acrylate, and 2-hydroxyalkylene methacrylate (composition ratio, weight average molecular weight see below) Composition ratio: p / q / r = 80/10/10 weight average molecular weight : 8,000
Figure imgf000095_0003
] 可塑剤 可塑剤一 G ] Plasticizer Plasticizer I G
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
SumilizerGP SumilizerGP
Figure imgf000096_0002
4]
Figure imgf000096_0002
Four]
Figure imgf000096_0003
2007/070131
Figure imgf000096_0003
2007/070131
[0317] 作製したセルロースエステルフィルム原反、セルロースエステルフィルム、及び偏光 板に対して、実施例 1と同様の評価を行った。結果を表 4に示す。 [0317] The same evaluation as in Example 1 was performed on the produced cellulose ester film, cellulose ester film, and polarizing plate. The results are shown in Table 4.
[0318] [表 4]  [0318] [Table 4]
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000097_0001
[0319] 以上、表 4の結果から、本発明のセルロースエステルフィルム原反試料 2 18は、比較例のセルロースエステルフィルム原反試料 2— 19、 2— 20に対して、長 期間保存しても馬の背故障、巻芯転写が少なぐ巻始めシヮ等のフィルム原反の変 形故障が発生しにくいセルロースエステルフィルムであることが分かる。また、原反か ら切り出したセル口ースエステルフィルム自身に関しても、本発明のセル口ースエステ ルフィルムは平面性、ケン化処理適性が高ぐかつ、カール性、リタ一デーシヨンの変 動が小さいセルロースエステルフィルムであることが分かる。更に、本発明のセルロー スエステルフィルムを用レ、て作製された偏光板は耐久性が良好であり、実用上優れ た光学フィルムであることが分かる。なお、フィルム原反試料 2— 1、フィルム試料 2— 1、及び偏光板試料 2— 1において、例示化合物(2)— 8を同質量部の例示化合物( 2)—3に替えて、同様な評価を行ったところ、表 4中のそれぞれの試料 No. 2—1と 同様に良好な結果であった。前記と同様に例示化合物(2)— 8を同質量部の例示化 合物(2)—45に替えても、試料 No. 2—1と同様に良好な結果であった。一方、フィ ルム原反試料 2— 5、フィルム試料 2— 5、及び偏光板試料 2— 5において、 GSY— P 101を同質量部のテトラキス(2, 4—ジ一 t—ブチル一フエ二ル)一 4, A' —ビフエ二 レンジホスホナイトに替えて、同様な評価を行ったところ、白抜けの評価結果が◎から 〇になった以外は表 4中のそれぞれの試料 No. 2— 5と同様に良好な結果であった 。更には、フィルム原反試料 2— 7、フィルム試料 2— 7、及び偏光板試料 2— 7におい て、 IRGANOX1010を同質量部の 1 , 1 , 1—トリメチロールエタン一トリス一 [3— (3 , 5—ジ—tーブチルー 4ーヒドロキシフエニル)プロピオネート]に替えて、同様な評価 を行ったところ、表 4中のそれぞれの試料 No. 2— 7と同様に良好な結果であった。 実施例 3 [0319] From the results in Table 4, the cellulose ester film original fabric sample of the present invention 2 18 shows the deformation of the original film of the film, such as a winding start sheet with less horse back failure and less core transfer even when stored for a long period of time, compared to the cellulose ester film original samples 2-19 and 2-20 of the comparative example. It turns out that it is a cellulose-ester film which is hard to generate | occur | produce a failure. In addition, with respect to the cell mouth ester film itself cut out from the raw fabric, the cell mouth ester film of the present invention has a high flatness and suitability for saponification treatment, and has a curling property and a small change in retardation. It turns out that it is an ester film. Furthermore, it can be seen that the polarizing plate produced using the cellulose ester film of the present invention has good durability and is an optical film excellent in practical use. In addition, in the film original fabric sample 2-1, the film sample 2-1, and the polarizing plate sample 2-1, the same example is used, except that the exemplified compound (2) -8 is replaced by the same part by mass of the exemplified compound (2) -3. As a result of evaluation, the results were as good as those of each sample No. 2-1 in Table 4. As in the case of Sample No. 2-1, even when Exemplified Compound (2) -8 was replaced with Exemplified Compound (2) -45 having the same parts by mass as described above, good results were obtained. On the other hand, GSY-P 101 was mixed with the same part by weight of tetrakis (2,4-di-tert-butyl-phenyl) in film 2-5, film sample 2-5, and polarizing plate sample 2-5. ) 1, A'-Bifue Two Range Phosphonite was replaced with the same evaluation, and each sample No. 2-5 in Table 4 except that the evaluation result of white spots changed from ◎ to 〇 As well as good results. Furthermore, IRGANOX1010 is mixed with the same parts by weight of 1, 1, 1-trimethylolethane trisone in the original film sample 2-7, film sample 2-7, and polarizing plate sample 2-7 [3- (3 , 5-di-tert-butyl-4-hydroxyphenyl) propionate], the same evaluation was performed. As a result, each sample No. 2-7 in Table 4 showed good results. Example 3
下記のような、セルロースエステルと各種添加剤を用いて、フィルムの厚さ力 0 μ m となるように、押出し量、引き取り速度、及び延伸倍率を調整した以外は実施例 1と同 様にして、本発明のセルロースエステルフィルム原反 3—1を作製したところ、長期間 保存しても馬の背故障、巻芯転写が少なぐ巻始めシヮ等のフィルム原反の変形故 障が発生しにくいセルロースエステルフィルムであることが分力、つた。また、この原反 からセルロースエステルフィルムを切り出して評価したところ、平面性、ケン化処理適 性が高ぐかつ、カール性、リタ一デーシヨンの変動が小さいセルロースエステルフィ ルムであること、及び、該セルロースエステルフィルムを用いて作製された偏光板は 耐久性が良好であり、実用上優れた光学フィルムであることが分かった。 The same procedure as in Example 1 was conducted except that the extrusion amount, the take-up speed, and the draw ratio were adjusted using a cellulose ester and various additives as described below so that the thickness force of the film was 0 μm. When the cellulose ester film raw fabric 3-1 of the present invention was prepared, the cellulose is less likely to cause deformation failure of the film original fabric such as a horse back failure, winding start sheet with less winding core transfer even if stored for a long period of time. It was a component that it was an ester film. In addition, when a cellulose ester film was cut out from the raw material and evaluated, the cellulose ester film had high flatness and suitability for saponification treatment, and curl and retardation fluctuations were small. It was found that the polarizing plate produced using the cellulose ester film had good durability and was an optical film excellent in practical use.
セルロースエステル 1 100質量部  Cellulose ester 1 100 parts by mass
可塑剤 A 8質量部  Plasticizer A 8 parts by mass
IRGANOX1010 (チノく'スペシャルティ'ケミカルズ社製) 0· 50質量部  IRGANOX1010 (Chinoku 'Specialty' Chemicals) 0 · 50 parts by mass
GSY— P101 (堺化学工業社製) 0. 25質量部  GSY— P101 (manufactured by Sakai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 0.25 parts by mass
例示化合物(2)— 8 0. 30質量部  Illustrative compound (2)-8 0. 30 parts by mass
TINUVIN928 (チノく'スペシャルティ'ケミカルズ社製) 2· 25質量部  TINUVIN928 (Chinoku 'Specialty' Chemicals) 2 · 25 parts by weight
実施例 4  Example 4
(液晶表示装置としての特性評価)  (Characteristic evaluation as a liquid crystal display device)
VA型液晶表示装置であるシャープ (株)製 32型テレビ AQ— 32AD5の偏光板を 剥がし、実施例;!〜 3で作製した各々の偏光板(実施例 3で作製した本発明のセル口 ースエステルフィルム 3 1を用いて、偏光板 1 1と同様にして偏光板 3 1を作製し た。)を液晶セルのサイズに合わせて断裁した。液晶セルを挟むようにして、前記作 製した偏光板 2枚を偏光板の偏光軸が元と変わらないように互いに直交するように貼 り付け、 32型 VA型カラー液晶ディスプレイを作製し、セルロースエステルフィルムの 偏光板としての特性を評価したところ、本発明の偏光板 1一;!〜 1 15、 2— ;!〜 2— 18、 3—1を用いた液晶表示装置は、比較の偏光板 1 16〜1 25、 2— 19、 2— 2 0を用いた液晶表示装置に対してコントラストも高ぐ更に色ムラもない優れた表示性 を示した。これにより、液晶ディスプレイなどの画像表示装置用の偏光板として優れて いることが確認された。  Remove the polarizing plate of the 32-inch TV AQ-32AD5 manufactured by Sharp Corporation, which is a VA-type liquid crystal display device, and remove each polarizing plate prepared in Examples;! To 3 (the cell port of the present invention prepared in Example 3). A polarizing plate 31 was prepared using the ester film 31 in the same manner as the polarizing plate 11. 1 was cut according to the size of the liquid crystal cell. The two polarizing plates produced as described above were pasted so that the polarizing axes of the polarizing plates were not perpendicular to each other so as to sandwich the liquid crystal cell, and a 32 type VA type color liquid crystal display was produced, and the cellulose ester film The properties of the polarizing plate were evaluated. As a result, the liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate 1 of the present invention:! ~ 1 15, 2 — ;! ~ 2-18, 3-1 was a comparative polarizing plate 1 16. Compared with liquid crystal display devices using ˜125, 2-19, and 2-20, they exhibited excellent display properties with high contrast and no color unevenness. As a result, it was confirmed that it is excellent as a polarizing plate for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
[1] 少なくとも 1種の可塑剤及びセルロースエステルを含有するフィルム形成材料を加熱 溶融し、溶融流延法によって製膜した光学フィルムにおいて、該セルロースエステル の置換基の種類とその置換度が下記式(1)〜(4)の条件を同時に満たすセルロース エステルを用いて製膜したことを特徴とする光学フィルム。  [1] In an optical film obtained by heating and melting a film-forming material containing at least one plasticizer and a cellulose ester, and forming the film by a melt casting method, the type and degree of substitution of the cellulose ester are represented by the following formulae: An optical film formed by using a cellulose ester that simultaneously satisfies the conditions of (1) to (4).
式(1) 1. 25≤X≤1. 43  Formula (1) 1. 25≤X≤1. 43
式(2) 1. 15≤Y≤1. 33  Formula (2) 1. 15≤Y≤1. 33
式(3) 2. 40≤Χ + Υ< 2. 75  Equation (3) 2. 40≤Χ + Υ <2. 75
式(4) -0. 05≤Χ-Υ< 0. 20  Formula (4) -0. 05≤Χ-Υ <0. 20
〔式中、 Xはァセチル基による置換度を表し、 Υはプロピオニル基による置換度を表 す。〕  [In the formula, X represents the degree of substitution with a acetyl group, and Υ represents the degree of substitution with a propionyl group. ]
[2] 前記セルロースエステルの空気下における 1 %質量減少温度 Td (l . 0)が、 270°C 以上であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 1項に記載の光学フィルム。  [2] The optical film according to [1], wherein the cellulose ester has a 1% mass reduction temperature Td (1.0) in the air of 270 ° C. or higher.
[3] 前記フィルム形成材料が、更にフエノール系化合物の少なくとも 1種を含有することを 特徴とする請求の範囲第 1項または第 2項に記載の光学フィルム。 [3] The optical film according to [1] or [2], wherein the film-forming material further contains at least one phenol compound.
[4] 前記フィルム形成材料が、更にリン系化合物の少なくとも 1種を含有することを特徴と する請求の範囲第 1項〜第 3項のいずれ力、 1項に記載の光学フィルム。 [4] The optical film according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the film-forming material further contains at least one phosphorous compound.
[5] 前記フィルム形成材料が、更にアルキルラジカル捕捉剤の少なくとも 1種を含有する ことを特徴とする請求の範囲第 1項〜第 4項のいずれか 1項に記載の光学フィルム。 [5] The optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the film-forming material further contains at least one alkyl radical scavenger.
[6] 前記フィルム形成材料が、更にフエノール系化合物の少なくとも 1種、及びリン系化合 物の少なくとも 1種、及びアルキルラジカル捕捉剤の少なくとも 1種を含有することを 特徴とする請求の範囲第 1項または第 2項に記載の光学フィルム。 [6] The film-forming material further contains at least one phenol-based compound, at least one phosphorus-based compound, and at least one alkyl radical scavenger. Item 3. The optical film according to Item 2.
[7] 前記フエノール系化合物が、ヒンダードフエノール系化合物であることを特徴とする請 求の範囲第 3項〜第 6項のいずれ力、 1項に記載の光学フィルム。 [7] The optical film as described in [1], wherein the phenolic compound is a hindered phenolic compound.
[8] 前記リン系化合物が、ホスホナイト系化合物であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 4 項〜第 7項のいずれか 1項に記載の光学フィルム。 8. The optical film according to any one of claims 4 to 7, wherein the phosphorus compound is a phosphonite compound.
[9] 前記アルキルラジカル捕捉剤が、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物または下記一般 式(2)で表される化合物であることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 5項〜第 8項の!/、ずれ 力、 1項に記載の光学フィルム。 9. The alkyl radical scavenger is a compound represented by the following general formula (1) or a compound represented by the following general formula (2): No! / 1. The optical film according to item 1.
[化 1]  [Chemical 1]
Figure imgf000101_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
〔式中、 Rは水素原子または炭素数 1〜; 10のアルキル基を表し、 Rおよび Rは、そ [Wherein R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms;
1 2 3 れぞれ独立して炭素数;!〜 8のアルキル基を表す。〕  1 2 3 each independently represents an alkyl group having! To 8 carbon atoms. ]
[化 2]  [Chemical 2]
'般式《2}
Figure imgf000101_0002
'General formula << 2}
Figure imgf000101_0002
〔式中、 R 〜R はおのおの互いに独立して水素原子または置換基を表し、 R は水 [Wherein R to R each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and R represents water.
12 15 16 素原子または置換基を表し、 nは 1〜4の整数を表す。 nが 1であるとき、 R は置換基  12 15 16 represents a primary atom or a substituent, and n represents an integer of 1 to 4. When n is 1, R is a substituent
11 を表し、 nが 2〜4の整数であるとき、 R は 2〜4価の連結基を表す。〕  11 represents n, and when n is an integer of 2 to 4, R represents a divalent to tetravalent linking group. ]
11  11
[10] 前記可塑剤が、多価アルコールエステルであることを特徴とする請求の範囲第 1項〜 第 9項のいずれか 1項に記載の光学フィルム。  [10] The optical film according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the plasticizer is a polyhydric alcohol ester.
[11] 前記フィルム形成材料が、更にべンゾトリアゾール系化合物を含有することを特徴と する請求の範囲第 1項〜第 10項のいずれ力、 1項に記載の光学フィルム。 [11] The optical film as described in any one of [1] to [10], wherein the film-forming material further contains a benzotriazole-based compound.
[12] 請求の範囲第 1項〜第 11項のいずれか 1項に記載の光学フィルムを偏光子の少なく とも一方の面に有することを特徴とする偏光板。 [12] A polarizing plate comprising the optical film according to any one of claims 1 to 11 on at least one surface of a polarizer.
[13] 請求の範囲第 12項に記載の偏光板を液晶セルの少なくとも一方の面に用いることを 特徴とする液晶表示装置。 [13] A liquid crystal display device using the polarizing plate according to claim 12 on at least one surface of a liquid crystal cell.
PCT/JP2007/070131 2006-12-05 2007-10-16 Optical film and polarizer and liquid-crystal display each employing the same WO2008068961A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
KR1020097011267A KR101314030B1 (en) 2006-12-05 2007-10-16 Optical film and polarizer and liquid-crystal display each employing the same
JP2008548194A JP5182098B2 (en) 2006-12-05 2007-10-16 Optical film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006-328007 2006-12-05
JP2006328007 2006-12-05

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008068961A1 true WO2008068961A1 (en) 2008-06-12

Family

ID=39491871

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2007/070131 WO2008068961A1 (en) 2006-12-05 2007-10-16 Optical film and polarizer and liquid-crystal display each employing the same

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP5182098B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101314030B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI444668B (en)
WO (1) WO2008068961A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010049062A (en) * 2008-08-22 2010-03-04 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Optical film, method for producing optical film, polarizing plate using the same and liquid crystal display device
JP2014077130A (en) * 2012-09-24 2014-05-01 Fujifilm Corp Cellulose acylate film, and polarizing plate and liquid-crystal display using the same
EP4421557A1 (en) * 2023-02-21 2024-08-28 Dongwoo Fine-Chem Co., Ltd. Variable transmittance optical stack and manufacturing method for same, and smart window including same

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI486679B (en) * 2012-01-04 2015-06-01 群創光電股份有限公司 Display device and optical multi-layer structure for display device
KR20140086310A (en) * 2012-12-28 2014-07-08 주식회사 효성 Fatty acid cellulose ester film with acetyl group and butyryl group
JP6935229B2 (en) * 2017-05-16 2021-09-15 日東電工株式会社 Circularly polarizing film, circularly polarizing film with adhesive layer and image display device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000352620A (en) * 1999-03-31 2000-12-19 Konica Corp Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2006178401A (en) * 2004-11-29 2006-07-06 Nitto Denko Corp Liquid crystal panel and liquid crystal display
JP2006282885A (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-10-19 Kaneka Corp Polymer film and optical compensatory film
WO2006123709A1 (en) * 2005-05-17 2006-11-23 Fujifilm Corporation Cellulose-mixed ester film and method for producing same

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4863994B2 (en) 2005-06-10 2012-01-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Cellulose acylate film and method for producing the same, polarizing plate, retardation film, optical compensation film, antireflection film, and liquid crystal display device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000352620A (en) * 1999-03-31 2000-12-19 Konica Corp Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2006178401A (en) * 2004-11-29 2006-07-06 Nitto Denko Corp Liquid crystal panel and liquid crystal display
JP2006282885A (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-10-19 Kaneka Corp Polymer film and optical compensatory film
WO2006123709A1 (en) * 2005-05-17 2006-11-23 Fujifilm Corporation Cellulose-mixed ester film and method for producing same

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2010049062A (en) * 2008-08-22 2010-03-04 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Optical film, method for producing optical film, polarizing plate using the same and liquid crystal display device
JP2014077130A (en) * 2012-09-24 2014-05-01 Fujifilm Corp Cellulose acylate film, and polarizing plate and liquid-crystal display using the same
EP4421557A1 (en) * 2023-02-21 2024-08-28 Dongwoo Fine-Chem Co., Ltd. Variable transmittance optical stack and manufacturing method for same, and smart window including same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2008068961A1 (en) 2010-03-18
KR101314030B1 (en) 2013-10-01
TW200846708A (en) 2008-12-01
KR20090095576A (en) 2009-09-09
JP5182098B2 (en) 2013-04-10
TWI444668B (en) 2014-07-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5023837B2 (en) Cellulose ester film, method for producing cellulose ester film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
WO2007043358A1 (en) Method for producing cellulose ester film, cellulose ester film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
JP5234103B2 (en) Optical film, method for producing optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
WO2007138910A1 (en) Protective film for polarizer and process for producing the same, polarizer and process for producing the same, and liquid-crystal display
JP5212043B2 (en) Optical film manufacturing method, optical film, polarizing plate, and display device
JP4972797B2 (en) Optical film, manufacturing method thereof, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP5401987B2 (en) Method for producing cellulose acylate film, cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP4947050B2 (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
WO2008068961A1 (en) Optical film and polarizer and liquid-crystal display each employing the same
JP5093227B2 (en) Optical film, optical film manufacturing method, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP4747985B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP2008145739A (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
WO2010001677A1 (en) Optical film, manufacturing method for optical film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device using same
JP2007326359A (en) Method for manufacturing cellulose acylate film, cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
JP2008143873A (en) Phosphonite compound, method for purifying the same, cellulose ester film using the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display
JP5012497B2 (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP4770620B2 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same, and method for producing optical film
JP4952588B2 (en) Optical film, method for manufacturing optical film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010049062A (en) Optical film, method for producing optical film, polarizing plate using the same and liquid crystal display device
JP2008224720A (en) Optical film, its manufacturing method, polarizing plate, its manufacturing method, and liquid crystal display device
JP2010037513A (en) Optical film, production method of optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
JP2010117557A (en) Cellulose ester optical film, method of manufacturing the same, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07829865

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2008548194

Country of ref document: JP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020097011267

Country of ref document: KR

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 07829865

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1